NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (NSW) CLASSIFICATION and CRITERIA
RESEARCH , ISSUE ANALYSIS AND POLICY DEVELOPMENT
for recommendation to
The National Trust of Australia (NSW)
Submitted as Part of the Requirements for the MASTER OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT (BUILDING CONSERVATION)
The University of New South Wales Graduate School of the Built Environment
Catherine Macarthur 1995
Graduate Project - Catherine Macanhur 1995 UNSW ational Trust of Australia (NSW) Classi tication and Criteria "I hereby declare that this submission is my own work and that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it contains no material previously published or written by another person nor material which to a sub stantial extent has been accepted for the award of any other degree or diploma of a university or other institute of higher learning, except where due acknowledgment is made in the text."
Signed
Catherine Rose Macarthur
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (NSW) CLASSIFICATION and CRITERIA
Research, Issue Analysis and Policy Development for recommendation to The National Trust of Australia (NSW) Page ABSTRACT 1 INTRODUCTION 2 SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS 4 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 5 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 6 DEFINITIONS and ABBREVIATIONS 7
PART A RESEARCH 11 1.0 Brief history of the National Trust of Australia (NSW) and the Register . 12 2.0 The Conservation Division of the National Trust of Australia (NSW) 20 3.0 Assessment Criteria - The Conservation Division Technical Committees 23 4.0 Assessment Criteria - National Trust Registers of Australia 31 . - 5.0 Assessment Criteria - Other heritage lists in NSW 38
PARTB ISSUES 46 Discussion of Issues and Recommendations 1.0 Should the Trust continue its classification role? 49 2.0 What should the Trust classify? 55 3.0 Criteria for classification by the Trust 78 4.0 Process for classification by the Trust 88 5.0 Recommendations 99
ATTACHMENTS for PART B
BIBLIOGRAPHY
PARTC POLICY The draft model policy on classification (stand alone document)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria APPENDICES ASSESSMENT CRITERIA OF THE FOLLOWING; A UNESCO - World Heritage Listings B AHC - Register of the National Estate C State Heritage Inventory (NSW) - (proposed) - Heritage Council Register (NSW) - Section 170 Heritage and Conservation Registers - Heritage Studies - Local and Regional - LEP and REP Heritage Schedules D RAIA - 20th Century Buildings List (NSW) E National Trust and State/Territory Government i) NSW - Department of Urban Affairs and Planning ii) ACT - ACT (Planning and Environment) Act 1991, and ACT National Trust worked example iii) Vic - National Trust iv) Vic - Historic Buildings Council v) Qld - Queensland Heritage Act 1992 vi) Tas - National Trust vii) Tas - Historic Cultural Heritage Bill 1994 viii) WA - National Trust ix) WA - Heritage Council x) SA - Heritage Act 1993
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION ABSTRACT
This graduate project investigates the role, criteria and process for classification of heri tage items for placing on the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register. The problems facing the Trust with regard to classification are associated with change, in regard to a more comprehensive understanding of heritage, more rigorous assessment expectations, establishment of other lists since the first Trust register was published, and a general reduction in the available volunteer work force since the 1970s and 1980s.
The report is divided into three parts containing research, issues discussion and a draft policy on classification. Part A The research has been limited to the Australian National Trusts and State, Terri tory and Commonwealth legislative procedures. Other Registers in New South Wales have been considered. Part B Issues are discussed under the following four sub-headings (i) Should the Trust continue its classification role?, (ii) What should the Trust classify?, (iii) Criteria for classification by the Trust, and (iv) Process for classification by the Trust. Each issue is followed by recommendations leading towards a policy statement. Part C The draft model policy on classification is intended to be a stand alone docu ment.
The Report concludes that the Trust should maintain its Register and continue to identify and assess heritage in New South Wales, as it is the only independent and comprehen sive state based heritage register in New South Wales. The Trust should also retain its existing committee structure, and establish work programs which seek to address heri tage places otherwise under-represented in the Trust Register, and those places not clearly the responsibility of a government authority. These places include Migrant, post contact Aboriginal and twentieth century heritage places. Specific attention should also be given to identifying the heritage of specific geographical areas of New South Wales and typological studies. Work programs will need to address the availability of the volunteer work force. In striving for consistency and minimising duplication of heritage resources, the Trust should use the State Heritage Inventory (SHI) Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria, when formally adopted by the Minister of Urban Affairs and Planning. Should the State Heritage Inventory be established as an effective State Government managed heritage list, the question of the Trust classification role should be revisited. Appendices form an important part of the Report. Examples included in Parts A and B may require reference to the appendices.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 2
INTRODUCTION
The Report investigates the role, criteria and process for classification of heritage items for placing on the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register. The problems facing the Trust with regard to classification are associated with change, in regard to a more comprehensive understanding of heritage, more rigorous assessment expectations, establishment of other lists since the first Trust register was published, and a general reduction in the available volunteer work force since the 1970s and 1980s.
Heritage Registers and Legislative Change It has been found that identification of heritage items and maintaining of a heritage regis ter or list, is currently undertaken by a number of government and non-government bodies. The National Trust of Australia (NSW) was the first heritage register in Australia being first published in 1967. The introduction of Federal and State heritage legislation in 1975 and 1977 respectively, and the subsequent New South Wales Heritage System Review in 1992 has resulted in greatly changed responsibilities for heritage management in New South Wales. Community and professional bodies have also established their own heritage lists. With the exception of the National Trust of Australia (South Australia), all National Trusts in Australia continue to actively maintain a register. A number of State and Territories governments have also recently established heritage registers. The New South Wales Department of Urban Affairs and Planning has stated that a State Heritage Inventory will be established, however it is not intended to be a register necessarily affording statutory protection. Part A outlines the nature of the above lists and relevant assessment criteria used.
Until such time as the State Heritage Inventory is properly established and purpose clearly defined, the New South Wales Trust Register should be actively maintained as it is the only State based independent heritage register in New South Wales. Even when operational the State Heritage Inventory will be subject to political change in regard to management and funding, a fact which further supports the existence of an independent classification role for the New South Wales Trust. Part B discusses the reasons for the National Trust of Australia (NSW) continuing to maintain a Register and other related issues.
Under Represented Heritage A number of sectors of heritage in New South Wales are identified in this report as being under represented in the Trust register. Of these, post-contact Aboriginal sites, migrant heritage places, and twentieth century places were highlighted as categories requiring greater Trust recognition. Typological heritage studies resulting in classifications will also continue to be a highly relevant activity for the Trust.
Heritage Assessment Criteria Assessment Criteria for assessing heritage significance have been developed in detail at a State, Territory and National level over the past five years. Recently introduced heritage legislation in most States and Territories in Australia has generally incorporated assess ment criteria based on recent criteria development, and consequently a number of National Trusts have adopted the same or similar criteria for compatibility and con sistency. In many cases the State or Territory assessment criteria are a modified version of the assessment criteria established by the Australian Heritage Commission for the
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 3
Register of the National Estate. In New South Wales the Heritage Act 1977 New South Wales was written before recent criteria development, and as such does not include clear criteria definitions. Part B discusses why the Trust should adopt the State Heritage Inven tory Criteria currently required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning.
The Process for Classification The process for classification of items for inclusion in the Register is a well established Trust activity. While understood within the Trust, this report sets out the issues that have been raised by the community. Part B also attempts to clearly and comprehensively state the process issues related to classification and policy.
Draft Classification Policy - A stand alone document The draft policy on classification, Part C, is intended to be a stand alone document. A number of Trust Technical Committee policy documents address classification, however there is no policy covering classification activities of the Trust at a broader level. Incon sistencies, with regard to use of assessment criteria, within the Trust Technical Commit tees are also evident. In structuring this draft policy questions commonly asked of the Trust with regard to its Register were established. The issues and format for this report were thought through initially without reference to the Victorian Classification Policy - Classification Policy. National Trust of Australia (Victoria). March 1991 (no author attributed). Similarity in the structure of the policies indicates that the issues and processes in Victoria are parallel to those at the National Trust of Australia (NSW).
Intent of the Graduate Report This Report has been prepared in partial fulfTilment of the Master of the Built Environment (Building Conservation) course at the University of New South Wales, 1995. The last part of this report is intended to be a model draft policy for classification. This policy follows from issues discussed in Part B. A summary of these issues were presented to the Conservation Committee of the National Trust of Australia (NSW) for their information. Their comment has been included as attachment ii) to Part B of this report.
Limitations of the Graduate Report This Report is limited in being a report as partial fulfillment of a university course. Further to this report, work including proper Technical Committee consultation will need to be undertaken by the Trust. The Research component of the Report has been limited to current identification and list ing activities of each State and Territory government and the National Trusts in Australia. While it would have been interesting and useful to contact other National Trusts and simi lar community organisations internationally, time and resources have not permitted.
Author of the Report I am currently employed as a Conservation Officer at the National Trust. I am therefore well placed to undertake research and make recommendations on classification and cri teria. This report has been carried out in my own time, and not as part of my paid work.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 4
SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS (Full Recommendations included at end of Part B}
SHOULD THE TRUST CONTINUE ITS CLASSIFICATION ROLE ? A. That the Trust should continue to maintain its Register and continue to identify and assess heritage in New South Wales, as it is the only independent and comprehensive state based heritage register in New South Wales.
WHAT SHOULD THE TRUST CLASSIFY ? B. The Trust should endeavour to actively include under-represented subjects in its Register to broaden its validity in representing the present Community of New South Wales. Neglected subject areas worthy of investigation with a view to inclusion in the Register, identified and discussed in this report include Aborigi nal, Migrant, Twentieth Century heritage, certain geographical areas of rural New South Wales and thematic/typological studies as the need arises.
CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE TRUST C. In striving for consistency and to avoid duJ:ilication of heritage resources, (in recognition of the intentions of the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Environ ment) the Trust should adopt the State Heritage Inventory (SHI) Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria as is currently required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning for all heritage assessments that it funds. (SHI criteria are not presently applicable for use in all cases by The Landscape Conservation Committee)
PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION D. The Trust should continue to manage the committee and volunteer process in recommending and adopting classification reports for inclusion of items and places in the Trust. E. The Trust should adopt a standard classification report format, with appropriate committee variations, for use by Regional Committees, Technical Committees, other volunteers and staff.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 5
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to thank my course supervisor, Mr Don Godden I would also like to thank the following people for their guidance and discussion.
The National Trust of Australia (NSW) Stephen Davies Conservation Director Graham Quint Senior Conservation Officer Katherine Brooks Conservation Officer Ian Hayes Classification Officer (part-time) Catherine Jukes Cemeteries Officer (part-time) Stewart Watters Information Officer Chairpersons & The Conservation Committee Board Members
Other Richard Mackay Heritage Consultant Mary Knaggs Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (NSW) Joy Mccann Australian Heritage Commission Philip Thalis Royal Australian Institute of Architects (NSW) Twentieth Century Buildings List consultant Gavin Andrews National Parks and Wildlife Service (NSW)
Many other people have been of assistance in phone conversations. These people have in some cases been acknowledged in the text.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 6
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Fieures and charts: 1. 1967 Trust Register - typical page Part A - Section 1 2. 1974 Trust Register - typical page Part A - Section 1 3. 1993 Trust Register - typical page Part A - Section 1 4. National Trust (NSW) Division Structure - chart Part A - Section 2 5. National Trust (NSW) Conservation Division Technical Committees Part A - Section 2 6. National Trust (NSW) Conservation Division Regional Committees Part A - Section 2 7. Assessment Criteria - National Trust (NSW) Technical Committees Part A - Section 3 8. Assessment Criteria - Other National Trust in Australia Part A - Section 4 9. Assessment Criteria - Other Bodies Part A - Section 5 10. Process for Classification Part B - Section 4 11. Criteria Comparison Part B - Attachments Photoeraphs: 1. Tent Embassy, lawns of the New Parliament House, Canberra, ACT 2. Concordia Hall, 150-152 Elizabeth Street, Sydney (NT) 3. St Stephens Cemetery, Newtown (NT) 4. Former Synagogue, Church Street, West Maitland (NT) 5. Japanese memorial graves, Cowra General Cemetery, Cowra (NT) 6. Chinese Temple, Victoria Road, Glebe 7. Wombiana, Thredbo 8. Lend Lease Lodge, Thredbo 9. De Dacha, Thredbo 10. Murray Power Station No.2, part of Snowy Hydro Electric Authority 11. Buhrich House, Edinburgh Road, Castlecrag 12. Opera House, Benelong Point, Sydney (NT) 13. Former IBM Building, 168-170 Kent Street, Millers Point (NT) (photographs taken by author unless followed by 'NT' which indicates that these images are held in the National Trust slide collection or Trust records)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 7
DEFINITIONS and ABBREVIATIONS
NATIONAL TRUST SPECIFIC Trust National Trust of Australia (NSW) Listed Term generally used for an item on a heritage register or list Classified Term used by the National Trusts of Australia to mean an item included in the Register Recorded Term formerly used by the New South Wales Trust to refer to items previously given a lesser status than Classified Technical Committees The Committees of the Conservation Division of the National Trust of Australia (NSW) which have a classification or advisory role. They are as follows: AAC Architecture Advisory Committee CCC Cemeteries Conservation Committee HBC Historic Buildings Committee IAC Industrial Archaeology Committee LCC Landscape Conservation Committee PGCC Parks and Gardens Conservation Committee ucc Urban Conservation Committee
GENERAL Aesthetic Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in creative and technical accomplishment significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49]
Archaeological Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in research potential significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49]
Assessment Criteria criteria for assessing heritage significance (also referred to as listing criteria)
Australian Council of National Trusts (ACNT) Co-ordinating body for all State and Territory National Trusts in Australia.
Australian Heritage Commission (AHC) An independent statutory authority which is responsible to the Commonwealth Minister for the Environment. It administers the AHC Act and is responsible for the Register of the National Estate. (Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 8
Borra Charter & Guideline Charter adopted by Australian ICOMOS which established the nationally accepted standard for the conservation of places of heritage significance [God den Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49)
Cultural Significance aesthetic, historic, scientific or social value for past, present or future generations [Burra Charter 1988), and; a term frequently used to encompass all aspects of significance, particularly in guidelines documents such as the Burra Charter. Also one of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in all of the SHI criteria particu larly community esteem significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:50]
Cultural Landscapes Those areas of the landscape which have been significantly modified by human activity. They include rural lands such as farms, villages and mining sites, as well as country towns, suburbs or urban centres. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49)
Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (DUAP) State government department which among many other roles, administers the Heritage Council. (formerly Department of Planning c.1995)
Heritage Act The NSW Heritage Act (1977)
Heritage Council of NSW The NSW Government's heritage advisory body established under the Heritage Act 1977. It provides advice to the Minister for Urban Affairs and Planning and others on heritage issues. It is also the determining authority for Section 60 applications and has an important role in heritage education. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:50)
Heritage Significance A term used to encompass all aspects of significance (see Cultural Significance). Defined in the Heritage Act as aesthetic, historic, scientific, cultural, social, archaeological, natural or aesthetic value for past, present or future generations. Used in the SHI methodology to describe the nature and degree of significance or importance of an item. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51)
Heritage Value Term often used interchangeably with "heritage significance". [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51)
Historic Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in evo lution and association significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51)
Interim Conservation Order (ICO) An order made under Section 26 of the Heritage Act to control demolition and development. The order lasts for one year or until it is revoked or a Permanent Conservation Order is made. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNS W National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 9
International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) An international organisation linked to UNESCO that brings together people con cerned with the conservation and study of places of cultural significance. There are also natioNH oommittees in sixty countries including Australia (see ICOMOS). [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51]
Item A building, structure, work, relic, place or group. The generic term used to describe objects under consideration for heritage significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51]
National Parks and Wildlife Services (NSW) (NPWS) Government Services responsible for National Parks in NSW.
Natural Heritage One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in all of the SHI criteria especially research potential significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52]. Those areas of the landscape which have not been significantly modified by human activity.
Permanent Conservation Order (PCO) An order made under Section 44 of the Heritage Act to protect a significant heri tage item in NSW. This order remains in place indefinitely, unless revoked. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52]
Place A term often used interchangeably _with "item" in describing matters under heri tage assessment consideration. (Does not include moveable items). The term is used particularly in relation to items of the Register of the National Estate. [God den Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52] and; means site, area, building or other work, group of buildings or other works together with associated contents and surrounds. [Surra Charter, 1988]
Public Works Department New South Wales Public Works Department, the State government department which is responsible for State projects.
Regional Environmental Plan (REP) A plan prepared by the Department of (Urban Affairs and) Planning under the EPA and made by the Minister following public exhibition. Similar to LEP, but usually made over a wider area. Can identify heritage items and include controls for their protection and development, such as the Hunter Heritage REP. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:53]
Register of the National Estate (RNE) List of natural, Aboriginal and European heritage items of national significance. The Register is kept by the Australian Heritage Commission and includes both interim and permanent listings. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52]
Relic Any deposit, object or material evidence relating to non-Aboriginal settlement which is more than 50 years old. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria INTRODUCTION 10
Royal Australian Institute of Architects (RAIA) Professional organisation of architects
SAHS Scientific, Aesthetic, Historic, Social
Scientific Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in research potential significance in SHI criteria.
Social Significance On of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in com munity esteem significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:53]
State Heritage Inventory (SHI) This abbreviation is used in charts and text to indicate assessment criteria required for use by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, and intended to be used for the State Heritage Inventory. (SHIP - 'P' stands for Program) UNESCO United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A I I
PART A - RESEARCH
1.0 BRIEF HISTORY The National Trust of Australia (NSW) and the Reg ister
2.0 THE CONSERVATION DIVISION The National Trust of Australia (NSW)
3.0 THE TECHNICAL COMMITTEES Conservation DivisionAssessment Criteria
4.0 NATIONAL TRUST REGISTERS OF AUSTRALIA Assessment Criteria
5.0 OTHER HERTA GE LISTS IN NSW Assessment Criteria
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia ( SW) Classification and Criteria PART A 12
1.0 BRIEF HISTORY OF THE NATIONAL TRUST (NSW) AND THE REGISTER
The National Trust of Australia (NSW) ("The Trust") is a non-government, community based organisation. The Trust was established in 1945 and incorporated by an Act of the New South Wales Parliament in 1960. New legislation for the Trust was enacted in 1990.
1.1 SUMMARY OF DEVELOPMENT OF TRUST ACTMTIES The early history of the National Trust is well documented by lvor Wyatt in his book "Ours in Trust". The following contains extracts from his book which indicate the development and attitudes of the activities of the Trust with particular regard to the Register. lvor Wyatt's mother, Mrs I B Wyatt, was the founder of the National Trust. From her writ ings he quotes;
'From early childhood I had lived in the then beautiful district of Rooty Hill, near Sydney. As the years went by I learned to dread changes in ownership ofproperties - almost invari ably they were forerunners of destruction. Beautiful old homes, some of them stone man sions such as Greystanes and Veteran Hall, were intenvoven with our history, as were also the many tiny houses built of pise or in some cases rough hewn logs, with most of them roofed with shingles offorest oak or sheets of iron bark. They too were lovely, dignified by their simplicity and, because they grew out of the materials at hand, belonged to the landscape. Then I began to realise that many other people also loved them and I gave constant thought to the problem of how to retain them. They had to be loved and lived in, kept in repair but never altered. Permanency was the crux of the problem. Permanency beyond individuals and beyond Government because in either case personnel changed constantly and, therefore, provided no security. Finally, it seemed to me that the answer lay in some organisation of people free to frame their rules and they found need of such, and activated only by the common purpose to preserve and conserve for the future. Further, the old houses demanded retention of natural bush beauty, of birds, native animals lakes, rivers, swamps etc. - in short anything and everything which lent natural charm and retained the Australian character of the countryside. ' [Wyatt 1987:2-3] While no date was provided for this writing, the above suggests that from the early incep tion of the Trust there was a concern for both grand and humble buildings, AND the natural environment. The establishment of the Tree Lovers Civic League followed from Mrs Wyatt's concern for loss of trees and dumping of rubbish in the Gordon Gully in 1927. Her concern over the demolition of Burdekin House (1933-34) in Macquarie Street and the Commissariat Stores at West Circular Quay (1939-40) were believed to inspire the commencement of the National Trust. [Wyatt 1987:7] Mrs Wyatt gained public support in 1944 for establishing a National Trust based on the National Trust of England. [Wyatt 1987: 15] The Trust of Australia (NSW) was established in 1945. The first public action by the National Trust of NSW was in saving The Mint and the Hyde Park Barracks which were to be demolished to make way for modern buildings. [Wyatt 1987: 17]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 13
The first Constitution of the Trust was adopted in 1946 and its objectives were clearly the preservation of the natural and the built environment. [Wyatt 1987: 18] Throughout the late 1940s and 1950s the Trust continued to grow in its activities and its support. Issues dealt with by the Trust included natural landscape protection, marine environments, urban development, individual houses and cemeteries. These issues were spread throughout the city and country areas of New South Wales and the Trust was fre quently being called upon to provide educational material to schools. Trust liaisons with local councils, government departments, the media and restoration advice were all increasing activities of the Trust in the late 1950s. Identification work of the Trust had also begun at this time refer 1.4 below. In 1958 the Trust employed its first part-time administrative officer. With the exception of typing, book keeping and minute taking, all the activities of the Trust until this time had been carried out in a voluntary capacity. [Wyatt 1987:38,39] By 1962 lvor Wyatt was clearly exasperated by the work load being undertaken by him in a voluntary capacity. He believed that a change, which ultimately led toward a profes sional organisation, was necessary; 'the Trust cannot continue much longer with only an honorary secretary - those days are now behind us. ' Wyatt was working seven days a week at this time and his view was that paid senior staff were essential for the successful continuing of the Trust. [Wyatt 1987:62] There was how ever, concern by some of the Councillors (National Trust Council -now referred to as 'The Board'), that funds should not be used to pay salaries, over the preservation of buildings. Despite this concern the first Trust Director was employed in 1963, and throughout the 1960s, numbers of staff at the Trust increased. [Wyatt 1987:68] The present day Conser vation Division committees were also evolving at this time. The conservation activities of the Trust continued to focus on buildings and areas of natural beauty under threat. Identification of buildings for inclusion on a list which formed the basis for the first Register, continued throughout the 1960s. This work was under taken by the Historic and Architectural Survey Committee (a forerunner of the Historic Buildings Committee). [Wyatt 1987:72] In the late 1960s the work of the Historic Buildings Committee expanded to include preservation of towns. Around this time the Trust began to survey industrial heritage and the Industrial Archaeology Committee was established in 1967. [Wyatt 1987:82] and [National Trust, Industrial Archaeology:3] Continued lobbying of the government from the Trust since the 1960s contributed to the passing of the Heritage Act (NSW) in 1977. State heritage legislation however did not mean that the Trust role was complete. Assessment and identification and the heritage watch-dog role was still considered essential as there was no substitute for the Register and the the independent voice of the Trust was valued. In addition, the Heritage Act pro vided for a Trust representative on the Heritage Council. [Wyatt 1987: 108] While the Trust had, from 1945 through to the 1960s, been active in preserving many types of heritage places (built and natural), it was only in the 1970s that the Register extended to include more than just buildings of National importance. From 1973 the Trust sought also to include in the Register other heritage items and places including urban conservation areas, industrial items and landscapes. [Wyatt 1987:111] Towards the end of the 1970s the number of full and part-time staff increased dramati cally. There were approximately 50 paid staff in 1982. [Wyatt 1987:48] The Trust continued its advocacy, education and identification work through the 1970s and 1980s until 1989. Through the efforts of its paid staff, individual volunteers andcom mittee members. In 1989 there was a great rift between the Trust Council and sectors of
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 14 the Trust membership who were opposed to the long-term lease (and effective sale) of Lindesay at Darling Point. The situation resulted in court action which impacted upon the sale and lease of Trust properties which resulted in a decision whereby paid staff were (temporarily) removed from their duties. Some staff were later reinstated. A new Act was enacted in 1990. Some Trust members were opposed the change in the Register, from a graded (A, 8, C and D) system to a single 'Classified' status on the basis that it was inappropriate for a grand house be of equal status in the Register to a workers cottage. The professional staff have generally argued for the single 'Classified' status, as a graded system is believed to result in the perceived expandability of items, except the 't,;s, by the determin ing authorities, courts and the public. Assessment criteria for inclusion in the Register are described below. Not all technical committees were established at the same time. Early Trust identification activities (build ing lists), as described below in Section 1.4, provided the basis for the present Historic Buildings Committee. Assessment criteria used by this committee today are not unlike those which were defined in the 1974 Register, over 20 years ago. The most recently established Trust technical committee, the Parks and Gardens Com mittee, was established under a state government grant. The committee was required to adopt assessment criteria in 1993 based on the work of the NSW State Heritage Inven tory Program.
1.2 THE REGISTER - THE NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (NSW) Establishment of the Register While early activities leading towards the establishment of the Trust included natural and built environmental issues, the first Trust Register evolved from a list of buildings and structures. Preceding an official Trust Register was a list of buildings and sites recommended by the Trust for preservation for all time. This list and a grading system evolved over a period of 19 years before it was first published. lvor Wyatt describes in "Ours in Trust" some stages in the evolution of this list;
i) 'The Herald on December 7, 1948 published a list of 40 historic structures and sites which the Cumberland County Council, "on the suggestion of the Trust, recommended to the State Government should be preserved for all time". A list of natural beauty areas worthy of preservation was in course ofpreparation.' [Wyatt 1987:23] ii) 'In September, 1949 a greatly expanded Trust list of 130 Cumberland County buildings and other historic structures and areas, including cemeteries, was finalised, this being probably the first comprehensive catalogue or register in the State.' [Wyatt 1987:23J iii) 'In mid-1956 a list of 185 graded and classified A, B or C buildings and other struc tures was submitted by the Trust to the Cumberland Council Council whichdecided the list would become the "basis for future operations" for preservation of historic buildings in the County' [Wyatt 1987:33] iv) 'In early 1961 the Trust made a definite improvement to its listing system by adopting widely publicised, more formal State-wide A,B,C and D classifications taking into account historical and architectural merit, site, use and educational and cultural criteria' [Wyatt 1987:61]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 15
The First Trust Register - 1967 The first official Trust Register was publicly issued in July 1967 and contained a list of 340 buildings graded A, B, C and D. [Wyatt 1987:80] In this Register the four graded classifi cations are defined as;
'A Buildings of national importance having the greatest historical significance or the highest architectural quality, the preservation of which is regarded as essential, whatever the cost. B Buildings of outstanding historic interest or fine architectural quality, the prese,va tion of which is strongly recommended. C Buildings which are historically or architecturally interested or especially attrac tive, the prese,vation of which should be encouraged. D Buildings of sufficient interest to be recorded.' [National Trust Register.1967] The Trust Council (now the Trust Board) on the recommendation of the Historic Buildings Committee of the Trust (still in operation today) determined the classification for buildings and structures nominated to the -Trust for listing. This Register preceded other heritage lists extant today and the result of heritage legislation and planning instruments esta blished in the 1970s and 1980s. The definitions of the gradings A, B, C and D include the words 'architectural' and 'historic' possibly being the first official criteria statement for any heritage list in Australia.
Figure 1 1967 Trust Register - typical page
PADDiliGTOM Juniper Hall B Omond Street 1824 Ormond House D St. John's Church C Oxford Street 1837-40 Victoria Barracks A Oxford Street 1841-47 PARRAMA!l'TA Hembledon Cottage B Ha.ssall Street 1824 Macarthur House :S Thomas Street 1857
Nine years later, the Australian Heritage Commission Act of 1975 addressed the subject of criteria for heritage significance in defining the national estate as cultural or natural environments of Australia that have;
'aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance or other special value for future gen erations as well as for the present community'. The Heritage Act 1977 (NSW) and the Surra Charter have since, also by terminology definition, addressed the subject of assessment criteria.
The Trust Register - 1974 The Trust Register, printed in 1974, indicates a significant change in the philosophy of assessing places for inclusion in the Register. It is stated that;
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 16
'Since 1973 the Trust has adopted a simplified system of listing. There are now two categories. Firstly, CLASSIFIED listing. This is given to those parls of the physical environment which the Trost believes area essential to the heritage of Australia and must be preserved.' 'Secondly, RECORDED listing, for those parls of the environment which contribute to the heritage of Australia and which should be recorded and their preservation encouraged.' The gradings indicated in the previous Register of 1973 of A, B, C and D were translated roughly as A and B being assigned Classified status, and C and D being assigned Recorded status. The 1974 Register also states that the scope for inclusion in the Register has increased to include townscape and landscape elements. Criteria for listing, specific to the then Trust committees are outlined in this Register also. They are described as follows;
Buildings and other Structures 1. That are well designed and or well built 2. That are fine examples of an architectural style 3. That are given imporlance by their setting 4. That clearly illustrate a way of life or process that is no longer practised 5. That are strongly associated with an imporlant historical development or figure 6. That are very unusual Settlements 1. Whose components, such as buildings, trees and views combine to create character 2. Whose land form or setting makes an imporlant contribution to this character 3. Whose scale and/or style of building has a high degree of coherence and continuity and has remained relatively free of intrusions 4. Which clearly illustrate a pattern of urban society no longer practised Landscapes 1. That contain an unusual variety, or isolation, of landforms, vegetation, habitat or use, which separate them from their surroundings 2. That contain vantage points from which extensive, or intimate, views of outstanding quality can seen. '
Figure 2 1974 Trust Register - typical page
Paddington The few buildings classified do not reflect the special iaportance of Paddington. Its wealth of terrace houses re.main ■ largely intact. Classification as an area is under consideration. The quality of Paddington is recognised and given some measure of protection by its Planning Scheme.
Juniper Hall Ormond St CL 1820-2
Victoria Barrack.a Oxford St CL 1841-7 Lt.Col.G. Barney
We ■ tbourue Jersey Rd R 1868
Parrau.tta Former Bakery Church & Fennell Sts R
Bandstand Prince Alfred Park R
Cottage ■ Barracks Lane R
Congregational Church Church St R
Houoe (adj. to former dairy) Parramatta Park R
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 17
The Register - 1980 From 1980 onwards a single non-graded listing system was adopted. All new places in the Register have been entered as 'Classified'. Places identified as 'Recorded' in previ ous Trust Registers have remained on the Register and are identified as such. It is intended that they be progressively reassessed, however it is unlikely that all 'recorded' places will be reassessed in the foreseeable future due to the extent of the task. It is understood that most items previously assigned recorded status have been considered worthy of classified status when reassessed. fNational Trust Register 1993:ii] The present Register is dated 1993 and a special Jubilee Edition containing colour photographs is being sold in the year 1995. The different committees of the Trust do not all use the same listing criteria. Each has developed their own criteria. Only the Landscape Conservation Committee uses the cri teria of the Register of the National Estate. In addition to use of varying assessment criteria by the different committees, the use of a standard 'form' has ceased. In part, the purpose of this report, following an investigation of the existing listing activities both externally and within the Trust, is to recommend the adoption of standard assess ment criteria and use of a standard form.
Figure 3 1993 Trust Register - typical page
PMTA CL PARRAMATTA NEW ZEALAND ST 10 WA VERTREE ETC* FORM PMTA CL PARRAMATTA O'CONNELL ST CNR DUNLOP ST PARRAMATTA GAOL GRG PMTA CL PARRAMATTA O'CONNELL ST 12-14 SEE LOCALITY: PARRAMJ PMTA CL PARRAMATTA O'CONNELL ST 34 CNR ROSS ST ROSENEATH ! PMTA CL PARRAMATTA O'CONNELL SfAT GEORGE ST ENTRANCETOPARRAMATTAPARK TUDOR GATEHOUSE PMTA CL PARRAMATTA O'CONNELL ST ST JOHN'S ANGLICAN CEI PMTA DEM PARRAMATTA PALMER ST2 & 4 HOUSES PMTA CL PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK OLD GOVERNMENT HOU~ PMTA CL PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK BOER WAR MEMORIAL PMTA CL PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK GOVERNOR'S BATH HOU: PMTA CL PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK REMNANTSOFGOVERNO PMTA CL PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK FORMER DAIRY COTT AG! PMTA REC PARRAMATTA PARRAMATTA PARK HOUSE ADJOINING FORM
1.3 THE TRUST - PRESENT SITUATION Objectives of the Trust The objectives of the Trust under its Act (1990) are:
(a) To e,zquire, control, maintai,z, protect and preserve for the benefit of the public ge,zerally land, buildings, works, structures, and articles of beauty or of national, historical, anti quarian, scientific, artistic, architectural or cultural interest (i,zcluding Aboriginal relics, Aboriginal rock carvings and Aborigi,zal rock paintings and archaeological sites); and (b) to protect and preserve the natural features oJ and to conserve the flora and fauna on, any land referred to in paragraph (a) and acquired by or under the control of the Trust,· and (c) to encourage and promote, by any means whateve,; public appreciation, knowledge and enjoymellt oJ respect for and interest in, any land, buildings, works, structures or articles referred to in paragraph (a); and
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 18
(d) to provide and improve amenities on and access to any land, buildings, works, structures or articles referred to in paragraph (a) and acquired by or under the control of the Trnst; and (e) to co-operate with any corporation, body or society, either within or outside New South Wales, having objects wholly or substantially similar to the objects of the Trust, in promot ing the objects of such corporation, body or society or the Trnst
Activities of the Trust As the largest community organisation in Australia dedicated to the conservation of Australia's cultural and natural heritage the Trust fulfills the above objectives in a number of ways. The Trust acquires and maintains significant properties for the community's long-term benefit; operates historic house museums and art galleries; surveys the natural and built environment of New South Wales, identifying and documenting those landscapes, town scapes, buildings, industrial sites, burial grounds and other items it considers should be conserved as part of the National Estate; prepares submissions for statutory inquiries on environmental issues; provides information to all levels of government to assist heritage conservation; publishes educational material for the community in general and, in particu lar, for use in school classrooms; stages exhibitions, displays, lectures and other educa tional activities; and runs a comprehensive bush management program. [National Trust Register.1993.pi] Maintaining a Register is an long-standing continuous activity of the Trust. Trust Register is supported by a listing card, all cards being filed alphabetically by location at the Trust offices. Each card usually comprises descriptive and identification informa tion, a history, reasons for listing and a photegraph or plan.
The Register The Register originally was limited to significant buildings and structures. As indicated above, in 1974 there were three categories/committees being i) buildings and other struc tures, ii) Settlements and iii) Landscapes. The Register has further widened its scope of survey work to include items and places of both the natural and cultural environment, recommendations to the Board for listing being made by committees operating under the following categories; Historic Buildings, Urban Conservation Areas, Cemeteries, Landscapes, Parks and Gardens, and Industrial Archaeology
Classification Process The task of inspecting, researching and assessing places for inclusion in the Trust Regis ter is carried out in a voluntary capacity by the Trust's technical, regional and branch com mittees with assistance of professional staff. Recommendations from these committees are considered by the Trust's Conservation Committee (comprising representatives of the Trust Board and technical committee chairpersons) and the Trust Board which makes the final decisions on which places will be placed on the Register. Following approval by the Trust Board of a Committee recommendation for a new item to be placed on the Register, listing cards are forwarded to a number of places including; the owner, the relevant local government authority and the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. The listing cards are also publicly accessible.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 19
Meaning of Classification The inclusion of a place in the Register does not have any legal effect but is widely recog nised as an authoritative statement on the heritage significance of the place.
Purpose of the Register The Trust Register is of value for a variety of reasons, its broadest use in being an all inclusive single Register for the state of New South Wales. As such it is of use on a com parative basis over the whole state. It does however have limitations for comparison, given that volunteers have largely done the work which has resulted in the fact that inclu sions in the Register and the assessments have not been done systematically. The purpose of the Register is to alert responsible authorities, property owners and the public to the heritage significance of a place. Classification by the Trust and the informa tion contained on the classification card may assist in the decision making process and ultimately the conservation of places and items. Often classification cards are referred to by local councils in considering applications for demolition or alteration of a place. Councils (and government agencies) use the Trust Register and Classifications as a basis for preparing heritage studies for their area or department. Often classification cards are referred to by the Heritage Council when Section 60 Appli cations (Heritage Act) are being considered. They have served as an important basis in the compilation of a schedule of heritage items in a Local Environmental Plan. National Trust staff refer to the Classification cards when responding to issues raised with the Trust. The cards serve as an invaluable and immediately accessible resource when dealing with the media, local councils, the general community, legal enquiries, and school educational projects.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria MffA W
2.0 THE CONSERVATION DIVISION OF THE NATIONAL TRUST(NSW)
2.1 TRUST STRUCTURE The National Trust of Australia (NSW) has 5 Divisions which are responsible for the activi ties of the Trust in New South Wales. The Trust divisional structure is indicated in the diagram below; Figure 4 National Trust (NSW) Division Structure [National Trust Annual Report 1992]
---, CONSERVATION H
I MUSEUMS ANO L COLLECTIONS I TRUST i FINANCE AND I I I 1 AOMINISTRA TION I COMMITTEES I I I TRUST BOARD OF DIRECTORS I MEMBERS H lt7I I I I ! I I : I I MARKETING
; ! I EXECUTIVE ' DIRECTOR - I PROPERTIES I
2.2 The Conservation Division and Committee Structure The responsibilities of the Conservation Division can be broadly divided into the three areas of heritage identification, conservation action and education. While a large propor tion of the Trust work is undertaken by expert volunteers attending regular committee meetings, there are full and part-time professional staff employed to co-ordinate the Com mittees' work.
The tasks of survey, research, assessment and recommending of items for inclusion in the Trust Register are carried out by the Conservation Division Technical and Regional committees. In addition the Technical Committees have responsibility for review, amend ment and comment on listing proposals prepared by other parties and Regional Commit tees. Technical Committees are also encouraged to undertake preliminary research, identification and recording of basic data about potentially significant sites, for inclusion in National Trust records, even if this information is insufficient to allow assessment for pos sible Classification by the Trust. [National Trust of Australia (NSW) "Technical..1992) The Trust Technical Committees administered by the Conservation Division are indicated in Figure 5 over. Figure 6 indicates on a map of New South Wales the Trust Regional Committees and corresponding numbers are listed adjacent.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 21
Figure 5 National Trust (NSW) Conservation Division Committees Conservation Division Director and Staff
ass1 1cahon Advisory Management and Advisory Role only I I IAC IPGCCj 1ucc I AAC IBUSHI Industrial Park& Urban Archaeology Gardens Conservation Architectural Bush Committee Committee Committee Advisory Regeneration Committee Committee I LCC I jCEMSI HBC Landscape Cemeteries Historic Conservation Conservation Buildings Committee Committee Committee
Figure 6 National Trust (NSW) Conservation Division Regional Committees
1.Berrima District Committee .-1 - 2.Blue Mountains Branch 3.Broken Hill District Committee 4.Central West Women's Committee 5.Gulgong Mudgee Rylstone Branch 6.Hunter Regional Committee 7.lllawarra Shoalhaven Branch E 8.Lachlan Branch -cC 9.Macquarie Regional Branch C -Wellington Sub-Committee
1O.Mid-North Coast Regional Committee 11.New England Regional Committee •Armidale Branch -Glen Innes Branch -lnverell Branch •Tamworth Branch 12.Northem Rivers Committee 13.Parramatta Regional Branch 14.Riverina Regional Committee 15.Southem Suburbs Branch ,______.._ __ ...... __ ., __ _ 16.Sthn Tablelands Regional Committee ------·---"------· 17.Wentworth Branch ------18. Yass Regional Committee
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 22
2.3 VOLUNTARY WORK All Conservation Division Technical Committee work is undertaken on a voluntary basis. Survey and assessment work often requires the commitment of volunteers in their own time. Voluntary contributions by Trust Committee members was significant from the 1960s to 1980s. The Trust benefits signficantly from their work, and in many cases the volunteers gain valuable experience. Volunteer committee members are often willing to contribute their time to their own specific subject of interest. This subject of interest may be highly specialised and narrow. More recently however, the same level (as previously experienced) of unpaid work has been difficult for Trust Committee members to maintain. Various reasons in general terms for this have been provided by committee members including; * Founding members of committees are now older and feel their contribution to the Trust is complete. * Younger or more recent Committee members are not so willing to undertake substantial unpaid work. * Voluntary workers are a diminishing resource, a clear preference being given to paid work. * At the time of establishing the Committee the work of the Trust was at the cutting edge of conservation action and the work was 'important and exciting' - few other heritage registers existed at the time. * Survey and Assessment work in the form of local and regional Heritage Studies is a component of paid consultancies - why work for the Trust for free, when a paid consultant may then use the Trust resources effectively paying someone else for your work. Clearly the days of substantial survey and assessment work by volunteers are gone.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 23
3.0 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The Conservation Division Technical Committees
Assessment Criteria have been subject of detailed development at both the National and Statefferritory government levels since the establishment of most NSW Trust Technical Committees. This development and irregular policy updates have contributed to the present state of incongruity in the assessment criteria used by the different committees of the National Trust. It is recognised that assessment procedures are not consistent in National Trusts throughout Australia, and this has been attributed to the historical development of the identification of heritage in Australia and the ad hoe nature in which places are nominated for Registers. [Gardiner 1991 :32] What appears to be unique to the NSW National Trust is the use of different assessment criteria within the organisation. The following pages, dedicate one page to describing the establishment of each commit tee, and assessment criteria and policy documents used by each technical committee of the National Trust of Australia (NSW). A summary of the criteria used by each Technical Committee is indicated in the table below.
Figure 7 Assessment Criteria - National Trust (NSW) Technical Committees
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA - NATIONAL TRUST COMMITTEES COMMITTEE CRITERIA - POLICY DOCUMENT The Trust Register The Register states "The Trust's no desire to adopt a system with the same listing criteria as the single-list Register of the National Estate •• :
Historic BuildinQS SAHS yes 1984
Industrial Archaeology SAHS - modified yes 1988
Parks and Gardens SHI yes 1993
Cemeteries SAHS • modified yes 1987
Urban Conservation not clear yes 1984, 1977
Landscape Areas AHC yes 1989
Abbreviations SAHS • Scientific, Aesthetic, Historic, Social SHI • State Heritage Inventory - Assessment criteria AHC • Register of the National Estate (Australian Heritage Commission) - Assessment criteria
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 24
IDSTORIC BUILDINGS COMMITTEE (HBC)
ESTABLISHMENT The Historic Buildings Committee was established in 1948 and is comprised of experts in the fields of architecture, architectural history, heritage conservation and landscape archi tecture. [National Trust, HBC Brochure 1984] The Committee recommends buildings or a group of related buildings for inclusion in the Register.
POLICY DOCUMENTS * Guide to Assessing Buildings, 1984, Historic Buildings Committee, National Trust of Australia (NSW) * Heritage Buildings and the National Trust (1994) [HBC Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The committee brochure states that the; criteria used by the Committee to assess heritage buildings are based on the concepts of cultural significance defined in the Burra Charter. .. The brochure gives Surra Charter definitions under the headings of Historic, Social, Scientific/Technical and Aesthetic. The guide (above) loosely describes criteria for assessment and refers the reader to J.S. Kerr's, The Conservation Plan. 'Some typical reasons for significance are: * The place has interesting or good quality features in its construction or architec tural detailing; * The place has associations with a person, social class or period of development important to the history of the locality; * The place contributes to a streetscape or townscape that is valued because of its character; * The place is an early, late, rare, unaltered or influential example of its type. Claims relating to historical factors must be adequately supported by historical injonna tion (see above -HISTORICAL INFORMATION) These suggestions are far from exhaustive. The significance of many places is hard to categorise. Many places are significant for a number of reasons. Age is only one factor, and not usually the most important one. Further suggestions on possible reasons for significance are given in the attached extracts from J.S Kerr's the Conservation Plan. The significance of a place should be judged with reference to the local context. A build ings type, for example, may be rare in a particular area, though common in the state as a whole. It is still significant in the context of the local area. '
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 25 URBAN CONSERVATION COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHMENT The Urban Conservation Committee, established in 1973 and first called the Historic Towns Committee, assesses the heritage significance of urban areas as one of its pri mary objectives. The Committee aims to identify relatively intact areas recognising their special qualities and contribution to interpreting the history of an area evident in its settle ment pattern, townscape qualities, architectural composition, planting and detail ele ments. [National Trust UCA Brochure, 1994]
POLICY DOCUMENTS * Urban Conservation Manual, The National Trust of Australia (NSW), 1977 * Urban Conservation Areas, Definition Delineation and Purpose, A manual of practice for the Urban Conservation Committee of The National Trust of Australia (NSW), September 1982, Amended and revised April 1984 * Urban Conservation and the National Trust (1994) [UCA Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The brochure does not state the assessment criteria used, however it states that;
'The Committee aims to identify relatively intact areas recognising their special qualities and contribution to interpreting the history of an area, evident in its settlement pattern, townscape qualities, architectural composition, planting and detail elements.' The two manuals indicate assessment approaches required by the committee. Section 2.2 PHYSICAL ASPECTS of the 1977 document provides three categories for consideration of the physical character of an area. Each category is followed by points for consideration which may be equated to assessment criteria. a) Land Use and Communication Patterns '* the existing pattern of land use determining the distribution and type of activi ties in the area; * the system of land ownership, identifying lands in public or private ownership; * the movement pattenzs within the area including both pedestrian and vehicular movements. b) The Natural Environment * the topography and land forms of the landscape in which the town is set; * subsequent spaces and views produced; * natural features such as creeks, forests, cliffs or beaches; * introduced elements such as wind breaks, street trees or garrlellS; * the contribution made by natural open spaces to the character of the area. c) The Built Environment * the relation of the built form to its setting and internal and external views; * the built form itself in terms of the pattern of its streets and open spaces, its de,isity - either concentrated or dispersed, the heights and groupings of its buildings; * the architectural period, quality, style and c01zsistency of individual buildings and the materials used,· * townscape details such as street planing and furniture, monuments, lighting, signs, fences or paving. Other information regarding assessment is contained in the manual.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 26
The 1982 document does not specifically address assessment criteria for significance of conservation areas. Section 5.1 Survey Technigues, does however outline three groups of components for considering conservation areas; i) setting, ii) (aspects) within, and iii) elements within. Section 5.5 indicates mapping categories.
Section 5.3 states that;
'The Committee's surveys are based largely on the visual qualities of an area, supported by a knowledge of its history' It is clear that identification and assessment by the Committee, as guided by this docu ment, are initiated by aesthetic and historic considerations. To support this observation is the Section 2.4, where 'improvement of disruptive elements' and 'essential character' with regard to conservation areas are discussed in implied visual terms. In Section 4. Boun daries. of the same document, it is stated that 'Urban Conservation seeks to Tf!tain those por tions of the urban environment whose character is important to the national, state or local heritage.'
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 27
INDUSTRIAL ARCHAEOLOGY COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHMENT The Industrial Archaeology Committee, founded in 1968, undertakes formal survey and assessment of the many sites and relics which form the state's industrial heritage. [National Trust IAC Brochure]
POLICY DOCUMENTS * Industrial Archaeology - A National Trust Policy Paper, National Trust (NSW), 1988 Ed. A Mackay * IAC Survey and Assessment Manual - The National Trust of Australia (NSW), Industrial Archaeology Committee, (prepared following a workshop 1985) * Industrial Archaeology and the National Trust (1994) [IAC Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Section 5.2 Assessment of Significance (p23-27) of the 1988 policy document summary adopts assessment criteria implied by the definition of significance in the Australian Heri tage Commission Act, the National Trust Register and the Surra Charter. This section also acknowledges Kerr's [The Conservation Plan, 1990:8] notion that it is not desirable to attempt to apply universal or standard criteria, and as such develops its own sub categories using the standard criteria, Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific and Social. These are presented in categories specific to industrial sites, and are stated to be neither exhaustive or exclusive. The policy states that;
The Industrial Archaeology Committee of the National Trust is parlicularly concerned with the following areas of significance: * Outstanding or representative examples of industrial activity * Well preserved examples of industrial sites * Remains of unusual industries * Items or sites with parlicular national or local associations * Items or sites with historic associations and/or links to imporlant persons or events * Places, sites and items which illustrate a period or phase of technological develop- ment * Sites which demonstrate a process or technology * Visual and/or non visual qualities ( e.g. architectural merit, operating processes) The sub-criteria under the headings of Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific/Technological and Social as contained in the policy are summarised below;
Aesthetic: design, setting, symbolic Historic: association, advance, age, technical developments, superlative Scientific: (Technological) ingenuity, achievement, site specific, materials, type of con struction, age, rarity, superlative Social: political, economic, cultural The 1985 document includes a section on Assessment of Significance (p23-26). The cri teria vary slightly from those of the 1988 document. In being an earlier source this is assumed to have been superseded by the later document.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 28 PARKS AND GARDENS COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHMENT An Urban Parks Committee was first formed in 1968 and this resulted in the inclusion of a number of urban parks in the National Trust's Register. The committee was renamed the Parks and Gardens Conservation Committee in December 1991 when its sphere of interest broadened. [National Trust PGCC Brochure]
POLICY DOCUMENTS * Background Notes on the Methodology for Assessing the Heritage Signifi cance of Parks & Gardens in N.S.W., prepared by Warwick Mayne-Wilson in 1993. * Parks and Gardens and the National Trust (1994) [IAC Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The brochure outlines the criteria used for assessing significance. Section 4 of the Back ground Notes also outlines the core criteria used, these being common to the Australian Heritage Commission, the Surra Charter and the State Heritage Inventory Program. The criteria set out for use are near identical to the State Heritage Inventory Criteria, with cri teria followed by degree and level of significance set out as follows;
I. Historic value 2. Aesthetic value 3. Social value 4. Scientific/technical value 5. Other values The physical fabric of a place should have 'the ability to demonstrate' at least some of the above values. Degree of Significance: You need then to be able to make a comparative assessment of the degree to which various gardens are significant. [This is where typologies can assist.] For that reason, two supplementary criteria have been developed: 'rare' and 'representative'. Level of Significance: This indicates whether the place is of national, regional, or local significance. Typologies for parks and gardens are separately described.
Referred to in the Background notes are two other documents entitled Parks, Gardens and Special Trees - a Classification and Assessment Method for the Register of the National Estate AND How to Record the National Estate Values of Gardens. These are both Australian Heritage Commission publications prepared by Juliet Ramsay in 1991.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 29 CEMETERY CONSERVATION COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHMENT The Cemeteries Committee, established in 1980, assesses the heritage significance of burial grounds and conducts inspections of cemeteries as part of a state wide survey. Prior to 1980, cemeteries were assessed by the Trust's Historic Buildings Committee. [Cemeteries Policy]
POLICY DOCUMENTS * A Guide to the Conservation of Cemeteries, (booklet) NT-NSW, 1982 (no policy statement contained within)
* Cemeteries - A National Trust Policy Paper, National Trust (NSW), August 1987 * Cemeteries and the National Trust (1994) [Cemeteries Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The 1987 policy document clearly states the criteria for assessing heritage significance of a cemetery. The policy notes National Trust Council (Board) adoption of the Surra Char ter and advocation of its conservation principles in the treatment of places of cultural sig nificance. In assessing heritage significance of cemeteries however, a specific and broader set of criteria than those outlined in the Surra Charter have been established by the Committee.
The policy states that;
'All cemeteries have some social and historic value, and potential heritage significance. Any assessment of this significance is likely to contain an element of subjective judgement' This implies that a threshold for inclusion is necessary, but does not address the applica tion of one. The policy also states the following criteria;
'A cemetery is generally considered to be of heritage significance if is satisfies one or more of the following criteria: (i) Historical Significance (ii) Social Significance (iii) Artistic Significance (iv) Religious Significance (v) Genealogical Significance (vi) Creativeffechnological Accomplishments (vii) Setting (viii) Landscape Design (ix) Botanical (x) Representativeness' Detailed descriptions, illustrated by photographs, are contained in the policy under each of the above headings. Refer to the actual policy for detailed outline and photographic examples.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 30 LANDSCAPE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHMENT The Landscape Conservation Committee was established in 1949 (under another name) and deals with natural heritage issues. One of the committee's tasks is to identify and assess rare and/or representative examples of the natural heritage, for inclusion in the Trust Register.
POLICY DOCUMENT * Landscape Assessment Manual of Practice, National Trust of Australia (NSW), July, 1989 * Natural Heritage and the National Trust (1994) [LCC Brochure]
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The brochure summarises the considerations (criteria) for entry in the Register as follows;
* be held in high esteem by the community, e.g. a well-known landscape such as Kangaroo Valley. * be an important site for scientific research, e.g. the Ben Halls Gap Old Growth Forest with its rare and endangered flora and fauna. * have historic significance, e.g. a cultural landscape such as the Hill End - Tam baroora Goldfields with its evidence of early settlement. * be a place which either demonstrates or inspired some technical or creative accomplishment, e.g. a landscape which has been the subject of a famous painter. Additionally, to be considered for entry on the Trnst Register a place should exhibit a degree of rarity or be a good representative example of its type.
The manual, in section 1.4 states that the Trust has adopted as its criterion the definition of the "National Estate" in the Australian Heritage Commission Act, 1975. Section 3.2.3 Summary of Reasons for Listing states that;
Reasons may be subheaded under the value categories (i.e., scientific, natural, aesthetic, cultural, historic). These sub-headings are described in more detail in Section 2.2.5 of the same manual. This is the only committee which addresses recognising Aboriginal values.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 31
4.0 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA National Trust Registers of Australia
Each State and Territory National Trust operates independently on a day to day basis and most work under the objectives of their own State or Territory Act. The NSW National Trust, founded in 1947, was the first Trust established in Australia. Each of the other states followed; South Australia (1955), Victoria (1956), Western Australia (1959), Tasmania (1960) and Queensland (1963). [Pearson/Sullivan 1995;76] Each National Trust, with the exception of South Australia, maintains its own heritage register.
4.1 THE AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF NATIONAL TRUSTS ("ACNT") The Australian Council of National Trusts, established in 1965, fulfills an administrative co-ordination role for all State and Territory National Trusts in Australia, and endeavours to represent them at the federal level. The ACNT is a company with a Board of Directors comprising representatives of each of the State and Territory National Trusts. There are three full-time staff and two part-time staff administering the Council. The role of the ACNT is to ensure a National Identity of the National Trust movement and to develop a federal approach to heritage issues. There is no ACNT register. The areas of activity of the Council are; (i) Policy Formulation and Administration, (ii) Funding, (iii) Networking and International Relations and, (iv) Vision and Image. [ACNT annual report 1994] The ACNT does not prepare listing proposals or assess heritage significance. There is no ACNT heritage register. Nor does it carry out any of the other activities common to the State and Territory Trusts, such as organising events, maintaining a heritage register or normally undertaking general or site specific conservation advocacy work. The ACNT is incorporated under the Companies Act and is co-limited by guarantee, 1965. [Information Source: Philippa Hore ACNT, ACNT Annual Report 1994]
4.2 LISTING CRITERIA: State and Territory National Trusts and State and Territory Legislation A brief phone survey updates and expands upon information collected by Stephen Davies, National Trust of Australia (NSW) for a paper entitled Review of Existing Activity - Criteria and Legislation as part of the ACNT National Trust Classification Policy and Cri teria Workshop held in November 1991. The results of the phone survey are summarised in a table below as a basis for understanding on a National level the current situation with regard to listing and criteria as used by National Trusts within their respective State or Territory Legislative framework. The text that followsexplains the present situation in more detail. The actual assessment criteria as used by each Trust and State/Territory govern ment is found in Appendix E. Aboriginal heritage is not specifically addressed in this part of the report, as National Trusts generally have not included Aboriginal places in their registers, and states/territories usually have separate legislation and registers covering Aboriginal heritage. The words listing and classification are both used similarly to describe the process of placing and item or place on a Register. Unless classified/classification is specifically stated by a State or Territory, the words 'listed' or 'listing' are used for consistency. Each National Trust has its own separate Register with the exception of South Australia. [Refer Appendix E for Assessment Criteria of each National Trust and State/Territory government in Australia]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 32
Figure 8
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA - OTHER NATIONAL TRUSTS STATE/ NATIONAL TRUST REGISTER GOVERNMENT REGISTER TERRITORY Assessment Criteria Assessment Criteria Australian Capital AHC - modified AHC - modified Territory natural and cultural natural and cultural Tasmania SAHS - modified AHC - modified cultural cultural Victoria SAHS AHC cultural_± Nr"lvl'lll built items onlv Queensland AHC - modified AHC - modified cultural + Nriv/'"11\I cultural South Australia no actively maintained register AHC - modified (same as State Government) cultural Western Australia own 'codes' similar to SHI (NSW) criteria cultural and natural cultural Northern Territory SAHS - with modifiers AHC cultural cultural and natural New South Wales AHC/SAHS/SHI SHI (AHC compatible) cultural and natural cultural (natural not complete)
Abbreviations SHI - State Heritage Inventory (NSW) - assessment criteria AHC - Register of the National Estate (Australian Heritage Commission) - assessment criteria SAHS - Scientific, Aesthetic, Historic, Social (usually as defined in the Surra Charter) (NB There are other Acts and Registers, this chart intends only to compare the primary register of each State or Territory with the National Trust Register).
• •-- ·•s,.,•• • -~., ...... ~ .• ~...... , ...... ~--·-••'·'->·,,.<'< = .... . 4.2.1 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (New South Wales) Criteria (State legislation) The Heritage Act 1977 (New South Wales) has no clearly defined criteria, however under Definitions 4.(1) of the Act "environmental heritage" means those buildings, works, relics or places of historic, scientific, cultural, social, archaeological, architec tural, natural or aesthetic significance for the State. This definition applied to Per manent Conservation Orders, Interim Conservation Orders and Section 170 Regis ters until the recent development of State Heritage Inventory assessment criteria. Since 1989 the Heritage Council has been developing criteria for a State Heritage Inventory ("SHI") (refer 4.3 this report for more details). SHI criteria are intended to be compatible with Australian Heritage Commission criteria, however presently SHI only enables the assessment of the cultural environment. Assessment criteria for natural and Aboriginal heritage is understood to be under consideration. [Godden Mackay, Draft Manual1994:3]
Criteria (National Trust) Since 1980 the NSW Trust committees (see listing committees below) have developed criteria for assessment in an adhoc manner, some committees using the Burra Charter definitions, Kerr's methodology, AHC criteria and SHI criteria. Refer 3.0 - Part A of this report for more detail. This report aims to address that situation and clearly state policy for criteria and classification. The current NSW Trust Regis ter states that the criteria adopted in 1980 were those of the Australia Heritage Commission. Assessment criteria used for listing, however, are not currently con sistent throughout all the technical committees.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 33
National Trust Listing Committees - Categories The National Trust (NSW) has 6 listing committees; Historic Buildings, Cemeteries, Parks and Gardens, Industrial Archaeology, Urban Conservation and Landscape. Other committees operating from the Conservation Division are not mentioned here as they do not have a listing role. National Trust Act The National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) Act 1990 does not specify assess ment criteria for determining heritage significance. Under Objects of the Trust (sec tion 5. of the Act) criteria for what the Trust preserves is stated to be items of ' ... beauty or oj national, historical, antiquarian, scientific, artistic, architectural or cultural interest.. '
4.2.2 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (Tusmania) Criteria (State Legislation) The Historic Cultural Heritage Bill 1994 defines "historic cultural heritage significance" in relation to a place as 'significance to any group or community in relation to the aesthetic, archaeological, architectural, cultural, historic, scientific, social or techni cal value of the place'. The Tasmanian Heritage Act has not yet been enacted. The Bill states that a place must meet one of the specified criteria to be entered in the Heritage Register. The criteria are based on the AHC assessment criteria. Primary differences are the substitution of the word Tasmania in place of Australia and the non-inclusion of natural heritage. Aboriginal heritage is identified separately on the Tasmanian Aboriginal Site Register (TASR). Criteria (National Trust) The Tasmanian National Trust uses assessment criteria as set out in the forword of the last printed Register of Classified and Recorded Buildings (June 1984). These criteria are historical, architectural, site of building, and educational value. National Trust Listing Committees - Categories The Tasmanian National Trust is divided into three regional groups; (i) Northern, (ii) North Western, and (iii) Southern. The Northern and Southern Groups each have a Classification and Advisory Committee. Classification nominations from the North Western group are referred to the other groups. There are no separate categories for the consideration of different types of places. National Trust Act The National Trust of Australia Act (Tasmania) 1975 does not contain assessment cri teria. [Information Source: Tony Ralph National Trust Tasmania and Peter James - Tasmanian based heritage consultant]
4.2.3 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (Queensland) Criteria (State Legislation) The Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage ("DEH") administer the Heritage Register which is a state based Register of cultural places only. It comprises three sections based on ownership (i) Private, (ii) State government and (iii) Commonwealth government. The Queensland Heritage Act 1992 states the criteria for entry in the Register (section 23.(1)). These criteria are based on the AHC cri teria. Primary differences are the substitution of the word Queensland in place of Australia and the non-inclusion of natural heritage.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 34
Criteria (National 'frost) The Queensland National Trust has recently adopted the use of the same AHC modified assessment criteria for listing as the state based Heritage Register. Previ ously Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific and Social were used. National 'frost Listing Committees - Categories There is one listing committee which assesses 'buildings and sites'. This committee also assesses landscapes. National 'frost Act The National Trust of Queensland Act 1963 does not state criteria for assessment. [Information source: Maureen Lily National Trust Queensland and Ken Horrigan - Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage)
4.2.4 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (Western Australia) Criteria (State Legislation) The Heritage Council has a state based list called the Register of Heritage Places. The Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990 does not state assessment criteria. Criteria for entry in the Register are closely aligned to the NSW State Heritage Inventory Criteria, however "other'' has been dropped. The approach using criteria by consid ering Nature, Degree and Condition/ Integrity/ Authenticity is similar also. Each cri terion has sub-criteria. Natural heritage can not be assessed using this criteria. Criteria (National 'frost) The Western Australian National Trust uses two different 'codes' to assess signifi cance of the Built Environment and Landscapes. These contain elements of National Estate criteria and Surra Charter criteria, but do not appear to be closely derived from them. National 'frost Listing Committees - Categories There are five committees which assess heritage significance. These are (i) Cul tural Environment, (ii) Landscape and Conservation, (iii) Art Deco, (iv) Defence, and (v) Railway heritage. There are two forms that are filled in, one each for cultural and natural places. National 'frost Act The National Trust of Western Australia Act 1964 (-1970) is the current Trust Act, and it does not contain any reference to assessment criteria. [Information Source: Ian Kelly - The Heritage Council (WA) and Alice Fyfield National Trust WA]
4.2.5 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (South Australia) no independent register Criteria (State Legislation) The South Australian Heritage Act 1978 established a State based Register, and sys tematic regional (14 state regions) heritage surveys of the State's heritage have been underway since 1980. The Heritage Act 1993 administered by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, contains assessment criteria which are a modified version of AHC cri teria that apply to items of the built environment only. The State Register only con tains items of State significance. Local heritage items are the responsibility of local councils under the Development Act of 1993. Aboriginal heritage is covered separately by the Department of State Aboriginal Affairs.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 35
Criteria (National Trust) The South Australian National Trust has no independent register, however it now nominates places considered to be of sufficient significance for the State Heritage Register. Classifications by the Trust were undertaken until about 1988 using His torical and Architectural as primary criteria. National Trust Listing Committees - Categories The South Australian National Trust comments on proposed heritage listings and nominates places for the State Register using the state assessment criteria. National Trust Act The National Trust of Australia (SA) Act 1955 does not contain any specific assessment criteria. [Information Source - National Trust News (SA):6, and Margaret Rettig National Trust (SA) and Tracey Bateman Dept of Environment and Natural Resources)
4.2.6 National Trust of Australia (Victoria) Criteria (State Legislation) The Historic Buildings Act 1981 is administered by the Historic Buildings Council (Department of Planning and Heritage). There is a state based list of historic build ings, called the Register of Historic Buildings which contains about 1100 items and can include other built items (structures, works, objects) such as bridges, but does not include parks for example. The Historic Buildings Council has its own assess ment criteria which are similar to the AHC criteria, and does not include the natural environment. Criteria (National Trust) Criteria used for all categories are Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific and Social. National Trust Listing Committees - Categories The Victorian National Trust has the following committees; (i) Buildings, (ii) 20th Century, (iii) Industrial History, (iv) Bridges, (v) Pipe Organs, (vi) Gardens, and (vii) Landscape. National Trust Act The National Trust of Australia (Victoria) has no act under which it operates. [Information Source: Alison Carey Heritage Council (Vic) and National Trust of Australia (Vic) "Classification ... ] 4.2.7 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (Northern Turritory) Criteria (Territory Legislation) The Northern Territory Heritage Act (1991) part 3 18.(3) outlines criteria for heritage assessment. These are similar to RNE criteria, some sections are combined and the specific use of the word Territory replaces the word Australia. The criteria includes natural places. It is intended that there be a State based register, however this has not been established yet. Criteria (National Trust) The Northern Territory National Trust criteria for heritage assessment are Historic, Aesthetic, Scientific and Social, and notes that integrity, rarity, representativeness, age, size or unique location are significance modifiers. National Trust Listing Committees - Categories There is one committee, the Cultural Heritage Committee which assesses all nomi nations. There is no separate Landscape Committee.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur I 995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 36
National Trust Act The National Trust of Australia (NT) Act 1976 (amended 1986) does not contain any specific criteria details. (Information Source: Mike Evans National Trust (NT)]
4.2.8 NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (Australian Capital Territory) Criteria (Territory legislation) Australian Capital Territory Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991 criteria are a modified version of the AHC Criteria. These criteria are used at a territory govern ment level to consider items for the ACT Heritage Register. While the AHC has only one set of criteria the ACT government operates under two sets (i) Historic Places Register and (ii) Historic Objects Register (covering moveable heritage). Criteria (National Trust) The ACT National Trust decided approximately two years ago to adopt the Aus tralian Capital Territory Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991 criteria. No actual policy document states this decision. It was believed that this would elim inate reworking of nominations and facilitate their entry onto relevant registers. Refer Appendix E ii) for criteria and worked classification example using this criteria. Listing Committees - Categories The ACT National Trust has only one committee for the classification process which considers all types of items/places. National Trust Act The ACT National Trust has no Act under which it operates. [Information source: Danielle Hyndes National Trust (ACT) and Davies 1991 :19)
4.3 CONCLUSION All State and Territory National Trusts in Australia except South Australia actively maintain an independent register of heritage items/places despite in many cases the recent crea tion of State or Territory heritage legislation resulting in a State or Territory Heritage Regis ter (Old, WA, NT, and ACT). Assessment criteria used in the case of the ACT and Qld is the same as the territory/state government. Western Australia and the Northern Territory have maintained the use of earlier established assessment criteria. In Tasmania, the Northern Territory and New South Wales, the National Trust registers are the only all inclusive state based heritage registers being actively maintained, and therefore remain important registers for the State or Territory. Victoria has a state based heritage Register for buildings and structures only, and the Victorian National Trust has a comprehensive variety of categories under which it lists. It is apparent that there is no co-ordinated listing process or set of assessment criteria common to all Trusts in Australia. All Trusts, however, use assessment criteria, and these are notionally compatible. It is also the case (and subject of this report) that within the New South Wales Trust the use of different assessment criteria has evolved. All Technical Committees initially using criteria based on the definition of heritage significance as contained in the Australian Heri tage Commission Act 1975, being; "those places of the natural environment of Australia or cultural environment of Australia that have aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance or other special value ... "
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 37
Since 1975, criteria development has progessed in both the Nw South Wales and nation ally, leading to more precise assessment criteria definitions as contained in the above Act. It appears that most committees of the NSW Trust have not considered the use of either the present State or Australian Heritage Commission assessment criteria. Some Techni cal Committees have not changed their approach since recent state and national criteria development. The Parks and Gardens Committee uses the SHI criteria. Assessment cri teria are clearly stated by each other National Trust of Australia. Some State and Territory National Trusts have adopted criteria contained in their recently introduced heritage legislation. In NSW the Heritage Act has existed since 1977, well before any recent State and National assessment criteria development. In 1980/1981 the ACNT Board considered a motion that dual categories of CLASSIFIED and RECORDED be discontinued in favour of a single classified status the criteria for which is similar to the Surra Charter definition of Cultural Significance. The recommenda - tion was rejected by the Board, however all Trusts except Victoria, Queensland and Tasmania have adopted the single classification system since. [Johnson 1988:75] It does not appear that each Trust accepted the criteria (ie Burra Charter - Guidelines) recom mended at that time.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 38 5.0 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Other Heritage lists in NSW There are a variety of assessment criteria applicable to sites in New South Wales used by a number of government and professional organisations. They are described in some detail in this section. Immediately following is a summary of the criteria in this section. Figure 9 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA - OTHER BODIES ORGANISATION CRITERIA 5.1 WORLD HERITAGE LIST UNESCX)
5.2 REGISTER OF THE National Estate Criteria NATIONAL ESTATE (RNE) 5.3 STATE GOVERNMENT SHI (proposed) SHI PCO/ICO SHI S. 170 Registers SHI Heritage Studies SHI LEP/REP SHI Conservation Plan SHI
5.4 P\ND REGISTER No formal criteria - age threshold
5.5 NP\NS Historic Sites Register No criteria - "displays evidence of...• Aboriginal Sites Register No criteria - "displays evidence of...• 5.6 RAIA 20th Century Buildinas list orimarilv Architectural 5.7 NSW INSTITUTION No specific criteria - OF ENGINEERS "qualities of engineering excellence"
5.1 World Heritage listings UNESCO The World Heritage List, established under the terms of the World Heritage Convention (and adopted by UNESCO), comprises properties having outstanding universal value, which form part of the cultural and natural heritage of signatory countries. The aim of the World Heritage Convention is to promote cooperation among nations to protect worldwide heritage which is of such universal value that its conservation is a concern of all people. [World Heritage Information Kit: 1] The World Heritage Properties Conservation Act 1983 is the Commonwealth legislation cover ing protection of world heritage properties in Australia. Nominations are received annually for consideration in the World Heritage Committee assessment process. The World Heritage Committee's main tasks include to:
* identify those nominated properties of outstanding universal value which are to be protected under the Convention and included on the World Heritage List. * place endangered properties on the List of World Heritage in danger
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 39
* delete from the World Heritage List those properties which have lost their World Heritage values through damage or deterioration. * administer the World Heritage Fund. Specific criteria have been developed in both the National and Cultural qualities. With regard to natural heritage a nominated property must be considered universally out standing in at least one of four criteria areas loosely defined as geological, ecological/biological, beauty or biological diversity, AND met specific conditions of integrity. The nominated site must have management and legislative protection. A nominated property of cultural heritage value must be considered universally outstand ing in at least one of seven criteria loosely defined as; creative, great cultural influence, testimony to a civilisation, significant architecturally, vulnerable traditional settlement, association with living traditions, AND must also meet specified authenticity standa,rls and have adequate legislative and management mechanisms for its protection. (Refer Appendix A - World Heritage Listing Process and Criteria information sheets)
5.2 The Register of the National Estate Australian Heritage Commission Under the Australian Heritage Commission Act ( 1975), the Australian Heritage Commission ("AHC") was established and charged with the responsibility of compiling the Register ofthe National Estate. The Register contains both interim and permanent listings, the latter being those site which have been brought to the attention of the AHC, but have not been formally considered by the Commission. The National Estate is defined as 'consist ing of those places, being components of the natural environment of Australia or the cul tural environment of Australia, that have aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance or other special value for future generations as well as the present community" [Criteria for the Register of the National Estate]. Nominations for the Register of the National Estate can be made by anyone by filling in a standard nomination form. The RNE criteria are described in eight criterion groups A to H. Within some are a number of sub-criteria headed; A1-4, B1-4, C1-2, D1, E1, F1, G1 and H1. The informa tion sheet deals with thresholds by discussion of inclusion and exclusion guidelines. Private, local government and state government property have no legal protection under the Australian Heritage Commission Act. Commonwealth ministers, departments and authorities, however, are required under Section 30 of the act to advise the Australian Heritage Commission of any action which may affect the heritage significance of that place. [Refer Appendix B - AHC Criteria for the Register of the National Estate]
5.3 The State Government All assessment work administered by the Heritage Branch, Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, under the Heritage Act is required by them to be undertaken using the draft Manual for the use of Historical Themes and Assessment Criteria (referred to in this report as SHI assessment criteria). This includes significance assessments for Conserva tion Plans, Heritage Studies, Section 170 Registers, nominations for Permanent Conser vation Orders or Local Environmental Plans Heritage Schedules, and at a local council level for heritage assessments accompanying Development Applications.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 40
S.3.1 The State Heritage Inventory ("SID") The Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (The Department of Planning (NSW), until March 1995)
Following an announcement by the Premier in 1989 the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning has been developing a State Heritage Inventory which is intended to be a computerised database of the State's environmental heritage. [Godden Mackay 1994:3) The inventory has not yet been formally established. As such, no active inventory had been established at the time of preparation of this report. Instructions for Completing the State Heritage Inventory Entry form for use in State Heritage Inventory Project Pilot Stu dies Version 1.0, July 1990 Department of Planning, is however, a detailed guide for a person nominating a place or item for inclusion in the inventory. The SHI Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria have been developed by a number of consultants to the NSW Department of Planning from 1989 until 1994 for application to both the natural and cultural heritage of NSW. They are intended to standardise heritage assessment methods and be compatible with the criteria developed for the Register of the National Estate. [Dept of Planning.Historical, 1994:3.1] In this document SHI assessment criteria are specified. Criteria 1 to 5 are identified as 'Nature of Significance' and are similar to the Surra Charter criteria (in brackets), however the title terminology are more descriptive. Criterion 1: Evolution & Association (Historic) Criterion 2: Creative & Technical Accomp. (Aesthetic) Criterion 3: Community Esteem (Social) Criterion 4: Research Potential (Scientific) Criterion 5: Other Criteria 6 and 7 are identified as 'Degree of Significance' and are intended to be read against the Nature of Significance criteria. Early work on the SHI assessment criteria included a third 'Degree' criterion Associative. This however, has been subsumed into Criterion 1: Evolution and Association (Historic)
Criterion 6: Rare Criterion 7: Representative In addition to the specified criteria the document also states that;
'To be assessed as significant an item must qualify under one of the five nature criteria AND one of the two degree criteria, AND must retain integrity of its key attributes when these are considered in context provided by the themes' [Dept of Planning, Draft Manual. .1994: 1OJ
S.3.2 Heritage Council Register (NSW) PCO's, ICO's s.130 order, nomination The Heritage Act (NSW) 1977 provides for the making of conservation instruments, which may be interim or permanent in nature. There are currently 764 Permanent Conservation Orders in the state of New South Wales (at April, 1995). The activities controlled by con servation instruments include:
* demolition of buildings or works * damage to or despoilation of relics, places or land,
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 41
* development of land on which buildings, works or relics are situated, and * alteration of or movement of buildings, works or relics The person intending to carry out any of the activities which are protected by a conserva tion instrument must first obtain approval from the Heritage Council. The Act also pro vides for public advertising of proposals which are likely to affect the heritage significance of a place or item, rights of appeal for property owners, and making of exemptions to con trol activities. Four classes of conservation instrument are provided for in the Act: A Permanent Conservation Order may be made by the Minister on the advice of the Heritage Council. Public notice of the proposal is required to be given to the owner or occupier as well as the Local Government Authority concerned. Submissions for or against the making of such an order may be made, and in the case of objections, the Minister can appoint a person to hold an inquiry and prepare a report. Per manent Conservation Orders are notified in the Government Gazette. There were 764 PCOs at the time of writing this report. ii The Heritage Council may also recommend the making of an Interim Conservation Order. Such orders take effect from the time of their publication in the Government Gazette and no notification of intent to make such an order is required. The Minis ter is required to notify persons affected by an Interim Conservation Order as soon as possible after it has been gazetted. This notification includes a statement to the effect of the order. Submissions for or against may be made within six months. If no objection is received a Permanent Conservation Order is made without further notice. iii Orders to control demolition may be made under section 130 of the Act. Following the making of such an order prior notice of any proposed works must be given by registered mail to the Heritage Council, which then has forty days to advise the Min ister whether to proceed with an Interim or Permanent Conservation Order or to recommend recision of the Section 130 Order. This Order is principally a holding measure which allows the Heritage Council time to investigate the significance of items and the effects of proposed works and to decide whether any further action is warranted. iv Emergency Orders to halt demolition may be made under section 136 of the Act. Such orders can be made when a building, work, relic or place is being harmed or about to be harmed and may be made by the Minister or Chairman of the Heritage Council. When such an Order is made, no further work may be undertaken within a period of forty days, during which time the matter is considered by the Heritage Council. Where no subsequent Conservation Order is made, the section 136 Order may be revoked or allowed to lapse at the end of the forty days. Relics Amendments to the Heritage Act made in 1987 redefined a "relic" as: "any deposit, object or material evidence - (a) which relates to the settlement of the area that comprises New South Wales, not being aboriginal settlement; and ( b) which is 50 or more years old;" The term "relic" therefore covers a wide ·range of items including such things as mining machinery, an early water pipe, archaeological deposits or a railway carriage.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 42
The amendments to the Act allow conservation instruments to be made with respect to relics. In addition disturbance or excavation of land containing or likely to contain relics may only take place after the issue of an excavation permit by the Heritage Council. In addition to archaeological investigation itself, this provision would also control such activi ties as movement of machinery which involved excavation of footings, relocation of early reticulation pipes, or removal of building foundations. This section (5.3.2) is largely an extract from the National Trust policy document - (National Trust (NSW), lndustrial..1988:16-18] Criteria for assessment of heritage significance for consideration by the Heritage Council is currently recommended to be undertaken using the SHI criteria.
5.3.3 Section 170 Heritage and Conservation Registers NSW Government Departments and Agencies required under the NSW Heritage Act The 1987 amendment to the Heritage Act introduced a new Section, S.170 into the Act. This section provides for every government instrumentality to prepare and maintain a register of items of heritage significance under its control. The registers were required to be completed by the 1st January 1988, and are subject to regular review. These registers should be available for inspection at both the office of the Heritage Council and the office of the instrumentality concerned. (Extract from [National Trust, Industrial. .. 1988: 18]) Preparing a register involves undertaking a heritage study of the assets of each govern ment agency or instrumentality, starting with a thematic history and an inventory of heri tage items which will comprise the Register. The study is required to be undertaken in accordance with the procedure outlined in the "Heritage Study Guidelines" (Department of Planning). These guidelines indicate that an assessment of individual items should then be undertaken according to the Draft State Heritage Inventory Project (SHIP) Evaluation Criteria). [Department of Planning, Guidelines .. 1994:3] At the time of writing this report these registers have all not been prepared. It is under stood that the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning is aiming to address this situa tion following the Heritage System Review.
5.3.4 Heritage Studies - Local and Regional (as approved by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning) A heritage study of a specific local government area or group of areas is usually commis sioned by the local council or regional planning branch of the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. The study usually includes a historical context report, an inventory of heritage items within the area and recommendations on the implementation of its find ings. The inventory, prepared by the consultant, based on a comprehensive field survey of the physical evidence of the development of the study area. The potential items identified during the field works are then analysed and assessed. The SHI assessment criteria as explained in the Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria (1994) are required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning to be used by the consultant, where the Department is client. This is also the case when studies are jointly funded by the Department and the local council involved.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur l 99~ UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 43
5.3.S LEP and REP Heritage Schedules A heritage schedule within a LEP or REP is usually a list of items or places having been identified as having heritage significance, within a local government or regional (group of local government areas) area. The process for inclusion of an item (place) on a LEP or REP heritage schedule is not always consistent. The Department of Planning's (now Urban Affairs and Planning) recommended process for inclusion on a heritage schedule is preparation of a heritage study, and following community consultation the inventory would form the basis for the heritage schedule. In many (rural) council areas a heritage schedule, if extant, may be based on National Trust classifications for that area or local knowledge alone. [source: Part B - Section 5 i)] Various criteria have been used to formulate these schedules in the past. A SHI assess ment is now required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. A 'Heritage Item' according to the LEP - Draft Model Heritage Provisions terms means;
'a building, work, relic, tree or place of heritage significance. 'Heritage Significance' means historic, scientific, cultural, social, archaeological, architectural, natural or aesthetic signifi cance.' The same criteria applies to heritage conservation areas. The process for establishing regional environmental plan heritage lists parallels that of local environmental plan heritage lists. While it is expected that a regionally comparative assessment process is undertaken, this has not always been the case. 5.4 PWD Heritage and Conservation Register NSW Public Works Department The Public Works Department of NSW established a Heritage and Conservation Register which was maintained by the PWD Historic Buildings Group (now known as Heritage Group) until 1988. It is a Register of major public historic buildings maintained by the NSW Public Works Department. The Register evolved from an informal study by the Historic Buildings Group in the late 1970s. The last printed Heritage Register was in 1988. The data base continues to be updated, however no further complete printouts have been made. No specific criteria were established for inclusion in the Register, although most major public buildings by government architects were included. Some building types were unrepresented (such as police stations), so the list is not all inclusive. The Register was considered primarily a Department management document. 'Historic' buildings implies a certain age threshold and buildings included date to circa 1940. Buildings formerly owned by the state and now in private ownership, if privately acquired prior to the establishment of the list are not included in this register. If public buildings were privately acquired after placing in the register they remain on the register. This Register forms the basis for the establishment of Section 170 Registers by each government department. This register is also likely to become semi-redundant following establishment of individual Section 170 Registers by each state agency which is currently underway.
5.5 NP&WS Historic Sites Register · NP&WS Aboriginal Sites Register National Parks and Wildlife Services (NSW)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 44
The National Parks and Wildlife Services (NSW) has two heritage registers. The NP&WS (NSW) Historic Sites Register identifies 'complexes' and 'elements' that display evidence of European occupation, on NP&WS estate land within NSW. The Register is an ARev (Advanced Revelation) computer database containing about 4,000 historic elements and 1800-2000 historic complexes, which are entered under about 50 'fields'. The NP&WS Aboriginal Sites Register identifies sites that display evidence of aboriginal occupation. While there is distinction between pre- and post-contact sites, the Register includes sites of both. Sites identified on this Register may be on private or com monwealth land in NSW and need not be on NP&WS estate land. The Register is a Minark database linked to GIS (Geographical Information System) and contains about 40,000 sites. Sites may be included in both registers following identification by a NP&WS field officer or by regional surveys carried out by independent consultants. No specific criteria or thres holds for inclusion in the Registers have been established, however at management level built items of approximately 25 years age and relics of approximately 50 years age are eligible for inclusion on the register. Generally when a complex, element or aboriginal site is identified it is placed on one of the above registers. The registers are both all inclusive, regardless of the importance of the site. Both registers were established and developed in the late 1960s and 1970s. The NP&WS have not yet established their Section 170 Register (required under the Heri tage Act NSW). State wide consultancies preparing maintenance schedules for historic sites are under way, and this work includes heritage assessment of those sites.
5.6 RAIA - 20th Century Buildings List Royal Institute of Architects (NSW) The Royal Australian Institute of Architects (NSW Chapter) Twentieth Century Buildings of Significance List is prepared by the Historic Buildings and Sites Committee as a Guide to individuals concerned with the preservation of the architectural heritage of the state. The list comprises three geographical sections: Sydney City, Sydney Suburbs and NSW Coun try. The list was first established in 1973 with the publishing by the RAIA of an Interim List and is not considered to be an exhaustive list. The RAIA continues its identification work with the assistance of an annual Heritage Assistance Program (Department of Urban Affairs and Planning) grant. A permanent part-time consultant is engaged to identify, research and prepare nominations for con sideration of the Historic Buildings and Sites Committee of the RAIA. Criteria for eligibility of a building on this list have not been specifically been developed or aligned with either SHI or RNE criteria. However, it is understood that buildings placed on the list are highly regarded by the RAIA for their architectural ('aesthetic' or 'historic' under the Surra Charter criteria definitions) qualities. Surra Charter criteria for determining heri tage significance such as 'scientific', 'social' and 'historic' (in general terms) are not a priority for listing of a building by the RAIA. In a statement used to accompany the anual grant for furthering this work the RAIA defines eligibility for inclusion on the list; The examples chosen cover the full spectrum of architectural excellence during the period 1900-1950 and include: the most significant examples of the work of leading architects
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART A 45
those buildings which are recognised as important landmarks in the development of architecture, and those buildings which, because of their quality and siting, make a significant contribution to the environment The update list is intended to be of guidance to architects, and to assist them in the imple mentation of Chapter's Policy on the Preservation of Architecturally Valuable Buildings [Refer Appendix D] It is generally understood (no source for such a notion has been found) that 20 years since construction is required before an objective significance assessment of a building can be made. The quote from the RAIA statement noted above implies that only buildings completed up to 1950 will be eligible for listing by the RAIA. An obvious exception, how ever, is the Opera House 1959-68 which is included on the Provisional Register of Twen tieth Century Buildings of Significance in Central Sydney as at 31 August 1990.
5.7 NSW Institution of Engineers - Heritage Register The Institution of Engineers Australia in NSW operates under the Sydney Division and Newcastle Division, which cover the whole of the state. The NSW Institution of Engineers Heritage Register, established around 1979, presently has approximately 600 items iden tified in the Sydney Division. Any member of the Institution can nominate an item for the Register by filling in a form. No specific criteria or thresholds have been developed by the Institution and it is generally understood that works nominated will be placed on the Register if they are of an engineering nature. In addition, the Institution has a two-tiered national "plaquing" (a plaque is placed on these works by the Institution) system of highly regarded historic engineering works and inventions. This system identifies in total 34 items (in Australia) which are significant for their contribution to the advancement of engineering knowledge and technology, to the enhancement of public health, to the establishment of industry, to the facilitation of trade, to the opening up of the hinterland, to providing public amenity and to lightening the bur den of work. Works are identified in two categories being either "National Engineering Landmark" (higher) or "Historic Engineering Marker" (lower) and are considered by the Institution to exhibit qualities of excellence. [Information source : Ian Bowie - NSW Institu tion of Engineers] Classifications prepared by the Trust's Industrial Archaeological Committee are likely to be on the Institution's Register. With the exception of the Institutions "Plaquing" identified works, the Trust's Classification process is likely to be more rigorous and comprehensive.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PA RT B - Introduction 46
PART B - ISSUES
Four issues essential to forming poHcy with regard to the classification role of the National Trust of Australia (NSW) are discussed in this part of the report.
1.0 SHOULD THE TRUST CONTINUE ITS CLASSIFICATION ROLE ?
2.0 WHAT SHOULD THE TRUST CL SSIFY ?
3.0 CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE TRUST
4.0 PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
(A more detailed 'table of contents' for this section is provided over the page)
In discussing these issues, the intention of the Part B of the report is to answer questions previously and currently asked of the Trust with regard to the meaning and integrity of the Register. It is possible that the discussion of these issues will become outdated. The questions will need to be revisited either when (and if) the intended State Heritage Inven tory is established, or in time with natural evolution of heritage philosophy.
Gradual change due to evolution and development of the professional heritage assess ment processes throughout Australia, requires the Trust to reassess its Register. Rede finition of various aspects of the Register has occured previously, while the Trust has con tinued to add to it. It is still the only state-based single list heritage register in New South Wales .
Currently, a seemingly ad hoe and inconsistent process for inclusion of a heritage place in the Trust Register has evolved due to many factors. It is appropriate for the Trust to reassess and establish a consistent classification approach to enable continuing recogni tion of the Trust's previous and future classification work by local, state and federal govemment authorities.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Introduction 47
PART B - CONTENTS 1.0 SHOULD THE TRUST CONTINUE ITS CLASSIFICATION ROLE 1.1 Other Lists and Registers A State Heritage List ? Local Government Heritage Lists The Register of the National Estate Other Registers 1.2 The Trust at the Leading Edge 1.3 Resources - Voluntary and Paid 1.4 Uses for the Register 1.5 Classification Roles of Other National Trusts 1.6 Conclusion
2.0 WHAT SHOULD THE TRUST CLASSIFY? 2.1 Neglected Categories Aboriginal Migrant Twentieth Century Rural Moveable Underwater Other 2.2 Prioritising Recognition of other lists Thematic and Typological studies 2.3 National Trust Properties (Conclusions at end of each section of 2.1)
3.0 CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE TRUST 3.1 Assessment criteria development relevant to NSW 3.2 Standard Assessment Criteria 3.3 Comparison of Assessment Criteria 3.4 A more rigorous assessment procedure ? 3.5 Criteria for use by the Trust 3.6 Should all categories be assessed using the same criteria? 3.7 Standardisation of Assessment Criteria Nationally 3.8 Gradings - ABCD and Local/State/Regional/National 3.9 Thresholds 3.1 O Conclusions
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Introduction 48
4.0 PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION 4.1 The Existing Classification Process 4.2 Previous Identification Work at the Trust 4.3 Who does the Work? 4.4 Format and nature of Trust Forms 4.5 Inclusion in the Register 4.6 Resourcing Committees 4. 7 Priorities 4.8 Technology 4.9 Existing Committee Policy 4.1 O Conclusions
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
ATTACHMENTS FOR PART B i) Survey of Local Councils ii) Notes from Conservation Committee June 1995 iii) Criteria for Comparison - chart iv) Comparison of National Trust Classification Cards v) Department of Urban Affairs and Planning recommended form vi) Proposed Draft Standard National Trust Form
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 1 49
1. SHOULD THE TRUST CONTINUE ITS CLASSIFICATION ROLE ?
The question has been asked of and within the Trust as to whether it has now fulfilled its role with regard to classification. While items on the Register have never had statutory protection the present existence of a range of other heritage lists, some with statutory power, raises the question of the validity of maintaining a separate Trust Register. At present there is no other actively maintained state based heritage register, which as described below, is justification for it continuing. What the Trust classifies is addressed in the following chapter. This subject is raised in this section also in providing subjects/categories under-represented, therefore further justifying the classification role of the Trust.
1.1 mERE IS NO omER ACTIVELY MAINTAINED ALL INCLUSIVE STATE BASED HERTAGE REGISTER IN NEW SOUTH WALES
The National Trust Register The Trust's first Register entitled 'Register of Historic Buildings' was first printed and issued publicly in 1967 [Wyatt, 1987:801), ten years before any state heritage Legislation. This Register was the first list of heritage items (buildings) in New South Wales, and pos sibly Australia. The Register has been continuously maintained since its establishment and now contains in excess of 10,000 items. Items are not deleted when demolished, simply noted as demolished. In addition to being the only comprehensive single list regis ter of the heritage of NSW, the Trust Register provides a record over a significant period of time of those places which have been lost. The great value of the Trust Register is its independence. The Trust, while it has no right to access to private property for the purpose of assessing significance, does have the right to place a heritage item/place on its Register without any right to appeal by the owner. In addition, the Trust Register is not subject to change in government policy.
The Government Lists PCOs/lCOs The 'list' of Permanent Conservation Orders ("PCOs") could be considered a list of heri tage items of state significance. Under the Heritage Act (NSW) 1977 the Heritage Council may recommend to the Minister the making of a PCO or interim conservation order ("ICO") on an item of the environmental heritage or a precinct. [Part 3, Div 1 Div 2 (sec tion 35A) and (section 24) respectively]. A precinct by definition under the Act contains items of the environmental heritage. Items or precincts subject to PCOs, of which there are presently 764 items, and ICOs, require consent of the Heritage Council for any works (including demolition) that affect the heritage significance of the item or precinct. This 'list' is however limited to items of significance for the State. In addition, the reaction ary nature for the making of a PCO gives this 'list' little integrity as a comprehensive list of the State's most important heritage. Items of local or regional significance since 1992, are not considered for protection by placing of PCOs and ICOs. Since the Heritage Sys tem Review (1991/92) the Heritage Council interpretation of 'Environmental Heritage' under the Heritage Act is heritage of State significance, not broadly heritage of signifi cance in the State. The responsibility for local and regional heritage has been devolved to local councils. [Dept of Planning, Heritage System Review, Discussion Paper, 1991 :p4]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section I 50
While PCOs are intended to provide permanent protection for state heritage items and precincts, not all items or precincts of State significance are the subject of a PCO. The Heritage Council's interpretation of the word 'permanent' is known to have been flexible. One example of this is the revocation of the PCO from the Woolloomooloo Finger Wharf by the Minister for Planning on the recommendation of the Heritage Council in 1989. A list of PCOs and current ICOs is not a substitute for the Trust Register. The Trust (NSW) Register attempts to identify heritage items and places in the state of NSW, and not only those of State significance. Since the Heritage System Review, it is clear that the Heritage Council has adopted a practice of only recommending conservation orders on items of State Significance [Dept Planning, Heritage System Review, 1991, p4] and that the responsibility for items of local and regional heritage heritage is with local councils.
The State Heritage Inventory ("Sfil") The Department of Planning Heritage System Review of 1991 was undertaken approxi mately 13 years after the establishment of the NSW Heritage Act 'to ensure that it contin ues to function efficiently and effectively within changing operating environments' [Dept Planning, Heritage System Review, Information Sheets, 1991 :Explanatory Sheet]. There has been considerable development by the Department of Planning (Now Urban Affairs and Planning) in preparation for a State Heritage Inventory since 1987 [Dept Plan ning, Heritage System Review Technical Paper, 1991 :20). No Inventory or computer data base has yet been established by the State government. When (and if) the SHI is established questions regarding the Trust classification role will need to be readdressed.
Local Government Heritage 'lists' The message of the State Government Heritage System Review is that it is the responsi bility of local councils under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) ("The EP&,6;') to manage local environmental heritage [Department of Planning, Heritage Sys tem Review, Discussion Paper 1991:4,6,7). There is some overlap acknowledged in the Review of the management of regional environmental heritage. Heritage Studies can be carried out by local councils to identify their local heritage. The Heritage Assistance Program ("HAP"), administered by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, assists in funds towards a local council carrying out a heritage study and employing a heritage advisor. Heritage provisions contained in Local Environmental Plans ("LEPs") enable management of local heritage items and places by local councils. It would appear then that the heritage of NSW can be effectively identified and managed at all levels. In reality this is not yet the case. While a management system is in place and most metropolitan Sydney Councils have had heritage studies prepared, a significant proportion of the council areas in country NSW have not had a proper heritage study undertaken [refer attachment i) end Part BJ. In addition, if the more remote councils have LEPs (not all do) any schedule of heritage items contained within the LEP is likely to contain a few impressive buildings in the main street identified some years ago by a local planner or may simply contain the National Trust items for the area. There also may be lack of expertise in local councils to amend LEP heritage schedules or to adequately deal with applications affecting identified heri tage items. Parramatta City Council is one of a number of local councils, for example, that has not accepted the advice of the heritage study and its heritage inventory. There are significantly less heritage items identified, and therefore protected, in this Council's LEP than there should be. Some of the more remote rural local councils do not even have a LEP or a heritage schedule.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 1 51
Frequently local heritage items under threat are not identified in a LEP heritage schedule and the Heritage Council will not recommend that the Minister make a PCO. This creates a 'gap' whereby non-scheduled local heritage items have no legal protection. Heritage items not appearing on local heritage schedules may have been erroneously overlooked in the field work of the heritage study, not yet be formally included in the LEP heritage schedule, or may have been previously not recognised to be a heritage item. Not all local councils have undertaken heritage studies and some may not even have a heritage schedule or LEP. (Refer Attachment i)). In addition, local councils that have prepared heritage studies are limited by a geographical boundary. The Trust Register still remains the only state based Register of heritage, including local items, in NSW.
The Register of the National Estate The only other 'Register' that currently equals the Trust Register in its inclusiveness of the whole of NSW in a broad range of categories is the Register of the National Estate ("The RNE"). The RNE, while initially substantially based on the National Trust Register [Wyatt, 1987:114) is not a substitute for the Trust Register. The Australian Heritage Commission does not have an active presence in NSW and only has a statutory role regarding action by Commonwealth departments or agencies. While a National Trust classification has no legal power the information and status of Trust classifications is frequently used by the Trust to provide advice to local councils, the state government and the commonwealth government as well as the general community.
Other Lists Other heritage lists, by nature, generally have a particular and restricted focus. The RAIA list of 20th Century Buildings includes buildings only. The Art Deco Society is currently preparing a list of significant buildings from the Inter-war period only. The Institution of Engineers Heritage Register contains items of an engineering nature only. National Parks and Wildlife Services Registers only cover items or places under their management. Sec tion 170 Heritage and Conservation Registers are specific to items owned by state government departments and agencies. In addition, semi-privatisation of government agencies such as the Water Board to Sydney Water may also allow for stalling by such former agencies in establishing their long overdue Section 170 Registers. The National Trust Register is the only Register which includes all categories, ownership types and interest groups.
1.2 THE TRUST AT THE LEADING EDGE The Trust Register was the first, and was once the only, list of heritage items in NSW, preceding any legislation providing protection for the heritage of NSW. The leading iden tification work of the Trust commenced with the first publicly accessible printed Register of Historic Buildings in 1967. In 1973 the Urban Conservation Committee was established to identify areas of historical, architectural and townscape value [Wyatt 1987: 119). The concept of conservation areas, and subsequent survey and identification of them was ini tiated by the Trust. Urban Conservation Areas are now a concept accepted by the com munity, local, state and federal government. The Trust should now set new priorities to lead the way by example in heritage identifica tion. This will give added value to the continuing role of the Register. Places and items omitted or overlooked from the process of assessment for heritage sig nificance (and therefore omitted from the Register) should be sought. In some respects the Trust has already made significant contributions in identification and management of the State's heritage. And while there are now many other heritage lists, some with leg islative power, there are still aspects of the State's heritage that will benefit from the con tinued existence and maintenance of a Trust Register. Examples of these subject areas
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 1 52 include post-contact Aboriginal heritage places, migrant heritage, twentieth century heri tage, cultural landscapes and interiors. These subject areas are discussed in more detail in Part B - Section 1 . While Section 170 Registers aim to identify State government owned heritage in New South Wales, by government agency, not all have been carried out. In addition, Com monwealth property groups such as Australia's Post Offices are not subject to the require ment of the Heritage Act (NSW) and therefore Commonwealth agencies need not com plete Section 170 Registers. Local government property ownership (and private ownership) in some cases does not easily enable thematic or typological groups to be identified or managed as a group. For example, Town Halls may not be individually included on local council heritage schedules. There is no state based 'town hall agency' and therefore no requirement for any Section 170 Register. Other building types similarly under-represented would include Showgrounds and Masonic Halls.
1.3 RESOURCES - VOLUNTARY AND PAID Resources at the Trust have always been limited. Paid staff presently undertake some classification work, however in the past much of this work has been undertaken by volunteers. In recent years volunteers are proving to be less prepared to commit their time to unpaid work. When asked if the Trust should continue to classify and maintain a register however, the Trust constituency generally expects that it will. Unpaid voluntary work by volunteers could be explained by a number of factors. Volunteers usually only give time freely to subjects of great personal interest. These sub jects of great personal interest are usually highly specialised and therefore attract few people to few subjects areas. With expanding acceptance of what constitues 'heritage' and therefore greater subject matter, and greater paid work in identification being under taken in the heritage field it is not suprising that less volunteer work is done. The Trust regularly applies for and receives Heritage Assistance Program and National Estate Grants (The Heritage Branch of the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning administers these grants to support the study promotion and conservation of NSW heri tage items for specific identification projects). This enables the Trust to continue adding to its Register without relying solely on a diminishing unpaid workforce. However, profes sional standards, not just a simple flagging of items, are expected of this paid grant work by the Heritage Branch. Assessment criteria are discussed in Part B - Section 3.5. In recognising that the majority of Trust funding for assessment work is received from grants, and this is in effect State government support for continuing of the Trust Register, as the only State based heritage register, consideration to State government policy (regarding assessment) must be given.
1.4 USES FOR THE REGISTER While the Trust Register has no legal force it has many active purposes for many people. A Trust classification is regarded as an authoritative statment on the heritage signficance of a place. The Trust Register is of value for a variety of reasons, its broadest value is in being an all inclusive single Register for the state of New South Wales. As such it is of use on a com parative basis over the whole state. It does however have limitations for comparison, given that volunteers have largely done the work which has resulted in inclusions in the Registers and the assessments having not been done systematically.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 1 53
The purpose of the Register is to alert responsible authorities, property owners and the public to the heritage significance of a place. Classification by the Trust and the informa tion contained on the classification card may assist in the decision making process and ultimately the conservation of places and items. Often classification cards are referred to by local councils in considering applications for demolition or alteration of a place. Councils (and government agencies) use the Trust Register and Classifications as a basis for preparing heritage studies for their area or department. Often classification cards are referred to by the Heritage Council when Section 60 Appli cations (Heritage Act) are being considered. They have served as an important basis in the compilation of schedules of heritage items in Local Environmental Plans. National Trust staff refer to the Classification cards when responding to issues raised with the Trust. The cards serve as an invaluable and immediately accessible resource when dealing with the media, local councils, the general community, legal enquiries, and school educational projects.
1.5 CLASSIFICATION ROLES OF OTHER NATIONAL TRUSTS IN AUSTRALIA All but one of the National Trusts in Australia have a classification role. South Australia's National Trust is the only one which does not actively maintain its own Register. If and when the NSW State Heritage Inventory is established and should the NSW Trust decide not to continue to maintain an independent Register, the South Australian Trust may pro vide a model for continuing identification and nomination activities of the New South Wales Trust.
1.6 CONCLUSIONS .. No other Register in the State is as comprehensive as the Trust's Register. Only the Register of the National Estate (Australian Heritage Commission) attempts to inclusively cover all of New South Wales. It is, however, based on the Trust Register, and the Australian Heritage Commission has no active presence in NSW. .. The benefit in continuing the Trust classification role will be in recognising the Trust's objective independence from local and state government directives/variations and the ability to transcend boundaries either real or management related. The Trust should continue to classify by prioritising its efforts to those places/items not adequately represented or those that have somehow slipped through the web of existing heritage network. .. Whether or not a State Heritage Inventory is established, the Trust should retain an independent role in the identification and assessment of heritage items and places. i) If the State Heritage Inventory is established, independent identification by the Trust either for its own Register or the State Inventory should continue. ii) Should the SHI not be established, the Trust should continue to main tain its Register as it will remain the only state based Register in NSW, increasing in value over time. (When, or if, the State Heritage Inventory ("SHI") is established, and it proves to be an effective inventory, the Trust could readdress some of the matters discussed above.)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 1 54
* The Trust Register has long been seen as setting the example or leading the way in identifying heritage significance. The Trust should continue to do so. i) Consideration of Aboriginal, Migrant and Twentieth Century heritage are obvious subject areas where identification work could result in an improved Register with better representation of the present community in New South Wales. ii) Typological and thematic studies are likely to continue to provide subject matter for the Trust to survey and assess that will be of value to the community. iii) A large proportion of local Council areas in rural New South Wales do not have proper heritage studies or Heritage Schedules. Trust attention to these areas would be of great value. (These matters are discussed in more detail in Part B -Section 2)
RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. The Trust should continue to maintain its Register and continue to indentify and assess heritage in NSW as it is the only State based register in New South Wales with the aim of including any significant natural and cultural heritage of NSW, regardless of geographical boundaries. 2. When (and if) the State Heritage Inventory is established the Trust should reassess its classification role. At this time it may be found that the Trust has an equally effective identification role in making independent nominations to the State Heritage Inventory. 3. The Trust should continue to seek to set an example with its Register by indenti fying under-represented aspects of the heritage of New South Wales.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 55
2.0 WHAT SHOULD THE TRUST CLASSIFY ? Given that it has been established above that at present the Trust should continue its classification role by maintaining a Heritage Register, the question of 'WHAT should the Trust classify?' needs to be addressed. The Trust classification process which has evolved is a multi-category system with expert volunteers and paid professional staff surveying, assessing and making recommendations for classification to the Board. (refer Part A - Section 1.3) The existing categories of Historic Buildings, Urban Conservation Areas, Parks and Gar dens, Landscapes, Cemeteries and Industrial Archaeology, have evolved from initial Trust interest in 1948 in Historic Buildings and Landscapes. (refer Part A - Section 1.2) It is recognised that places of Aboriginal significance, the migrant community and the recent twentieth century are not well represented on the Trust Register. If the Trust is to continue to classify, it should be prepared to actively broaden from essentially nineteenth century Euro-centric values with regard to identification. This means actively seeking to address any cultural and generational imbalances in the Register. This would also require increased awareness by staff, volunteers, Trust members and the general community, and possibly additional staff members and/or volunteer committees. Changes in the volunteer workforce availability require the Trust to consider what it classi fies and to establish priorities. It will be essential for the Trust to recognise the changes, avoid repetitious work and meet the expectations of its membership and the general com munity.
2.1 NEGLECTED 'CATEGORIES' The Trust Conservation Division Technical Committee structure has been outlined in Part A - Section 3.0. Through a process of natural evolution, the existing categories structure has developed to enable consideration of most natural and built heritage places for possi ble inclusion in the Trust Register. A number of 'categories' are not (or are perceived not to be) recognised by the Trust for consideration for inclusion in its Register. These 'categories' include heritage items and places relating to Aboriginal and Migrant communities and the Twentieth Century. These 'categories' may not necessarily require new committees to be established in each case as the existing framework may suffice. There may be other 'categories' not identified in this report that are also not satisfactorily recognised by the Trust. Each category type considered to be under-represented should be discussed at the Board level within the Trust and clear policy decisions made to address the matter. (This section contains photographs which illustrate the text. They are mostly of buildings as in most cases they indicate the existing Trust classifications for each 'neglected' category and as such the choice was limited. Ideally illustrations in this section would include parks, natural landscapes, urban areas and industrial sites)
2.1.1 ABORIGINAL HERITAGE [background] Aboriginal rock carvings, located north of the Hawkesbury River, were the subject of early protection action by the Trust in the late 1940s. [Wyatt, 1987:24,25]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 56
The Trust's efforts however over the next four years were unsuccessful in obtain ing an Act for the protection of Aboriginal heritage. [Wyatt, 1987:38) The Trust's Aboriginal Relics Advisory Panel submitted recommendations in 1961 to the State Government seeking legislative protection for Aboriginal relics and sites on private and crown land. From the early 1950s to approximately 1966 the Trust collected information about these sites. Success in the form of legislation is described by Wyatt;
'In 1969-70 preservation of sites and relics in NSW became the responsibility of the National Parks and Wildlife Service under an amendment to the National Parks and Wildlife /967 Act, which included an Aboriginal Relics Advisory Committee with one Trnst repersentative (sic) ... ' [Wyatt, 1987:60) The Trusts' Aboriginal Relics Advisory Committee ceased to meet after 1980, at the establishment of a State committee. [Wyatt, 1987:146) It is clear from Wyatt that the Trust's early attention to Aboriginal sites has led to the establishment of the National Parks and Wildlife Services (NPWS) Aboriginal Sites Register which now contains about 40,000 sites referred to in Part A - Section 5.5. The present assessment work or committee structure of the Trust does not specifically address sites of significance to Aboriginal people. The Trust has however recently classified some sites of value to the Aboriginal community, for example The Cyprus Hellene Club, 150-152 Elizabeth Street, Sydney (refer pho tographs this section) being of historic significance as the site of the first national conference campaigning for Aboriginal rights in 1938. The significance of this place to Aboriginal people was highlighted by representations from the Aboriginal History Committee and the Office of Aboriginal Affairs at the Commission of Inquiry (May 1995). The Inquiry followed from an objection by the owner to the making of an Interim Conservation Order under the Heritage Act. It is also useful to note the recent entry of the "Aboriginal Embassy" on the lawns of the former Parliament House in the Register of the National Estate (refer photographs this section). Clearly places of importance to the Aboriginal community in the urban, social and historical fabric of European settlement of Australia, in addition to those traditional places (eg rock paintings), are emerging. These places should be actively identified by the Trust to enable an inclusive representation of the Australian community which includes Aboriginal people. Under the objects of the Trust Act, the Trust has a role with regard to Aboriginal relics, rock carvings, paintings and archaeological sites. However it is presently and commonly the understanding that the NPWS now has the responsibility for places of Aboriginal significance anywhere in New South Wales. The notion of enabling Aboriginal people to have responsibility for identification and manage ment of places of Aboriginal significance should also be regarded. Aboriginal land rights following from the Mabo decision are associated with this sub-section. This subject, while out of the scope of this report, should be investi gated by the Trust. [issues) The following, sets out some of the issues that will need to be considered before the Trust can actively seek to include places of Aboriginal significance in the Register. The first issue is whether Aboriginal people wish the National Trust to recognise places of significance to Aboriginal people, by inclusion in the Trust Register. This can only be addressed by asking the Aboriginal community.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 57
The next issue is to identify who the Aboriginal community is, and to establish a group (or to call on the expertise of an existing group) that represents the Abori ginal community. Noel Pearson's statement in his paper, presented to the National Trust National Committees Conference in 1995, underlines the necessity for recognising that Aboriginal heritage, if assessed by the Trust, can not be undertaken without Aboriginal involvement in the process; 'A recurring source offrustration for Aboriginal people has been the assumption on the part of white Australia that it knows best what is good for us, our land, heritage, economic development, and the future. This attitude has manifested itself in an entrenched habit of excluding indigenous peoples from national par ticipation and dismissing our view as marginal' Pearson goes on to say that; 'Aboriginal perspectives should have a bearing on cultural heritage manage ment at all levels. Initially this necessitates a re-examination of theoretical con cepts such as 'heritage' and 'culture' as they have been formulated by European experts.' [Pearson, 1995] It is understood that some work by Aboriginal people has commenced on methods for identifying and managing places of Aboriginal significance, including work on a 'Black Burra Charter' (not located for this report). This indicates that Aboriginal people believe that the Burra Charter is not satisfactory in dealing with places of Aboriginal heritage significance. The Trust should seek to be part of any process which leads to the recognition of this work. The Historical Themes referred to in the Godden Mackay draft manual in being State based respond to a geographic area defined by post-colonial legislation. This area definition may have little relevance to Aboriginal heritage places. The SHI themes do however, attempt to include and describe a comprehensive range of Aboriginal heritage those specifically mentioning the work Aboriginal are; (i) Aboriginal Pre-contact and post-contact; may include sites of conflict and resistance, sites of interaction, (ii) Land tenure -Aboriginal and European, (iii) Environment: natural or modified and shaped; may include Aboriginal and European features, clearing, timber getting, soil conservation, national parks, gardens, special plantings, preservation of open space. [Department of Planning, Draft Manual.., 1994:8] SHI assessment criteria and their application to places of Aboriginal significance need to be investigated. In anticipation of a State Heritage Inventory being established, and its intention to include places of Aboriginal significance, it will be essential to recognise where Trust effort with regard to assessment methodology is best directed. The Trust should also consider an appropriate means for legislative and community recog nition of sites of Aboriginal heritage that best represents the people for whom Aboriginal heritage sites have meaning. Following from the above is whether places of Aboriginal significance should be considered as a criteria component of the existing assessment and category structure OR should a separate 'Aboriginal' category be established ? The Cyprus Hellene Club, for example, being a building was recommended for classification by the Historic Buildings Committee. If there are places of Aborigi nal significance that are not a building, cemetery, urban area, park/garden, industrial site, or landscape there may be a need to establish a separate commit-
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 58
tee. Highlighting the need to investigate the use of 'Aboriginal' as a criterion for all committees is a Trust classification of 1981 for the St Stephen's Church Cemetery in Newtown, which makes no mention of the significance of this place to Aboriginal people (refer photographs this section). A recent community pro ject referred to by Helen Armstrong indicates that this cemetery has great histori cal significance to Aboriginal people in that it contains the graves of the first Christian burials of Aboriginal people [Armstrong, 1993:5]. A separate committee may be required in any case to provide a focus for consideration of places of Aboriginal significance. Within the current committee categories at the Trust only the Landscape Assess ment Policy specifically mentions Aboriginal heritage and this is in terms of his toric significance only. A division of places of Aboriginal significance into pre-contact and post-contact is implied in the text of the Draft SHI document, prepared for the NSW Department of Planning in 1994. [Godden Mackay, 1994:7] A concern in making this division is in pin-pointing an exact and universal date for 'contact' and identifying when influences of European contact took place. Another categorisation which may be useful to consider is that described by Pearson and Sullivan. They outline three groups of Aboriginal places; traditional, historic and contemporary. [Pearson and Sullivan, 1995:19]. Their description of historic most closely relates to Post contact sites. There is the view that there should be no distinction and that Aboriginal culture should be considered as a continuum, until the present [dis cussion with NP&WS employee, Gavin Andrews ]. An advantage of such categorisation is that places of Aboriginal significance of a notional post-contact time are likely to 'fit' into the existing Trust committee categories. As such they could be included as a matter of course in the existing Trust classification pro cess. The increasing awareness of places of importance to the Aboriginal com munity in the urban, social and historical fabric of European settlement of Aus tralia requires investigation by the Trust in consultation with the Aboriginal com munity. It is understood that the National Parks and Wildlife Service (NSW) employs experts in Aboriginal sites and that these experts include Aboriginal people. It would not be resource economical or appropriate for the Trust, having success fully lobbied for legislation for the protection (and by implication the manage ment) of Aboriginal sites in the 1960s, to replicate this role by again seeking to identify Aboriginal sites such as rock paintings. If the idea of post-contact sites to a notional date (say c1788) can be accepted, it would be logical for the Trust to concentrate its efforts towards identification of these. Post-contact sites of significance to Aboriginal people are not specifically addressed by the National Parks and Wildlife Service (NSW), and as such could warrant focused attention by the Trust in the aim of representing a broader Aus tralian community. Further work would be required to investigate whether each committee is able to properly assess post-contact (European) Aboriginal heritage significance without imposing Eurocentric cultural values in the process. Alternatively a separate Aboriginal Heritage Committee may be required.
CONCLUSIONS * Aboriginal heritage, with the exception of the National Parks and Wildlife Services (NSW) Aboriginal Sites Register, is not well represented on any heritage register.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 59
* There are many questions which need to be asked of the Aboriginal community with regard to the possible inclusion of Aboriginal heritage in the Trust Register. * The Trust does not presently have the expertise, on staff or within its Conservation Division Technical Committee structure, to adequately commence the process of actively including places of significance. Other issues that may require investigation include * determination of appropriate assessment criteria for the Trust to use in the assessment of places of Aboriginal significance. * formation of policy which states the level to which the Trust ack nowledges places of Aboriginal significance included on other heritage Registers. * Acknowledgement of Aboriginal title on each classification regardless of whether the primary reason for identification is Aboriginal significance or not. * Whether it is satisfactory for the Trust to rely on the NP&WS expertise and experience in recognising pre-contact Aboriginal Heritage. * Whether it is appropriate to make the distinction of 'pre-contact' and 'post-contact' for Aboriginal heritage sites. * Whether recent work on Cultural Mapping in Marrickville [Armstrong, 1993:5) can assist in addressing some of the non-physical and other cultural aspects of Aboriginal heritage * Recognition of Aboriginal heritage values is likely to raise issues such as land title (Mabo) and conflicting heritage values. These conflicts have been recently highlighted at the Swan Brewery in Fremantle at the ICOMOS conference in 1991, and at the First Government House site, now the Museum of Sydney.
RECOMMENDATIONS 1. The Trust should ask the Aboriginal community if it wishes the Trust to participate in the process of identification and assessment of places of Aboriginal significance for inclusion in the Register. 2. The Trust should investigate existing groups which represent Aboriginal people and seek their advice in the establishment of a representative Aboriginal advisory committee at the Trust. If Recommendations 1. and 2. result in the establishment of a Trust Aboriginal advisory committee and the concurrence by the advisory committee and the Trust that the Trust should include places of Aboriginal significance in the Regis ter, the Trust should: 3. The Trust should actively seek to include places of Aboriginal signifi cance in its register. 4. The Trust should appoint an Aboriginal heritage officer to investigate the inclusion of Aboriginal heritage in the Trust Register. The person should be an Aboriginal person and have the support of the Aboriginal com munity.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2
Photographs: 1. Tent Embassy, lawns of the Old Parliament House, Canberra, ACT Included in the Register of the National Estate - 1995 2. Concordia Hall, 150-152 Elizabeth Street, Sydney Included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register - 1995 3. St Stephens Church Cemetery, Newtown Included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register - 1981
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 61
2.1.2 MIGRANT HERITAGE New South Wales (and Australia) has a diverse non-indigenous cultural heritage commencing from 1788 which could be regarded in total as the heritage of immi grants to Australia. The cultural heritage of colonial 'immigrants', however dom inates and is well represented in most heritage registers, including the Trust Register, in New South Wales. Anglo-Celtic colonial settlement in New South Wales established the pattern for cultural and physical development of the state and has provided the overriding cultural framework as it exists today. While non-Anglo-Celtic immigrants have been important in the evolution of the development of New South Wales, and remnants or fragments of their existence may remain, it is only in the twentieth century (post World War II in particular) that cultural diversity of multi-cultural Australia has broadened to such as extent that their contribution is impossible to ignore. Use of the word 'migrant' from here onward refers to those migrants (and their descendants) to Australia not of Anglo-Celtic origin. The Trust has not yet specifically addressed the identification and assessment of places of significance to migrants (or descendants of migrants) in New South Wales. While the Trust Register does include a number of places significant to communities of non-Anglo-Celtic origin, a cursory Register search indicates that there are few of these places included. Some places listed in the Trust Register of significance to a variety of cultural groups include (and is probably limited to); The Greek Orthodox Church in Redfern, The German Workers Club (now Como Hotel) in Como, the Synagogue in Broken Hill, Japanese war graves at Cowra, Chinese temple in Glebe, Eastgrove Jewish Cemetery at Goulburn, graveyard of the Ly-ee Moon (a shipwreck) at Green Cape and the Jewish cemetery and Synagogue at Maitland. (refer photographs at the end of this section) This lack of representation in the Trust Register could in part could be attributed to the fact that colonial and post-colonial migration to Australia has predom inantly been by people of Anglo-Celtic origin. Hence, the cultural places and items remaining today of the late 18th, 19th and early 20th centuries primarily reflect those origins. The listing of these places has probably been supported by people of Anglo-Celtic origin. An example of 19th Century omissions of Migrant heritage in the Register is the lack of identified and remaining cultural remnants of the thousands of Chinese migrants who worked in the gold fields. In more recent post-war (World War II) times Australia also has experienced sig nificant changes in its cultural demographics. The heritage of migrants to New South Wales of non-Anglo-Celtic origin of the mid to late 20th Century is also poorly represented in the Trust register; for example, the settlements and pro jects relating to the thousands of post-World War 11, European workers on Snowy Mountains Hydro-Electric Scheme. Many of these people and their descendants have remained in the Snowy region. The character of Thredbo, for example, may have been significantly different today without the contribution of its Euro pean community, many still alive and active today. (source: prelimary assess ment of Thredbo by author) Refer photographs in at the end of section 2.1.3. In addition, Armstrong suggests that the influence of the more recent migrants to Australia who, 'touch the place lightly' ... 'the new waves of immigrant groups (who) tend to reinforce existing land use pattems, while using them in their own way'. [Armstrong, 1993: 13]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 62
The physical influence of Migrants may currently be undervalued, seen as transi tory or even viewed as a threat to the underlying established land use pattern. Examples of this may be the painting of inner city terrace houses in Mediter ranean colours and replacing original windows with modern aluminium frames. What should be investigated is whether those items included in the Trust Regis ter resulted from identification and assessment of migrant heritage, imposing prejudicial Anglo-Celtic cultural values in the process. Are these places of true significance to the communities from which they arose. A simpler reason for under representation in the Register, of a diverse migrant heritage that reflects Australia today, could be that a strongly multi-cultural Aus tralia is a recent phenomenon and as such suffers the same 'cultural cringe' or realisation as much of Australia's mid to late twentieth century cultural heritage - it is not easy to identify and the possibility of historical perspective may only just be arising. It may be only now in the mid-1990s that an objective assessment of heritage places and items from the post-World War II era for example is possible. Twentieth century heritage specifically, is covered in more detail in the next sub section. Armstrong's recent work for the Australian Heritage Commission resulting in the Guide 'Migrant Heritage Places in Australia, How to find your heritage places' (draft status in 1995) provides a basis for overcoming the problem of prejudicial Anglo-Celtic assessment of migrant heritage values being made in Anglo-Celtic terms. This guide sets out a three stage process which helps migrants identify their heritage themselves. Stage one is how to set up meetings, stage two is a recommended four meeting process and stage three is a about the conservation processes for protection of heritage items. It could be argued that an assess ment of any place (Aboriginal, migrant or Anglo-Celtic, in origin) will be subject to some overriding value system. This problem supports the position for standardi sation of assessment criteria - specific sub-criteria possibly being required to address the specific situation. (refer Part B - Section 4.7 for more discussion on this issue) Early in 1994, the Executive Director of the National Trust hosted an evening at the S.H. Ervin Gallery to which many different ethnic community members were invited. The success of this evening indicates the interest in and potential for the Trust to represent a broader community than at present. Although the question needs to be asked of each community - do they want identification and represen - tation (with a view to conservation) of their cultural heritage by the Trust? Setting a priority for addressing the imbalance in the Trust's Register on migrant places and items is a strong reason for the Trust continuing its classification role. [refer Part B - Section 1] The identification of such places and items may be occurring to some degree at a local level through heritage studies of a local government area, however it is well known that heritage studies do not assess heritage significance in detailand rarely extend beyond the obvious field survey of the physical environment. Armstrong's paper concludes that the 'narratives' for the same area by different migrant cultural groups differ from each other, and from that of the heritage professional. [Armstrong 1993:13] The Trust could pro vide the focus for consideration of migrant heritage that goes beyond the boun daries of local government, and a common forum for a variety of cultural voices. The existing committee structure is likely to be as appropriate for consideration of migrant heritage as it is for the heritage of Anglo-Celtic origins. The places and items of heritage significance to migrants are likely to be manifest in build ings, parks and cemeteries for example.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 63
CONCLUSIONS * Approximately nine places of heritage significance have been included in the Trust Register. While there may be more places than found in a brief search of the Register, this still indicates a highly under representative Trus~ Register. * There is strong interest in multi-cultural communities in the activities of the Trust. This interest should be explored by the Trust with a view to greater inclusion in the Register of migrant (recent and past) heritage. * Migrant heritage evidencing multi-cultural Australia since World War II is probably evident and in reasonable historical perspective. Many of the people are probably still alive providing a (limited) oral source for infor mation. * Migrant heritage may not be limited to a particular time or local council boundary. As such it will be essential for a broader overview of migrant heritage in New South Wales. The Trust is in an ideal postion to view the whole State. * The Australian Heritage Commission draft (1995) guide 'Migrant Heri tage Places in Australia. How to find your heritage places' should pro vide a good basis for identification of migrant heritage. Other Issues: * Investigations of migrant heritage may need to be considered in a number of ways which could include; i) Migrant heritage by era - _the late 18th /19th/early 20th century as dis tinct to the post World War II era. The former period is most likely to be under represented in the Register due to Anglo-Celtic cultural domi nance, the second, while may include an element of this, also is subject to identifications problems common to all recent 'heritage'. ii) Detailed research and community work with migrant groups will be required to establish the necessary contextual backgrounds for assess ing migrant heritage. This information would include dates of influence, specific cultural influence, prime origins, and short and long-term desti nations of immigrants to Australia. iii) Whether the Migrant heritage officer need necessarily be of the subject country of origin.
RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That a Migrant Heritage Task Force be established to actively address identification and assessment of migrant heritage for inclusion of Migrant Heritage in the Trust's Register. This task force would meet regularly, and possibly for a finite period aiming the redress any imbal ances. 2. That the Trust apply for a NEG or HAP grant to fund a conservation off icer dedicated to co-ordinating identification of migrant heritage in New South Wales. The initial aim would be to address any cultural imbal ance and incorporate major items and places of cultural significance to migrant communities in the Trust's Register.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 64
3. That the identification work of the Trust target particular migrant groups for a designated time say three months, and therefore could aim to cover say 4 migrant groups in one year. 4. That the Trust recognise the principles established in the Australian Her itage Commission Guide prepared by Helen Armstrong and that the Trust seeks the advice of Helen Armstrong in the first instance.
Expected outcomes (i} The Trust would include major items/places of heritage significance to the various Migrant communities in New South Wales in its Register. (ii} A permanent and separate Migrant heritage committee would not be required. Places/items falling under the umbrella of Migrant Heritage would be able to be incorporated into the existing technical committee structure. Case studies should be considered to enable an evaluation of signifi cance assessment procedures by the Trust. (iii} An annual meeting/task force of migrant heritage representatives would be established to monitor the Trust's progress in recognising migrant cultural heritage and make recommendations for future action.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2
Photographs: 4. Former Synagogue, Church Street, West Maitland Included in the National Trust of Austral ia (NSW) Register - 1979 5. Japanese Memorial Graves, Cowra General Cemetery, Cowra Included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register - 1987 6. Chinese Temple, Victoria Road, Glebe Included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register - 1975
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 199S UNSW ational Trusr of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 66
2.1.3 TWENTIETH CENTURY HERITAGE No time delineation for qualification of an item as 'heritage' is given in the Heri tage Act, the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Act or the Australian Heritage Commission Act. As such the Trust should not be constrained by outdated or misinformed views that heritage is 'old'. Old is relative, and the perception of the heritage value of a place, in age terms, is connected to the time in which it is assessed and subsequent value placed upon it. The Heritage Act 1977 NSW specifies age only in relation to a relic. This is defined as being, any deposit, object or material evidence: (a) which relates to the settlement of the area that comprises New South Wales, not being Aboriginal settlement; and ( b) which is 50 or more years old Clearly then buildings, works and places, including Aboriginal heritage are not specifically tied to age with regard to recognition under the Heritage Act as the 50 year criterion is specific to relics only. Knowledge of the Trust Register (computer searches of the Register are not presently possible by date of construction) indicates that appreciation of twen tieth century heritage has occured in more recent times than that of Colonial and Victorian places and items. Federation era buildings, for example, being valued some time after those of the Victorian era. Buildings of the Inter-war period which includes the Art Deco style are now well regarded (even fashionable) by the community, however they have only been valued by the broader community in recent times. The Trust is currently undertaking (consultant work funded by a NEG grant) a study of Inter-war housing, which should greatly add to contextual information and recognition of the significant items and areas of this period in the State. The Trust Register has few inclusions in regard to items and places of the post-World War II era. The Opera House, built after World War II, is a rare inclusion from the 1970s which has been classified by the Trust, for obvious significance to Aus tralia. The Buhrich House in Castlecrag constructed in 1972 and nominated for classification by the author in 1993, was rejected by the Conservation Committee due to lack of contextual knowledge, even though the building is widely recog nised to be of architectural value to the architectural community. (refer photo graphs at the end of this sub-section) The difficulty in putting 'heritage items' of the recent past into context should be aided by recent publications such as the one prepared in assocation with recent Power House exhibition on design in the 1950s, Jennifer Taylor's book Australian Architecture Since 1960, the study by Jennifer Taylor and Sue Stewart Post World War II Multi-storied Office Buildings in Australia (1945-1967) prepared for the Australian Heritage Commission and Graham Jahn's book Contemporary Australian Architecture should provide a basis for this contextual knowledge. The New South Wales Trust experience is common to other Registers, as the Victorian Historic Buildings Council example provided by Davison shows; 'Of the 600 or so buildings on the Victorian Historic Buildings Register no more that 50 we,e constructed since 1900 and most of these have been added with a view to their architectural than to their historic value.' [Davison, 1991 :69]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National '!'rust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 67
It is not easily possible to provide similar data for the New South Wales Trust using the present Trust records. The Victorian National Trust has established a twentieth century buildings com mittee. No investigation of the activities of this committee has been made for this report. The issue of recent heritage being difficult to assess in historical terms is not one easily overcome. In assessing heritage significance, however, usually in satisfy ing one criterion, a place can be considered significant. If 'architectural' signifi cance is a valid criterion (or sub-criterion) then identification and inclusion in Registers of recent 20th century buildings can be undertaken. What is of con cern, however is; i) that future generations may gain an architecturally biased impression of the heritage assessed today; and ii) an appropriate cut-off period of time to enable a truly objective assessment of the recent past. Cottier believes that we no longer have the luxury of time in waiting for a settled judgement of a building. He reasons this as follows; 'As our world changes with every increasing speed, our disposable society is dis caniing the very items by which the future will define our culture. We can no longer afford to wait 50 years to identify places that best typify their time. Many major city buildings are now being completely renovated after 10 or 15 years of life. We simply have to get better at identifying the important places much ear lier than we have in the past and a unified approach to classification and cri teria must be an important step. If we fritter away many more years heading in slightly different directions, it we fail the easy part, the protection of the best will be not a problem, because we will have suddenly lost a generation.' [Cottier, 1991 :46) Cottier suggests that no cut-off date (or a minimal time frame) for consideration be determined. One approach for considering the very recent heritage, investi gated by Cottier is that buildings which have received an architectural award should automatically be nominated for the Register of the National Estate. He concluded with doubts as to the validity in this approach. If a valid approach, this would be limited to buildings of architectural merit only.
The Royal Institute of Architects (RAIA) (NSW) (refer Part A - Section 5.6) esta blished a Twentieth Century Buildings of Significance List for New South Wales in 1973. The RAIA, it is generally understood, work on the principle that approxi mately 25 years is necessary before an objective assessment of a building can be made. There exist many overlaps between the RAIA List and the Trust Register. The RAIA assessment criteria are primarily, by nature of the organisa tion, based on architectural merit. The RAIA criteria recognise buildings as being a record of leading architects, landmarks in the development of architecture and for their quality and siting in the environment. So, 'architectural' may be con sidered a sub-criteria of both Aesthetic, Historic and possibly Scientific (to use generic criteria - as defined by the Surra Charter guidelines). It is understood that most RAIA listed buildings will be listed for their architectural (aesthetic) value as their place in historical context, being of the twentieth century, may not in all cases have had time to become apparent. To avoid duplication of resources, both paid and voluntary, in assessing buildings already identified by the RAIA, the Trust should seek to acknowledge buildings included on the RAIA's 20th Century Building List. Ways of achieving Trust ack nowledgment include i) a Trust representative to sit on the RAIA Conservation
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 68
Committee and ii) establishing a formal exchange of information policy with the RAIA. (These activities could apply to other organisations which actively identify heritage in New South Wales.) The Trust should actively seek to identify buildings of heritage significance, not included in the RAIA List, and significant for reasons other than for their 'archi tectural' value. The Trust should also seek to identify other places and items, not being architectural buildings, of the twentieth century. Particular emphasis should be given by the Trust to the Post World War II era to enable the Trust Register to more comprehensively represent the heritage of New South Wales. It is these items and places which are not likely to be well identified on any heri tage register. It should also be recognised that some of the State's significant twentieth century heritage will be significant for its association with migrants. A good example of this is Thredbo village and some of the surrounding towns. The Snowy Moun tains Hydro Electric Scheme was constructed in the post World-War II era was a great technological achievement constructed by a work force of many post-World War II immigrants. Khancoban, Cabramurra and Talbingo are the remaining towns comprising the portable housing stock that housed many of the workers in temporary villages. Many of the migrant workers still live in the general area. Thredbo Village and its built elements are of heritage significance for many rea sons including for twentieth century architecture, its village layout design and associations with a migrant (northern European) resident community. Thredbo village is classified in principle as an Urban Conservation Area by the Trust. The remaining Snowy Mountain towns have not yet been been properly assessed. (refer to photographs at the end of this section)
CONCLUSIONS * The Trust Register poorly represents the heritage of the twentieth cen tury, in particular the last half the twentieth century. * Twentieth century heritage for consideration by the Trust would not necessarily require the establishment of a new category. All place and item types should be common to those already in existence (ie parks, buildings, cemeteries). However, to enable a particular focus a new committee, or task force, established specifically to investigate and assess twentieth century Heritage may be beneficial. * Age is a relative term in reference to heritage significance. Significant places of any period should be considered by the Trust. * The RAIA has a substantial list of significant twentieth century buildings. * There are some publications addressing the recent built heritage of Australia.
RECOMMENDATIONS 1. The Trust should actively seek to identify and assess significant places and items of the twentieth century for inclusion in the Trust Register (with regard to 2. below) 2. The Trust should not duplicate the assessment work of the RAIA for items included on the RAIA 20th Century Buildings List. A policy should be adopted by the Trust's Historic Buildings Committee which ack-
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 69
nowledges that a building on the RAIA List is considered equal to a Trust classification as it would meet at least one assessment criteria used by the Trust. 3. A task force established for a finite period of time with a set number of meetings should be established to investigate the overlap of RAIA List items and the National Trust Register. The result of the Task force should be; i) a list of items assessed by the RAIA, which can be attributed recognition by the Trust equal to classified status. ii) target subjects to be adopted by the relevant existing techni cal committee. These target subjects may result in potential subjects for grant applications by the Trust. 4. The Trust should seek the advice and experience of the Victorian National Trust with regard to the establishment of their committee which specifically addresses identification of twentieth century heritage.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2
Photographs: 7. 'Wombiana' - designed by Peter Muller c1966 (not included in th e National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register) 8. 'Lend Lease Lodge' , Thredbo - designed by Harry Seidler 1962 (not included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2
Photographs: 9. 'De Dacha', Thredbo (not included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Registe r) 10. Murray Power Station No.2 - Snowy Mountains Hydro Electric Authority Scheme (not included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW ational Trust of Australia ( SW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2
Photographs: 11. Buhrich House, Edinburgh Road , Castlecrag - constructed 1972 not included in th e National Trust of Au stralia (NSW) Register 12. The Sydney Opera House, Bennelong Point, Sydney -d esigned 1957 included in the Nati onal Trust of Australia (NSW) Register 13. Form er IBM office tower, 168-170 Kent Stree t, Sydney -constructed 1964 presently being unsympathetically adapted included in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW Nati onal Trust of Awtrali a (NSW) Classification and Cri teria PART B - Section 2 73
2.1.4 COUNTRY HERITAGE ITEMS A survey of local Councils undertaken over a period of time, by a number of volunteers, for the National Trust highlights the fact that a significant proportion of country New South Wales has not been subject of a heritage study and may have limited identification and protection of its heritage. There is scope for the Trust to LJse the results of this survey to lobby local coun cils in identified areas to apply for grants to undertake heritage studies. In the interim however, and as a continuing activity, the Regional Committees in country New South Wales should be encouraged to continue to identify their heritage. Identification by the people who live in a particular area can provide a focus for conservation activities in a community. (refer Attachment i) at the end of Part B for a summary of a survey of local councils of New South Wales)
RECOMMENDATION (from Attachment i) 1. The Trust should recognise the lack of identification of the heritage of local council areas in more than half of country New South Wales and seek to increase its classifications in these areas as a priority above metropolitan areas.
2.1.5 MOVEABLE CULTURAL HERITAGE Moveable cultural heritage in general terms would include moveable items, port able items and moveable relics. Moveable items are ferries, locomotives and floating cranes and were always intended to be moved. Portable items include furniture and other house contents and workshop machinery and may be an important part of the interpretation of a place. Moveable relics may include sandstone footings to an early structure that could physically be moved, however like portable items should not be, if important to the interpretation of a place. The Trust records acknowledge two types of moveable cultural heritage; i) move able industrial heritage and moveable relics. The Trust's Industrial Archaeological Sites List produced in 1980, at the request of the Australian Heritage Commission, does not specifically include moveable heritage.
'Prior to 1984, the National Trust declined to consider including moveable objects in its Register. Two exceptions to this practice were made; the railway can-iage for the Governor of New South Wales and the Manly ferry South Steyne. In 1984 the issue of moveable objects was considered and it was determined that moveable objects did fall within the National Trust's area of interest as defined in its Act. As a result, a number of moveable objects have been subsequently included in the National Trust Register. The criteria used for the assessment of heritage sig nificance of these items are exactly the same as that used for building sites and other industrial archaeological items. As there are a large number of other organisatiollS and ellthusiast groups who concentrate their iflterest on the conservation of moveable items of heritge (sic), including vintage vehicles, locomotive rolli11g stock and historic vessels, this is ge11erally not a11 area i11 which the Trust takes an active role, unless the item concemed is of outstandi11g heritage sig11ifica11ce, or is subject to immediate threat.' [National Trust, lndustrial...1988:38-39]
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 74
Federal Legislation, with regard to moveable heritage, The Protection of Moveable Cultural Heritage Act, 1986, is only relevant in protecting significant items from leaving Australia, not relocation of items within the country.
In 1993 the Trust established the Moveable Industrial Heritage Taskforce, with a limited life, aiming to address the problems of the conservation of the moveable industrial heritage. This taskforce was established in recognition that the Move able Relics Sub-committee Action Group of the Heritage Branch dealt with works of art rather than industrial items. The administration of this committee has been handed over to the Heritage Branch of the Department of (Urban Affairs) and Planning. Ongoing involvement by a Trust representative of the Trust, makes it unnecessary for independent action by the Trust at this stage.
RECOMMENDATION 1. The Trust should continue to recognise moveable cultural heritage by i) participation in specific task forces on the subject as they arise, and ii) classifying those items of high significance and under threat.
2.1.6 UNDERWATER CULTURAL HERITAGE - Historic Shipwrecks The National Trust does not generally seek to identify and assess shipwrecks for inclusion in the Register. Identification of shipwrecks is a small and specialist heritage field where identifi cation (and protection) of all shipwrecks over 75 years old located within Aus tralian ocean waters below low-water-mark occurs under the Commonwealth Historic Shipwrecks Act 1976. Federal funding on an annual basis is allocated to each state to identify known shipping losses. Shipwrecks over 50 years old in non-ocean locations are protected under the relics provision of the NSW Heri tage Act. (Conversation with lim Smith - Department of Planning 5.12.94) It could be considered possible under current Trust IAC classification policy for Shipwrecks to be identified and assessed by the Industrial Archaeology Commit tee of the Trust. However, the Trust currently has no expertise in shipwrecks. No policy alteration is recommended, however formal Trust recognition of shipwrecks identified under requirements of the Historic Shipwrecks Act 1976 and the Heritage Act (NSW) 1977 should be given.
2.1.7 OIBER ITEM/PLACE TYPES There may be other item or place types not currently (or well) dealt with by the Trust and not identified by any other group or government body. These should be dealt with as the Trust becomes aware of them. An example of this is interi ors of buildings. Interiors The Trust's Historic Buildings Committee will normally inspect the interiors of a building, however access to and management of interiors is problematic. The Trust has no legal right to enter a property, or to inspect an interior. Interiors are suffer to some degree the common perception that they are not important and certainly many owners of buildings believe in the right to the right to change interiors. Fashion often dictates the change of an interior. Other
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 75
aspects of conservation of interiors are the quality of life and modern living expectations. Unless an interior is of great significance it is not been the past experience that heritage professionals have recommended retention. 'Service' areas such as kitchens and bathrooms are at particular risk. Significant items associated with interiors are usually moveable, such as furniture, are also unlikely to survive with a building. * The Trust should continue to actively seek to inspect interiors of build ings when preparing a recommendation for classification.
Ephemeral Items Ephemeral heritage such as signage, lighting and street furniture are not presently identified by the Trust Register. These items are however, usually associated with another item or place. * Where ephemeral items are associated with a heritage item, they should be identified on the classification report. * Ephemeral items may form the basis for future thematic or typological studies by the Trust.
2.2 PRIORITISING It should be recognised that the nature of the volunteer work force has changed in recent years, resulting in a lower rate of preparation of classification reports by volunteers. (refer Part A - Section 2) There has also been a broadening perception of what constitutes heritage, for example, recent twentieth century items and places. As such there is less chance than ever of the Trust being able to arrive at a Register of 'finite' number of inclusions. Recognition of the above highlights the need for the Trust to prioritise its classifi cation objectives and maximise the time of its volunteer and paid work force. Other recent changes also include the increased number of local councils which have prepared heritage studies. (refer Part B - Attachment i) Also worthy of not ing are the other 'lists' or 'registers' that exist and continue to be developed (refer Part A - Section 5.0).
2.2.1 RECOGNITION OF OTHER LISTS The Trust requires a means to narrow its scope of work to reasonably be under taken by its volunteer and paid workforce. Identification of heritage is being undertaken at all levels of government and as such, it would be wise to avoid duplication of heritage resources and to focus on subjects currently neglected. One approach the Trust could take in recognising the heritage identification work of other bodies or government groups is to form policy that acknowledges and accords 'Classified-equivalent' status to places and items identified by others. The other 'lists' that require consideration by the Trust with regard to a 'Classified-Equivalent' status include all those considered in Part A - Section 5. They are summarised below with a recommended policy intention adjacent (described below);
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 2 76
A - World Heritage List A - Register of the National Estate (State & Local Government) A-PCO A-ICO A - S.170 Registers A*- Heritage Studies - A*- LEP - heritage schedules A*- REP - heritage schedules B - PWD Register B - NP&WS - Historic Sites Register B - NP&WS - Aboriginal Sites Register A - RAIA - 20th Century Buildings List B - NSW Institution of Engineers
A - Trust to designate places or items on this register as 'Classified Equivalent' A*- The Trust only to accept as 'Classified-Equivalent' if items or places were assessed using SHI or other Department of (Urban Affairs and) Planning approved criteria. (NB some LEP Heritage Schedules have been prepared with no professional assessment) B - Trust requires to reassess, however it is not a high Trust priority as the item or place is already identified by another reputable body
RECOMMENDATION 1. That the Trust designate 'Classified-Equivalent' status to those items that appear in heritage registers or lists which have used as a basis UNESCO assessment criteria, SHI assessment criteria and Australian Heritage Commission assessment criteria. The assessment criteria applied to include those items, if SHI, RNE or UNESCO compatible, will be compatible (or to a higher degree) in most cases with a Trust assessment
2.2.2 OTHER PRIORITIES FOR CLASSIFICATION The Trust has an early history of an ad-hoe classification methodology which over time has evolved into a well defined committee structure. What is not always clear is the process in selecting what to classify next. In addition to the item or place types discussed in this section above, there are other subject approaches worth considering to direct the identification effort.
Some thematic or typology based studies have been produced in recent years resulting in classifications. This work is well regarded and should be continued. Most other classification reports prepared are for historic buildings which are done by a part-time consultant (Ian Hayes) in response to community concern or request. The Trust should continue to recognise the 'gaps' and classify these items/places.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART 8 - Section 2 77
'Iypological and Thematic Studies Recent studies done by the Trust include Ocean and Harbourside Pools Study by EJE Architecture, Fire Stations and Post Offices by J McMonnies. While many typological and thematic subjects will be covered by the Section 170 require ments of the Heritage Act, some will not be dealt with, and should actively be sought for study and identification by Trust. Section 170 requirements of the Heritage Act are described in more detail in Part A - Section 5.3.3 Section 170 Registers, a requirement under the Heritage Act (NSW) 1977, of all government agencies have not all been undertaken. An example in New South Wales of a building type not the responsibility of a government agency as a collective group is Showgrounds. The Trust has applied for a grant to study these and it is likely that further classifications for the Register will result. Semi-privatisation of government instrumentalities There is presently some doubt as to whether semi-privatisation of government instrumentalities, such as the 'Water Board', which is now 'Sydney Water', are obliged under the Heritage Act to comply with Section 170 and prepare a heri tage register. Sydney Water does not have to furnish details of land to the Secretary of the Premier's Department under section 14 of the Annual Reports Acts 1984 and 1985. In light of this doubt, thematic studies by the Trust involving site and place types of these organisations where Section 170 Registers are not already undertaken will be useful in covering 'the gap'.
RECOMMENDATIONS 1. The Trust should continu~ to seek to identify typological and thematic subjects that may otherwise not be considered by the existing state or federal government framework (ie neglected by S.170 Registers). 2. The Trust should continue to apply for NEG and HAP grant funding to carry out the work in the above recommendation.
2.3 NATIONAL TRUST PROPERTIES The Trust owns or has a management interest in a number of properties. Where acquisition of these properties is related to their heritage significance, they should be classified as a priority.
RECOMMENDATION 1. The Trust should include each place acquired for its heritage value in the Register.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 78
3.0 CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE TRUST This section discusses assessment criteria for use by the Trust. After summarising the development of assessment criteria in Australia, a comparison of the criteria is made in a series of charts which are included at the end of Part S as Attachment iii). The argument for use of standard assessment criteria follows. (Abbreviations are frequently used in this section, refer Definitions and Abbreviations
3.1 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT RELEVANT TO NEW soum WALES Possibly the earliest published attempt at establishing and defining criteria for considering significant places were those criteria established under the Australian Heritage Commission Act, 1975 (Commonwealth). The Australian Heritage Commission ("AHC") Register of the National Estate ("RNE") comprises of; "those places of the natural environment of Australia or the cultural environment of Aus tralia, that have aesthetic, historic, scientific or social significance or other special value ... " Further description follows, in eight subsections, introducing concepts such as rare, uncommon, endangered, demonstrating and association. The Australian Heritage Com mission criteria has developed since the description in the Act and is outlined in "Criteria for the Register of the National Estate". (refer Appendix S) In the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW), environmental heritage is defined as; "those buildings, works, relics or places of historic, scientific, cultural, social, archaeolog ical, architectural, natural or aesthetic significance for the State. " In 1979 Australia ICOMOS (International Council on Monuments and Sites) adopted the Surra Charter (The Australia ICOMOS Charter for the Conservation of Places of Cultural Significance). In this Charter the definition of Cultural Significance is stated in section 1.2 as follows; "Cultural Significance means aesthetic, historic, scientific or social value for past, present, or future generations" Further to this definition, The Guidelines to the Surra Charter: Cultural Significance (adopted in April 1984, and revised in 1988) discuss the meaning of these terms. These are included in Attachment iii) at the end of Part S. The Australia Heritage Commission has prepared a document called Criteria for the Register of the National Estate: Application Guidelines, Australian Heritage Commission, April 1990. This contains a detailed explanation of eight criteria (A to H). These are included as Appendix S. The Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (Department of Planning until March 1995) has adopted the use of assessment criteria, referred to in this report as "SHI" (State Heri tage Inventory) criteria. These criteria are currently being developed by the Department, for use to administer the Heritage Act. The latest public document outlining these is Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria. This document outlines criteria 1 to 7 which are intended to be compatible with the Australian Heritage Commis sion criteria. Another document, prepared by JDomicelj for the Department of Planning in 1993, is also in draft status and aims to enable SHI criteria to be applicable to Natural Heritage. It is understood that similar work is underway which addresses the assessment of Aboriginal Heritage.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macanhur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 79
The AHC and SHI criteria are similar, in fact it is intended that SHI be compatible with AHC. A difference in AHC and SHI criteria is that SHI criteria are divided into nature and degree criteria. Another difference is that SHI criteria (to date) are specifically applicable only to cultural heritage, and not natural heritage. Attachment iii) at the end of Part B is a chart which compares AHC with SHI and other assessment criteria.
3.2 STANDARD ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Whether the same and standard assessment criteria should be used by all bodies assessing the significance of heritage items and places is a debate not clearly resolved within the heritage profession. Nor is it clearly resolved within the Trust. As is presented in this report (Part A - Section 3), all Trust technical committees do not use the same assessment criteria. Some have developed assessment criteria particular to the commit tee and some have adopted other criteria. The Trust Register itself inaccurately states the use of RNE criteria. It only the Trust's Landscape Conservation Committee which uses the 1990 (A-H) AHC assessment criteria. The National Trust (NSW) classification information is used in a variety of ways including as an information resource for advocacy and education. The Trust provides this informa tion to the general public for a nominal fee, and as it is usually more detailed than infor mation contained in heritage studies, it is also sought by local and state government. When a heritage place is under threat, the circumstances may depend upon quick access by the community to this independent information of the Trust. Effective use of this infor mation is increasingly important, for example in Court and Council determinations of matters. If the Trust Register is believed to have a lower standard, inconsistency or unreliability of assessment than say a heritage study, its status may drop. Therefore com patibility of the Trust's assessment methods with other listing bodies will be important to retain the value of the Trust information.
Argument AGAINST the use of standard assessment criteria The view that standard assessment criteria are not desirable is expressed by Kerr in The Conservation Plan; ' ... no general set ( of criteria) is likely to be entirely appropriate for any single place. Hence, it is undesirable to seek the universal application of standa,d criteria'. Kerr believes that assessment criteria should be tailored to each specific project following preliminary investigations. The Trust's Industrial Archaeology Committee Policy has taken on board this view and has developed an assessment policy specific to its subject matter. In examples demonstrated in The Conservation Plan, Kerr states that the use of the fol lowing criteria headings subsume all criteria used by the Australian Heritage Commission and the Surra Charter Guidelines.
* ability to demonstrate * associational links for which there is no surviving physical evidence * formal or aesthetic qualities In addition, if use of standard assessment criteria is more complicated than methods used presently, volunteers who have in the past been a major component of the work force may be alienated. (refer Part B - Section 3.4) Another unresolved problem is the aim of comparability through compatablity and stan dardisation of assessment criteria. It will never be possible to compare a place of great historic significance, such as Captain Cook's landing place on Botany Bay and the archi tecturally and culturally significant Opera House with a view to deciding which is more
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 80 important. In addition, evolution of the heritage discipline with regard to criteria; from pri marily aesthetic concerns c.1945 - 1970, to historic concerns c.1970 - 1990s, and in recent years a concern for social values, makes comparison difficult.
Argument FOR the use of st.andard assessment criteria The view supporting the use of standard assessment criteria is described in section 3.2 of the Department of Planning Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria, October 1994. In summary the reasons provided are i) accountability, ii) consistency/comparability and iii) general application intent. The advantages of standard assessment criteria are public certainty (uncertainty being a common criticism of the heri tage field) by consistent assessment and management processes. The use of standard assessment criteria by the Trust would also be supported by the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Environment. This is an agreement announced by the Prime Minister in 1992 with regard to environmental management in Australia. In broad terms the Agreement aims to provide;
* 'a cooperative national approach to the environment * better definition of the roles of the respective governments with respect to the environment * a reduction in intergovernmental disputes * more certain government and business decision-making * better environment protection' With particular regard to identification of the heritage of New South Wales, the Agreement aims to eliminate duplication of interests. There are a number of schedules in the Agree ment. Schedule 7 relates to the National Estate. Item 7 of this Schedule states that; 'The parties agree that systematic, thematic and/or regional assessment is the preferred basis on which to assess the national estate values of an area'. Item 12 of this Schedule states that; 'The Commonwealth and the States note that where there is an accredited or joint assess ment of national estate values the Australian Heritage Commission will generally not, and in any event will not without consultation with the States, reconsider that assessment except where new and significant information is produced'. Schedule 8 of the Agreement similarly deals with World Heritage properties. These schedules are important to note in that Trust classifications are presently for warded to both the Australian Heritage Commission and the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. While not a government body, the Trust should recognise the limited resources dedicated to environmental management, which is important given that to some degree the Trust benefits from government funding for its conservation work. In addition standardisation of assessment criteria, ultimately may add weight to the value of new items included in the Trust Register and need not detract from the Trust's indepen dence. At present all Trust classifications upon approval by the Board sent to the Aus tralian Heritage Commission for inclusion in the Register of the National Estate are reworked by the Commission prior to inclusion in their Register. If compatible assessment criteria were used, automatic inclusion would be possible and duplication of effort would be eliminated. With the possible establishment of the State Heritage Inventory, compati bility with the State Government would have the same benefits.
The NSW Trust should consider the use of the consistent (standard) assessment criteria within the organisation, being the only Trust in Australia that has evolved varying criteria across its committees. (refer Part A - Section 4)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 81
The NSW Trust should also consider the use of the same assessment criteria as the State government or Australian Heritage Commission. The Trust is one of five Trusts in Aus tralia that has not adopted the assessment criteria in use by its State or Territory govern ment. South Australia, ACT and Queensland Trusts have adopted assessment criteria similar to that of the State/Territory government. (refer Part A -Section 4 chart)
3.3 COMPARISON OF ASSESSMENT CRITERIA - CRITERION BY CRITERION The following assessment criteria are compared; * Australian Heritage Commission - The Register of the National Estate * State Heritage Inventory - Evaluation Criteria (historic) [Department of Planning, 1994] * Assessment criteria for the Natural and Historic Environments (NSW) A review and extension of criteria for the State Heritage Inventory Pro ject - as contained in the 1993 document prepared by J Domicelj * Surra Charter (as contained in the guideline definitions) * general criteria established by Kerr and referred to in 3.2 above. The comparisons are contained in a series of charts being Attachment iii) at the end of Part S - Section 3. The charts compare each of the above with the assessment criteria of the Register of the National Estate. * * *
The Register of the National Estate assessment criteria A to D (in general terms being historic, rarity, scientific, representative) are those that deal with the natural and cultural environment by one or more sub-criteria. What can be concluded from the comparison table is that neither Kerr's approach, the Surra Charter definitions or the State Heritage Inventory (historic) assessment criteria are intended to enable consideration of natural heritage. Most, if not all elements of Kerr's approach and the Surra Charter definitions are incorporated in the more structured SHI criteria. In addition, the Surra Charter does not include the notion of rarity or representa tiveness, while SHI criteria uses these as modifiers rather than as in-one-line criteria as the RNE criteria do. For a place to be included in the RNE it must satisfy one or more of the criteria A to H. For a place to be considered a significant heritage item using the SHI (cultural) criteria, it must meet at least one of criteria 1 -5 (nature) and one of criteria 6 - 7 (degree) and retain integrity of its key attributes. This could theoretically mean that an item included in the RNE may not be considered a heritage item if assessed under SHI (cultural) criteria. The assessment criteria contained in the report by J Domicelj is closely comparable to the criteria of the Register of the National Estate in all sections. This shows that broader compatibility based on SHI criteria is achievable. This work shows that broader compati bility can be achieved. However, it is only the State Heritage Inventory (historic) assess ment criteria that are currently required for use in NSW by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. As stated in Part S - Section 3.1 above, it is understood that the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning are continuing to develop assessment criteria, in the mode of the State Heritage Inventory (historic) assessment criteria. It may be pos sible therefore to assume that assessment criteria dealing with natural and Aboriginal places will be recommended for use by the Department at some time in the future.
3.4 A MORE RIGOROUS ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE Argument for the Trust NOT to adopt a more rigorous assessment procedure - criteria
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 82
The view against the NSW Trust adopting SHI criteria, and therefore undertaking a less rigorous process for classification is put forward by Ian Kelly who represented the Western Australian National Trust at the ACNT National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop. He supported a continuing Trust Register, however he did not believe that Trust effort should be directed towards more thorough processes and standards, based on the quality of the majority of earlier assessments by the Trust; "The listing of buildings and places on the WA Heritage register will have legal ramifica tions and therefore the documentation suppmting registration has to be thorough. So thorough that the Heritage Council will not accept the National Trust's existing file of classifications, which given the content of some of our earlier documentation is under standable." The content of some NSW National Trust records would be comparably brief and lacking in detail. Kelly continues; "But if this is the case then we can ask if there is any point in the Trust continuing to have volunteers produce extensive documentation to substantiate classification if this is a task to be professionally commissioned by the Heritage Council? Under these circumstances Trnst workers could be more productive in signalling to the community those buildings and places which it believes to be of significance, still classifying them for our records, but in a less comprehensive manner." This situation may equally apply to the NSW National Trust's Register. If the Trust were to proceed with providing the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning with its classifications and not change its assessment approach presumably the present understanding of its content (inconsistency) would apply. If the NSW Trust were to change its assessment approach with the aim of compatibility, it would need to be agreed by both parties that some pre-change classifications will require reassessment. All pre change classifications could have as a common base only the benefit of signalling signifi cance. In addition many classifications are prepared by community volunteers. While their work is valued, it may not equal professional expectations and the liability of the Trust in providing this information for government use should be investigated.
Argument for the Trust TO adopt a more rigorous assessment procedure - criteria Heritage legislation has existed in NSW since 1977. In being the first such legislation in Australia, it does not include any requirement for a State Heritage Register as does Western Australia's Heritage Act. Queensland's Heritage Act goes further to require a Heritage Register AND includes assessment criteria. A state based heritage register, the State Heritage Inventory (SHI) if established, is intended to be established on a data base managed by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and assessment criteria have been produced in draft form. No inventory yet exists. The NSW National Trust therefore must continue to classify and maintain its Register, as the only state based heritage register as established above in this report. While recognising the above questions raised by Kelly, it will be required by the Depart ment of Urban Affairs and Planning that the Trust assesses significance using SHI criteria for grant projects. As grants are the highest producing method in which the Trust adds to its Register, it is important to seriously consider the use of SHI assessment criteria con sistently within the Trust. The State computer inventory is intended to consist of two major elements (i) a Heritage Databank, and (ii) a Heritage Register. [Department of Planning, Technical Paper, 1991 :20) It will therefore be possible for previously prepared and often poorly docu mented inclusions in the Trust Register to be included on the Databank without the State government having to take responsibility for the quality or consistency of information. The
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 83 item or place, it is understood will simply be entered and found on the Inventory as a National Trust Register inclusion. The State Heritage Inventory will, it is understood, require assessment using SHI criteria. This is where, in recognition of the Inter Governmental Agreement regarding avoiding duplication of resources, the Trust can jus tify classifying items and places using the more rigorous processes and standards of the SHI criteria.
3.5 CRITERIA FOR USE BY THE TRUST The last 20 years has seen the assessment criteria in use in Australia evolve towards more inclusive and precise criteria. While the National Trust was the first body in New South Wales to consider assessment for listing purposes with the establishment of its early list of buildings, in recent years assessment criteria development has taken place at both a national and state level. The State and Territory governments of Australia do not use the same criteria, although, with the introduction of state and territory heritage legislation the tendency is that assess ment criteria adopted is compatible with the AHC. In some cases the State or Territory Act has simply modified the AHC criteria, the words 'state' or 'territory' being used instead of 'Australia' and in some cases 'natural' has been dropped. At a National level the ACNT co-ordinated a forum for addressing the issues of classifica tion and criteria at its workshop in 1991. The National Trusts in Australia do not all assess significance using the same criteria. The Department of Urban Affairs and Planning suggests that the Trust adopt SHI criteria in its assessment process [letter to the Trust dated after October 1993) 'Such use of the draft SHIP evaluation criteria by the Trnst presents an opportunity to con sider ways of further accrediting the items identified. One possibility may be for lists of items found to be of heritage significance through a SHIP evaluation to be referred to the Heritage Council of New South Wales for endorsement. The items could then be (i) scheduled for inclusion in the proposed State Heritage Inventory databank and Register; and (ii) referred to relevant agencies for appropriate action (ie councils for inclusion in LEPs and State government agencies for inclusion in Sl 70 heritage and Conservation Registers)' All other assessment processes managed by the Department of Urban Affairs and Plan ning (for example Conservation Plans, Heritage Studies and Section 170 Registers) are required to assess heritage significance using SHI guidelines. As stated above the Trust does not use consistent assessment criteria internally and is not clearly consistent with either the State or Commonwealth government policy. It would not be professional or responsible for the Trust to retain its current ad-hoe approach to assessments, each category being assessed differently. It would also be a waste of resources for the Trust to dedicate effort towards further developing independent assessment criteria. It would be appropriate for the Trust to adopt assessment criteria and methodology already developed, and the choice is logically between the AHC or SHI. Whichever is selected, it is likely to require modification or sub-criteria to suit the particular subjects of the Trust Committees. Standardisation of the assessment criteria used in NSW is also in the interest of the Inter-Governmental Agreement to reduce duplication of resources, and assess a place only once, leaving limited resources for other important work.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur I 995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 84
The present ad-hoe situation The introduction to the Register states that the Trust uses RNE criteria [National Trust (NSW) Register, 1993:iii] the Register), however the basis for this statement was probably derived from the similarity of definitions of Cultural Significance under the National Trust (NSW) Act 1990 and the Australian Heritage Commission Act (1975). This statement probably has not taken into account the developed criteria contained within Criteria for the Register of the National Estate: Application Guidelines, AHC, 1990. Nor was this state ment written in full knowledge of the development of SHI criteria. Each Trust Conserva tion Division Technical Committee has independently evolved its own approach over time to criteria for inclusion in the Trust Register. They are inconsistent with each other and it is not presently possible to state in general terms the assessment criteria used by the National Trust in New South Wales. The existing Conservation Division policies contain ing statements specifically addressing criteria for classification are outlined in Part A - Section 3. This section of the report attempts to address any differences and suggest future direction and if possible consistency. sm or ABC assessment criteria? The advantages in the Trust using SHI criteria, and therefore aligning itself with assess ment procedures used by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning in administering the Heritage Act, is more general. All Section 170 Registers, Heritage Studies, Conserva tion Plans, LEPs etc are being required to use SHI criteria. If the Trust wishes to have its classification assessment work automatically recognised by local and state government agencies (the legislative framework for the state which has greatest relevance to all non Commonwealth owned property in the State) and to continue to receive grants for assessment work it will be practical and wise to adopt the SHI criteria. The disadvantages of the Trust using SHI assessment criteria is that as found above (Part B - Section 3.3) the document recommended for use by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning does not enable an assessment of the natural environment. This affects the Landscape Conservation Committee of the Trust, when considering natural sites other than cultural landscapes. An advantage in the Trust using the assessment criteria of the Register of the National Estate is the facilitation of the entry of Trust listings onto the Register of the National Estate without reworking of the assessment. This has the added advantage of enabling the owners of heritage properties which are classified by the Trust to qualify for income tax rebates. (This opportunity currently only applies to New South Wales properties sub ject of a PCO or on the Register of the National Estate) SHI assessment criteria, however, are intended to be compatible with AHC assessment criteria, so Trust listing completed using SHI should be acceptable to the Australian Heri tage Commission (compatibility for this purpose should be trialed), and therefore Trust use of SHI criteria should not disadvantage any owners of heritage properties seeking income tax rebates. The other issue to consider is whether Commonwealth owned properties should be assessed using RNE criteria. It is only these properties in New South Wales to which sta tutory controls apply under the Australian Heritage Commission Act 1975. In conclusion, the Trust should consider compatibility with either the AHC or SHI criterla, with preference given to SHI as it is already in use by the Trust for grant identification work and is required for all other work administered by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 85
3.6 SHOULD ALL CATEGORIES BY ASSESSED USING THE SAME CRITERIA?
Inclusion/Exclusion Guidelines Following from Part B - Section 3.6 above, and considering the use of SHI assessment criteria across all committees of the Trust, its applicability to each category needs to be considered. The June 1995 Conservation Committee [refer Part A - Section 2.2] meeting of the Trust was presented with some of the research, issues and recommendations contained in this report. A summary of the comments from the committee are included as Attachment ii) at the end of Part B. It was suggested that each Committee trial the use of SHI assessment criteria and use of standard forms. As discussed above in Part B - Section 3.6 natural landscapes are unlikely to be able to be assessed using the current SHI criteria. It is expected that all other existing commit tees could assess items and places essentially using SHI criteria in its present form without substantial change of criteria used, just the methodology of applying it. More specific sub-criteria may need to be developed for each committee. The Landscape Con servation Committee will need to decide whether to adapt SHI criteria similar to the inclu sion guidelines contained in the report for the Department of Planning prepared by J Domicelj in 1993, or to continue using AHC criteria.
The Trust should realign its Committee practices with the aim of using standard assess ment criteria compatible with those recommended for use by the State government SHI criteria. Each committee should develop inclusion/exclusion guidelines to be used with the SHI criteria. ·
Aboriginal, migrant and twentieth century heritage items and places. These subjects are discussed in more detail in Part B -Section 2. Assessment criteria suitable for general cultural heritage places is likely to be satisfactory for assessing migrant cultural heritage. The same applies for twentieth century heritage. Use of SHI criteria should be trialed with examples from these subject areas. Assessment of significant Aboriginal places require more discussion and the advice of the Aboriginal community before determination of appropriate assessment criteria for places of significance to the Aboriginal Community.
3.7 STANDARDISATION OF ASSESSMENT CRITERIA - NATIONALLY The issue of standardisation of assessment criteria for all National Trusts in Australia should continue to be raised through the Australian Council of National Trusts (ACNn. In 1991 the ACNT held the "National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop", some papers from which have been used as a source for sections of this report. Further investigations and liaisons with National Trusts on a national level are beyond the scope of this report.
3.8 GRADINGS Vs LOCAL, STATE, REGIONAL, NATIONAL As outlined in Part A - Section 1.2, the Trust no longer makes any distinction between items included in the Register. All items are deemed 'Classified' regardless of any previ ous gradings attributed to them. The issue of distinction between items needs to be addressed when considering the use of SHI assessment criteria by the Trust as the SHI assessment process calls for attribution of Local, Regional or State to an item or place.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 86
The danger in applying this is the potential for interpretation of an items assigned Local to be considered of lesser value than one assigned State, and therefore be considered expendable. These words, according the SHI document, apply to the context in which the item is significant and are not thresholds or representative of relative importance as such. The intention in designating context to items is to enable an understanding of whether, for example, an item is rare in the state or in a local government area. The accuracy of this depends on the contextual knowledge or research skills of the assessor.
3.9 fflRESHOLDS The definition of thresholds as contained on the 1990 information sheet on the Register of the National Estate is;
'Thresholds are applied along with the criteria to determine whether a place is really worth keeping or not. The threshold for each criterion is the level of relative significance above which a place merits registration and below which it does not.' The same information sheet discusses the need for objective identification of places and that this assessment needs to occur in combination with specialist knowledge - regarding condition, integrity, rarity and degree of special community attachment. The Godden Mackay draft manual also includes discussion on thresholds [Godden Mackay Ltd, 1994:37]. It explains by example, that a place may be rare locally for a par ticular 'nature' criterion, but not in a state context. For example, a building may be the only timber slab building in the locality, but one of many in the State. This assessment requires access to broad knowledge of the particular subject. Information on thresholds is not specifically presented in the subsequent Department of Planning (1994) Draft Manual, however the concept of inclusion and exclusion guidelines is included. The God den Mackay report states that sub-criteria and, inclusion and exclusion guidelines help to define the parameters for applying assessment criteria. [Godden Mackay, 1994:12] The sub-criteria and inclusion/exclusion guideline approach would be of use to the Trust in tailoring standard assessment criteria to be specific to each category. This will provide a more objective assessment approach. This approach is discussed in more detail in Part B - Section 4.
Age as a threshold The age of an item or place is commonly perceived to be an indicator of its heritage signi ficance. While an older place is likely to have some historic and social value, it may not necessarily have any. Conversely, while a younger item or place is not likely to have any historic significance (although this can not be excluded), it may be assessed as being a significant heritage item under other criteria. An obvious example is the Sydney Opera House where the primary significance of the building is its architectural value to both the Sydney and international community. Age is discussed in more detail in Part B - Section 2.1.3. As a guide, it is generally considered that somewhere between 20 years (RAIA practice) and 50 years (relic under the Heritage Act 1977 (NSW)) would be required to make an objective heritage assessment of a place or item. Considering that Cottier believes we no longer have the luxury of time to wait 50 years before deciding what it sig nificant [Part B - Section 2.1.3), and the State Heritage Inventory 'historic period' intended information fields will include 1951-1975 and post 1975 (It is understood that the Depart ment of Urban Affairs and Planning has no cut off for age as one of the age brackets in 'the pink book' indicates 1975 onwards for an age bracket), the Trust should consider items and places for inclusion in the Register regardless of age.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 3 87
3.10 CONCLUSIONS
• The Trust has presently not taken account of recent State and Federal assess ment criteria developments. • All technical committees of the Trust do not use the same assessment criteria . • Use of the same assessment criteria by the Trust is desirable and would only be presently possible using AHC criteria. * The SHI assessment criteria currently required for use by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning does not enable an assessment of the natural environment and may not be applicable to assessing places of Aboriginal signifi cance. (The Department is understood to be currently working to develop this document for their inclusion) • Use of SHI assessment criteria by the Trust has most advantages in that all other assessments being administered by the Department of Urban Affairs and Plan ning require a SHI assessment. A significant proportion of the Trust's classifica tion work is funded by grants administered by the State government who requires the use of SHI. • Sub-criteria and inclusion/exclusion guidelines provide a method for the Trust to enable applicability of SHI criteria to each category and define desirable thres holds. • Age of an item or place greater than 20 years old should not preclude an item from consideration for its heritage significance. RECOMMENDATIONS 1. In striving for consistency and to avoid duplication of heritage resouces, (in recognition of the intentions of the Inter-governmental Agreement on the Environment) the Trust should adopt the State Heritage Inventory (SHI) Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria as is currently required by the State Government for all heritag assessments that it undertakes.
The exceptions to 1. above are; i) The Landscape Conservation Committee (excluding cultural landscape nominations) should continue to use Australian Heritage Commission assessment criteria until such time as the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning can recommend the use of State assessment criteria for natural places. The alternative is that the Landscape Conservation Committee modify the SHI criteria to include the natural environment. ii) Commonwealth owned property to be assessed using RNE criteria (desirable but not essential) 2. Each Technical Committee of the Trust's Conservation Division develop sub criteria and inclusion and exclusion guidelines, based on the approach outlined in the October 1994 Department of Urban Affairs and Planning document, to aid the assessment process of each category type.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 88
4.0 PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION The Register, its meaning and general development are. outlined in Part A - Section 1 of this report. . The existing classification process is well established and a number of procedural steps must be undertaken before an item can be included in the Trust Register. This section of the report does not intend to change that basic procedure, but looks at aspects of how that procedure is carried out and make recommendations for improvement. Matters being investigated include the use of standard forms. In recent years a no-form approach has developed, the result being a classification 'card' which is not clearly identif iable as a National Trust product. Following from the recommendations of Part B - Sec tion 3 that the Trust adopt SHI assessment criteria, more detailed sub-criteria and inclusion/exclusion guidelines need to be developed to enable specific use of these cri teria by each of the committees (not prepared as part of this report). The recommendations of this section need to be further considered and trialed by each committee in more detail. Limited timing has not enabled this consultation to be properly undertaken before completion the report. This consultation process is intended to con tinue. The summary of the research (Part A) and, issues raised and conclusions arrived at (Part B) were presented to the June 1995 Conservation Committee meeting of the Trust. The comments from this meeting are included at the end of Part B as Attachment ii).
4.1 THE EXISTING CLASSIFICATION PROCESS The existing categories and committee structure, as described in Part A - Section 2, enables the Trust to consider a range of item and place types for inclusion in the Register on a regular basis. A place or item may come to the attention of the Trust as being worthy of inclusion in the Register by a number of ways, including general interest and the threat of damage or demolition. A classification report (also known as a listing proposal) is then prepared by either a member of the community, regional or technical committee member or Trust staff member. If approved by the relevant technical committee, the report is referred to the Conservation Committee. If approved by the Conservation Committee, the report is referred to the Board for formal approval before inclusion in the Register as a classified item. The chart on the following page indicates the above process.
4.2 PREVIOUS IDENTIFICATION WORK AT THE TRUST The current (approximately 10,000) classifications contained in the Register are the result of the work of independent volunteers, committee members and staff of the Trust. The information contained on the cards was originally succinct and, including the photograph, usually fitted onto one page. This is useful for quick reference, however present listing proposals being prepared tend to require greater numbers of pages. Another noticable change from earlier classifications is that the quality of information has tended to be of a more professional level in recent years.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 89
For each item in the Register there is a 'card' in the filing cabinet system. In addition to the Classified (and former 'Recorded') items and places in the Register, there is other information on places not properly recorded or assessed held in the filing cabinets. These include 'Pending', 'Demolished', 'Recorded' and 'Not Recommended for Classifica tion' and are described below.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 90
Figure 10
CLASSIFICATION PROCESS Conservation Division- National Trust (NSW)
Community Place or Item Typology/ nomination or under threat Thematic study other request
Conservation Officer / Committee Member / Community Classification Report prepared including assessment of significance
Technical Committee
Conservation Committee
Trust Board
The Register National Trust of Australia (NSW)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 91
Pending Status A 'card' for these each of these items/places is kept in the cabinet at the Trust however these have never been properly documented or assessed. Pending items/places are draft classification cards that contain very little information. It is intended, but unlikely that these items will ever be properly assessed for inclusion in the Register unless under threat, as the work required would be enormous. The present operations of the Trust do not generally add 'Pending' cards to the records.
Demolished or compromised places/sites The Trust Register currently includes items demolished, and their cards remain in the fil ing cabinets. It has been practice not to remove a place from the Register once it has been demolished or compromised. One reason being that removal from the Register fol lowing its demolition could become an incentive for demolition. The Trust has also classi fied places it believes to be significant that are under threat of demolition or change that will render it less significant than originally. Most other registers allow for removal of entries, for example the Register of the National Estate.
Recorded Status Since the adoption of a single list system, there have been many places/items remaining on the Register with 'Recorded' status. The Register states that the intention is for these items to be progressively re-assessed by the Trust. It is however unlikely that this will occur in the near future. The Trust normally states that Recorded is equivalent to Classi fied, as experience show that most items given 'Recorded' status prior to 1980 are con sidered worthy of 'Classified' status when reviewed. [National Trust (NSW) Register, 1993:ii]
Maintaining demolished items in the RegisJer continues as it provides a good record of heritage lost in New South Wales. Once the Trust is notified of a demolition it is a simple process to administer a change in records. Designating former 'Recorded' items and places with 'Classified' status has been practice since 1980. A clear policy should be developed to enable wider understanding of this practice. The reworking of 'Pending' items is unlikely to occur due to limited resources. This fact may have to be accepted.
4.3 WHO DOES THE WORK? The work of the Trust is undertaken by members of Technical Committees, Regional Committees, other members of the community and paid staff. The work of volunteers in producing classification cards is invaluable, however, in more recent times volunteers are producing less work towards classifications for the Trust. It has been suggested by vari ous committee members that this is due to a number of factors; i) the early identification work of the Trust was exciting work due to its ground breaking nature in contributing to the first heritage register in New South Wales. With many other heritage lists now in existence, the general identification work of the Trust may not be seen as critical or exciting. ii) People are less likely to do unpaid voluntary work than previously. The work of heritage studies which usually identify sizable numbers of heritage items by local government is undertaken by a paid professional, the Trust Register often used as a basis. It is understandable that there is reluctance by some volunteers and committee members people to spend their weekends doing similar work unpaid.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 92 iii) Typological and Thematic studies resulting in classification recommendations prepared often by a committee member, as a paid consultant to the Trust, is replacing the unpaid voluntary work being undertaken. It is understandable that this person or other committee members would then be reluctant to spend week ends working unpaid for the Trust. The distinction between the preparation of listing proposals and considering the com pleted proposal needs to be made. The technical committees with a classification role at the Trust are very active, in their contribution to the Trust. By attending regular monthly meetings at the Trust members are in most cases willing to continue consideration of list ing proposals. It is the extra work, usually on weekends, that is less commonly under taken by members, particularly if not paid. While it has been established that the Trust still has a classification role (Part B - Section 1.0), it should be recognised that the volun tary work force is changing. It should also be recognised that Regional Committee members throughout New South Wales are in the best position to prepare classification reports for the Trust. It is normal practice that reports prepared by regional committees require the normal Conservation Division committee process described in Figure 1O. In addition to voluntary contributions to the Trust Register, the Trust employs a permanent part-time staff member to prepare classification reports for the Historic Buildings Commit tee. Other full-time staff members also prepare listing proposals, usually for the commit tee that they co-ordinate.
4.4 THE FORMAT OF INFORMATION AND NATURE OF NATIONAL TRUST 'FORMS' To distinguish between the 'form' and the 'format'; use of a form (standard or otherwise) is an approach traditionally used by the Trust, the format (ie arrangement) of the informa tion on the form has in recent years developed in an ad-hoe manner towards incon sistency. The first issue regarding the use of standard forms is whether there should be one or not. A form is useful in providing all the 'boxes to tick' or information to gather when investigat ing a place for possible inclusion in the Register. As a guide, a form is a useful tool to both the expert and general community. It has been suggested that forms may deter people, and prevent contributions from the general community. Simple instructions or 'essential information' boxes could be developed to overcome this. A standard form is necessary for comparative purposes, both within the Trust and exter nally. As has been established in Part B - Section 2, compatibility of assessment criteria for comparative purposes is highly desirable.
The Traditional Forms Used From the about the 1970s until the early 1990s most Trust listing reports were prepared by volunteers and staff and typed (pre-computer) on standard printed Listing Proposal cards. While information contained on the card was similar, a slightly different format specifically tailored for use by each committee was established. Details of identification, Location, History, Description and Reasons for Listing were entered on the card, and there was usually room for a photograph and/or diagram. Additional information was sometimes written on the back or enclosed on separate pages in the plastic sleeve. A coded system identified where in the sequence of approvals (classifications) each listing proposal was (ie No.1069). The original cards were hand typed by Trust staff members - a process now considered ineffective and outdated. The Conservation Division also does not have adequate staff resources to employ people to hand type individual listing reports.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 93
Should all Technical Committees have a common listing form? In addition to use of differing heritage assessment criteria, the individual Trust Technical Committees are not currently producing consistent listing card format. This can be attri buted to; (i) the mode of preparation of l~sting proposals (ii) differing committee expectations and criteria development (iii) common use of computers, un!il recent times, without a satisfactory computer data base at the Trust. A collection of some of the various forms (or non-forms) highlights the inconsistent pro duct of the Trust assessment process. Some of these are included as Attachment iv) at the end of Part B. (i) The mode of preparation Affecting the consistency of listing proposal format is typological research funded by grants and prepared by consultants to the Trust. For example, the Trust stu dies on Firestations. Post Offices and Harbourside and Ocean Pools. prepared for the Trust as a result of Heritage Assistance Program (HAP) grants, have not produced consistent listing proposal format. The Trust should develop a requirement of the consultant for the work of these studies to be compatible with the Trust computer systems. The Trust should also assess its own computer resources to make sure that this in possible. Limited staffing resources mean that listing proposals approved by the Board are often in the same format as is received by the Trust - staff members do not always retype an external listing proposal. It is considered a waste of resources for the Trust to employ a person to retype a submission in a different format. (ii) Differing committee expectations and criteria development The Trust technical committees do not use consistent heritage assessment cri teria. This varying criteria usage also affects to a degree the use of a standard form. A standard form need not limit either the space allocated for imformation or the order in which information is required. The forms and criteria are summar ised below; CRITERIA FORM HBC Surra Charter Generally no form used, word processed infor mation loosely using categories of the original forms. Varying approaches - none of which easily identify with the 'National Trust'. (since c.1992) IAC Surra Charter No standard form used, similar to HBC. PGCC SHI Specifically developed for the committee and based on SHI requirements. Does not closely resemble the original Trust form. (since 1993) CC Surra Charter Word processed version of the original standard forms. (since c.1994) UCC none stated None produced recently LCC AHC/RNE Word processed version of the original standard forms. Assessments are usually very long.
(iii) Common use of computers, until recent times, without a satisfactory computer data base at the Trust.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 94
Most current listing proposals are prepared by Trust staff using computers, how ever, it is only recently that Data Base facilities at the Trust have enabled a 'data field' approach to information entry as opposed to the use of computers solely for word processing purposes. While the use of compute~s enables the use of a standard form, this is not present practice. Hence today listing proposals produced by different commit tees have evolved in some cases independently and are not necessarily easily identifiable as a product of the National Trust. Unfortunately, access to the com puters capable of information field data entry is currently limited, and new entries to the Register are simply word processed. Each Trust Listing card is currently being entered onto the data base - a long term project.
In addition, it is useful to compare the information fields used by the Trust with those required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and set out in 'The Pink Book' -Instructions for Completing The State Heritage Inventory Entry Form for use in State Her itage Inventory Project Pilot Studies. In the National Trust column are comments indicat ing compatibility; SHI National Trust (generalisation) 1. Reference No. Not Relevant 2. SHI Status Not Relevant 3. Date inspected Not usually included - possible 4. Category Trust Committee equivalent -Area -Urban Conservation Area -Building -Historic Buildings -Relic -Industrial/Archaeology -Ships and Wrecks -Not Relevant -Archaeological/Hist -Industrial/Archaeology -Other Works -Industrial/Archaeology & Parks and Gardens & Cemeteries 5. Sub-Category Usually contained in Description, could be put in a separate box. 6. Present Name Name of Place 7. Other Names Other/Previous Names 8. Local Government Area Local Government Authority Responsible Government Authority 9. File References Bibliography 10. Location Address or Location 11. Co-ordinates Only Cemeteries cards include this 12. Heritage Listings Not used - inclusion possible 13. Physical Characteristics Description 14. Photograph Photograph (The Trust also generally allows for maps and sketches)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 95
15. Historical Details History 16. Historical Themes History - SHI themes not used 17. Heritage Region Not used - inclusion possible 18. Historical Period History 19. Other Historical History 20. Information Sources Bibliography 21. Evaluation Criteria various - not always clear 22. Statement of Sign. . Reason for Listing 23. Property Details Not used - inclusion possible 24. Dept Admin Register Not used - inclusion possible 25. Nominator Use National Trust in title 26. Conservation Action Not used - inclusion possible
In general terms, the Trust's 'form' headings can be considered compatible with the SHI 'form' information. A new 'standard' Trust form prepared by the Trust could be designed to be comparable to previous Trust forms AND include additional information as would be required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. A draft standard form recom mended for use, and contained in the Department's Draft Heritage Study Guidelines, by consultants to the Department is included at the end of Part B as Attachment v). In addition to compatiblity of form heading, SHI compatibility would also require Trust completion of the sections according to Deparment of Urban Affairs and Planning expec tation or standards. The sections requiring rigor in completion could be identified as 'essential information', and other sections could be optional when presented for use by Trust volunteers. Important also to the Trust is the location and type-clarity. The Trust listing cards are filed alphabetically by Country or Suburb. This information must be prominent and preferably located on the top right hand corner. - A draft standard National Trust Classification form has been prepared based on the origi nal National Trust listing proposal card. The form takes into account the traditional infor mation required by the Trust, the present practices of the Trust and aims to enable com patibility with recommendations of the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning with regard to ues of SHI criteria. This draft National Trust Classification form is included at the end of Part Bas Attachment vi).
4.5 INCLUSION IN THE REGISTER Draft inclusion/exclusion guidelines should be prepared for each committee to provide the basis for classification or rejection of an item by the Trust for inclusion in its Register. These should be prepared by each Committee for inclusion in their individual policy docu ments. This will enable a more precise means of deciding thresholds for inclusion of items and places in the Trust Register. Inclusion/Exclusion guidelines have not been prepared as part of the report. When an item or place is approved for inclusion in the Trust Register the Trust informs a number of organisations and the owner of the property. One of the purposes of Trust Classification is educational. If a place is approved for inclusion in the Register it will have satisfied the assessment criteria used. If an item or place has not adequately satisfied the assessment criteria the Trust will decide not to include that item in the Register. The Trust should document the reasons for rejection of an item so that if reconsideration at a future date can take account of pre vious Trust decisions.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 96
4.6 RESOURCING COMMITTEES The Trust Technical Committees are managed by paid staff members in the Trust's Con servation Division. Considerable time resources are required to co-ordinate the activities of these committees. Effectiveness of Committees should be monitored from time to time and action taken in response to the value of the Committees to the Trust. Additional Committees, sub-committees or special task forces may need to be established. Equally, a Committee may reach a time where it has fulfilled its primary purpose or be ineffective.
4.7 PRIORITIES The Conservation Division needs to set priorities with regard to what is classified. Refer Part B - Section 2.2
4.8 TECHNOLOGY The Trust presently uses computers as described above in 4.5 for word processing of classification reports in a limited and ad-hoe manner. On the assumption that many people have home computers the Trust should also investi gate the possiblity of preparing blank classification cards on computer discs which could be made available to volunteers and consultants of studies for the Trust. If classification reports were prepared by volunteers by direct entry onto a computer disc, the Trust may be able to reduce its administrative workload. The Trust Register is also being entered into a database as described in 4.1 above. Heritage data-bases are increasingly being implemented at local Councils for heritage schedule information which is accessible to the general public and staff members. The Australian Heritage Commission as at 1991 is understood to have a range of com puter databases and data sets. The Register of the National Estate database;
* ' .. contains places that are in the Register of the National Estate plus other places that have been reported, nominated to, rejected for entry in or removed from the RNE. The RNE is a subset of the RNE database. ' * ' ..is not only used for the assessment of nominations or as an inventory of places and the stock-taking of a resource but also for administrative purposes - such as the preparation of gazette notices and papers for Commission meetings.' [Saxby 1991: 76] The NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (HeritageBranch) intends to estab lish a State Heritage Inventory mentioned previously in this report. This inventory is intended to be a computerised database for heritage in New South Wales. It is under stood that no computer system has yet been implemented. The Trust should continue to monitor the activities of the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and the Australian Heritage Commission with regard to computer databases. Ideally the Trust would have direct computer links to each department and independent control of its own classifications. Further investigation is required beyond the scope of this report.
4.9 EXISTING COMMITTEE POLICY The Trust Technical Committees do not all have separate general policies. It appears that these were intended to be prepared, however, only Cemeteries, Industrial Archaeology and Landscape Conservation committees have policy documents.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 97
If the recommendations of this report are accepted with regard to the SHI assessment cri teria the each Committee should update or prepare policy documents.
4.10 CONCLUSIONS * The existing classification process of Committees recommendation and Board approval ensures that Trust Classifications are objectively approved with advice of a range of expertise.
* The expectations of Trust Classifications are changing in that greater integrity of information is required, and that information prepared is usually of a more pro fessional standard. * The availability of the voluntary workforce the Trust has reduced over time, how ever the Regional Committees and the Technical Committee members are still a valuable resource. * Use of standard forms for Classification reports prepared for and by the Trust should be required/encouraged. Standard forms provide a checklist of the sort of information required and look more professional. If a standard form used by the Trust contained information 'fields' compatible with the SHI data fields, the Trust information may be readily accepted by the State government and the Australian Heritage Commission. * Information required for Trust classifications is currently similar to the information required for the intended State Heritage Inventory. Compatability of information on a standard form is not difficult and need not compromise the Trust 'product'. * Computer links with State and Feet.era! governmentdepartments may be a future possibility which benefits the Trust and the government. * Use of a standard form distributed as blank forms on a computer disc could result in greater classifications and reduce the administrative workload of Trust staff. RECOMMENDATIONS 1. The Trust should continue to manage the Committee process in recommending and adopting classification reports for inclusion of items and places in the Trust. 2. The Trust should continue to produce classification reports of a high standard in keeping with industry expectations. 3. The Trust should continue to accept the work of volunteers as a valuable contri bution to the Trusts effort. 4. The Trust should adopt a standard classification report form, with appropriate committee variations, for use by Regional Committees, Technical Committees, other volunteers and staff. 5. The Trust standard form should be available on computer disc as a blank form for distribution to all volunteers and paid consultants undertaking identification work for the Trust. 6. The information 'fields' of the National Trust form should be compatible, where possible, with those of the State Heritage Inventory. 7. A Trust listing proposal and approved classified item/place should be identifiable as a product of the National Trust of Australia (NSW).
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 4 98 a. The Trust should continue to liaise with the State and Federal government with regard to computer database resources. The Trust should aim to be part of the process of computerisation in the State, as the Trust records are a valuable and marketable resource. 9. Each Trust Technical Coml'!littee should prepare and trial the use of preliminary sub-criteria and inclusion/exclusion guidelines. 1O. Each Trust Technical Committee should either; i) amend existing policy (Cemetery Committee and the Industrial Archaeology Committee) to indicate the use of SHI criteria or ii) prepare policy (Historic Buildings, Urban Conservation, Parks and Gardens) to indicate the use of SHI criteria.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - RECOMMENDATIONS 99
5.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
SHOULD THE TRUST CONTINUE ITS CLASSIFICATION ROLE ? 1. That the Trust should continue to maintain its Register and continue to identify and assess heritage in New South Wales, as it is the only independent and comprehen - sive state based heritage register in New South Wales. 2. When (and if) the State Heritage Inventory is established the Trust should reassess its classification role. At this time it may be found that the Trust has an equally effec tive identification role in making independent nominations to the State Heritage Inventory. 3. The Trust should-continue to seek to set an example with its Register by identifying under-represented aspects of the heritage of New South Wales.
WHAT SHOULD THE TRUST CLASSIFY ?: 4. The Trust should endeavour to actively include under-represented subjects in its Register to broaden its validity in representing the present Community of New South Wales. Neglected subject areas worthy of investigation with a view to inclusion in the Register, identified in this report include Aboriginal, Migrant, Twentieth Century heritage, and certain areas of rural New South Wales in general. [Aboriginal Heritage] 5. The Trust should ask the Aboriginal community if it wishes the Trust to participate in the process of identification and assessment of places of Aboriginal significance for inclusion in the Register 6. The Trust should investigate existing groups which represent aboriginal people and seek their advice in the establishment of a representative aboriginal advisory com mittee at the Trust. If 5. and 6. above result in the establishment of a Trust Aboriginal advisory commit tee and the concurrence by the advisory committee and the Trust that the Trust should include places of Aboriginal significance in the Register, the Trust should; i) actively seek to include places of Aboriginal significance in its Register ii) appoint an Aboriginal heritage officer. The person should be aboriginal and have the support of the Aboriginal community. The Trust should apply for a NEG or HAP grant to fund this position. [Migrant Heritage] 7. The Trust should establish a Migrant Heritage Task Force to address the active iden tification and assessment of Migrant heritage for the Trust's Register. This task force would meet regularly for a finite period.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - RECOMMENDATIONS 100
8. The Trust should appoint a Migrant heritage officer dedicated to co-ordinating iden tification of Migrant heritage in New South Wales. The initial aim would be to address any cultural imbalance and incorporate major items and places of cultural significance to Migrant communities in the Register. The person would not necessarily be a recent migrant to Australia. The Trust should apply for a NEG or HAP grant to fund this position. 9. The identification and assessment work of the Trust should target particular Migrant groups for a designated period of time, say three months, and therefore may aim to cover say four Migrant groups each year. Limitations may not enable exhaustive identification of the heritage of each Migrant group to take place, however should identify major items/places of significance. 1o. The Trust should recognise the principles established in the Australian Heritage Commission Guide prepared by Helen Armstrong. The Trust should also seek to advice of Helen Armstrong in the first instance. 11. The Trust should seek to identify and assess significant twentieth century places and items for inclusion in the Trust Register. [Twentieth Century] 12. The Trust should actively seek to identify and assess significant places and items and places for inclusion in the Trust Register (with regard to 13. below) 13. The Trust should not duplicate the assessment work of the RAIA Twentieth Century Buildings of Significance List. A policy should be adopted by the Trust's Historic Buildings Committee which acknowledges that a building on the RAIA List is con sidered equivalent to a Trust Classification as it would meet at least one assessment criteria used by the Trust. 14. A task force established for a finite period of time with a set number of meetings should be established to investigate the overlap of RAIA List items and the National Trust Register. The result of the task force should be; i) A list of items assessed by the RAIA, which can be attributed recognition by the Trust equal to classified status. ii) Target subjects to be adopted by the relevant existing technical commit tees of the Trust. These target subjects may result in potential subjects for grant applications by the Trust. 15. The Trust should seek the advice and experience of the Victorian National Trust with regard to the establishment of their committee which specifically addresses identifi cation of twentieth century heritage. [Rural New South Wales] 16. The Trust should recognise the lack of identification of the heritage of local council areas in more than half of country New South Wales and seek to increase its classif ications in these areas as a priority above metropolitan areas.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - RECOMMENDATIONS 101
[Moveable Heritage] 17. The Trust should continue to recognise moveable cultural heritage by i) participation in specific task forces on the subje~t as they arise, and ii) classifying those items of high significance and under threat. [Interiors] 18. The Trust should continue to actively seek to inspect interiors of buildings when preparing a recommendation for classification. [Ephemeral Heritage] 19. Where ephemeral items are associated with a heritage item, they should be identi fied on the classification report. 20. Ephemeral items may form the basis for future thematic or typological studies by the Trust. [Other Registers] 21. The Trust should designate 'Classified-Equivalent' status to those items that appear in heritage registers or lists which have used as a basis UNESCO assessment cri teria, SHI assessment criteria and AHC assessment criteria. The assessment cri teria applied to include those items are compatible (or to a higher degree) in most cases with a Trust assessment. [Typological/Thematic studies] 22. The Trust should continue to seek to jdentify typological and thematic subjects that may otherwise not be considered by the existing State or Federal government framework (ie neglected by S.170 Registers) 23. The Trust should continue to apply for NEG and HAP grant funding to carry out the identification and assessment work of 22. above. [Trust Owned Properties] 24. The Trust should include each place acquired for its heritage value in the Register.
CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE TRUST 25. In striving for consistency and to avoid duplication of heritage resources, (in recogni tion of the intentions of the Intergovernmental Agreement on the Environment) the Trust should adopt the State Heritage Inventory (SHI) Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria as is currently required by the State government for all heritage assessments that it undertakes. The exceptions to 25. above are; i) The Landscape Conservation Committee (excluding cultural landscape nominations) should continue to use AHC assessment criteria until such time as the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning can recommend the use of State assessment criteria for the natural environment. The alternative is that the Landscape Conservation Committee modify the SHI criteria to include the natural environment.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B · RECOMMENDATIONS 102
ii) Commonwealth owr:ied property may be assessed using AHC assess ment criteria (desirable • not essential) - 26. Each Technical Committee of the Trust's Conservation Division should develop sub- criteria and inclusion and exclusion guidelines, based on the approach outlined in the October 1994 Department of Urban Affairs and Planning document. This is intended to aid the assessment process of each category.
PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION 27. The Trust should continue to manage the Committee process in recommending and adopting classification reports for inclusion of items and places in the Trust. 28. The Trust should continue to produce classification reports of a high standard in keeping with industry expectations. 29. The Trust should continue to accept the work of volunteers as a valuable contribu tion to the Trust's work. 30. The Trust should adopt a standard classification report form, with appropriate com mittee variations, for use by Regional Committees, Technical Committees, other volunteers and staff. 31. The Trust standard form should be available on computer disk as a blank form for distribution to all volunteers and paid consultants undertaking identification work for the Trust. 32. The information 'fields' of the National Trust form should be compatible, where pos sible, with those of the State Heritage Inventory. 33. A Trust listing proposal and approved classified item/place should be identifiable as a product of the National Trust of Australia (NSW). 34. The Trust should continue to liaise with the State and Federal government with regard to computer data-base resources. The Trust should aim to be part of the process of computerisation in the State, as the Trust records are a valuable and marketable resource. 35. Each Trust Technical Committee should prepare and trial the use of preliminary sub-criteria and inclusion/exclusion guidelines. 36. Each Trust Technical Committee should either; i) amend existing policy (Cemetery Committee and the Industrial Archaeology Committee) to indicate the use of SHI cri teria, or ii) prepare policy (Historic Buildings, Urban Conservation, Parks and Gar dens) to indicate the use of SHI criteria.
Graduate Project • Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Secrion 5 (Auachmenrs)
AT f\CHMENTS TO PART B
This section contains various attachments referred to in the text of Part B. They are;
i) SURVEY OF LOCAL COUNCILS
ii) PRESENTATION TO THE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE - NOTES The National Trust of Australia (NSW), June 1995 (Presentation by C Macarthur)
iii) CRITERIA COMPARISON - CHART
iv) NATIONAL TRUST CLASSIFICATION CARDS - COMPARISON
v) DEPARTMENT OF URBAN AFFAIRS AND PLANNING MODEL RECOMMENDED FORM FOR HERITAGE ASSESSMENTS
vi) PROPOSED DRAFT STANDARD NATIONAL TRUST FORM
Graduate Project - Catherine ~1acarthur 1995 U SW 1 ati nal Tru,~ of Australia (NS\V) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) i) SURVEY OF LOCAL COUNCILS With the assistance of seven volunteers over a period of 18 months from April 1993 to March 1994, Catherine Macarthur has collected comparative information intended to aid decisions regarding classification and the role of the National Trust. The information may be out of date in some cases as it was gathered over an extended period of time and not updated since March 1994. Each of the State's 177 local councils were asked by phone survey whether they had undertaken a heritage studies and if their Local Environmental Plan contained a heritage schedule. In summary the following (approximate) statistical information was gained.
Councils in NSW NSW Metro Country Sydney NSW Total Number 177 33 144 Heritage Studies 103* 32 71* -prepared Heritage Schedules 139 29 110 -included in LEP
Note * Numbers of councils entered in the 'Heritage Study - prepared' column include those that are included in a Regional Environmental Study area even if they have not independently prepared a Heritage Study. The number of Rural/Regional areas that have prepared independent heri tage studies is probably closer to 40, and only 30 of those are believed to be Department of Planning approved. Regional Environmental Studies include the following Council areas; ILLAWARRA; Kiama, Shellharbour, Shoalhaven, Wingecarribee, Wol longong HUNTER; Cessnock, Dungog, Gloucester, Great Lakes, Lake Mac quarie, Maitland, Merriwa, Muswellbrook, Murrurundi, New castle, Port Stephens, Scone, Singleton. NORTH COAST; Ballina, Bellingen, Byron, Casino, Coffs Harbour, Cop manhurst, Grafton, Hastings, Kempsey, Kyogle, Lismore, Maclean, Nambucca, Nymboida, Richmond River, Tweed, Ulmarra
Comparison LEP items with National Trust items A cursory look at the figures (not included in this report) which compare number of LEP heritage schedule items with number of National Trust items for the same geographical area indicates that usually the number of heritage items on the Trust Register is similar to the LEP Heritage Schedule. A significant exception is where it is known that a recent her itage study has been completed and items have been included in the LEP. These include; Armidale (175 council heritage items to 76 National Trust), Blue Mountains (722 to 79), Hornsby, Dubbo (191 to 49), Hawkesbury (469 to 45), Hornsby (778 to 38), lnverell (185 to 29), Ku-ring-gai (589 to 58), Lake Macquarie (582 to 13), Mudgee (404 to 81 ), Suther land (384 to 7).
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NS'.V) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) Much more could be concluded from the comparative information collected. It is also recognised that the comparison is limited to some degree as it not intended to compare actual items on each list/Register, ie whether the same items were included.
General Conclusions: * Metropolitan Sydney local councils have, with few exceptions, prepared heritage studies and Local Environmental Plans which include Heritage Schedules. * Only 71 % of the country NSW local councils have had either a local heritage study or been included in a Regional Heritage Study. Only 27% have undertaken an independent heritage study specific to their council area, and 20% have undertaken a Department of Planning approved study. * Where there is a heritage schedule, but no heritage study for a council area it is likely that the basis for the heritage schedule is the National Trust records. This is most likely the case in rural New South Wales. * In a number of cases (and this is likely to increase) National Trust items for a coun cil area are significantly exceeded in number by the Heritage Schedule items. It would be impossible and a waste of resources for the Trust to attempt to classify each of these.
Recommendations 1. Trust should recognise the lack of identification of the heritage of local council areas in more than half of country NSW and seek to increase its classifications in these areas in preference to metropolitan areas. 2. The Trust should develop a policy that recognises heritage items included in a heri tage study (Department of Planning approved) - 'National Trust recognised' status recommended.
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) ii) CONSERVATION COMMITTEE, NATIONAL TRUST (NSW), JUNE 1995 Summary of comments - presentation by C Macarthur to the Committee. At the May 1995 Conservation Committee the chairpersons of each technical committee received a list of issues being covered in this report. I presented a summary of the research (Part A) and, issues raised and conclusions arrived at (Part B) to the June 1995 Conservation Committee meeting of the Trust. The membership of this committee comprises the chairpeople of each technical committee and members of the Board. The comments are considered as a starting point for discussion with each technical com mittee about these issues, and at the conclusion of the discussion at this meeting, it was agreed that each committee should to discuss the recommendations in more detail, use of SHI assessment criteria and standard forms in partcular, to be essential. An informa tion kit to each committee will be prepared to enable consideration of these matters. lime has not permitted this discussion to take place, however it is intended to take place following the submission of this report.
In summary, the comments from members of the committee were; i) Use of SHI assessment criteria This was presented as not being unlike assessment criteria already used in most cases. Comments; * Test the assessment criteria by each committee (P Johnson - chairman) * Using current policies it is likely that use of SHI assessment criteria will not result in a different statement of significance by the Trust, just a dif ferent format of the data. (R Mackay -Board) ii) Use of forms at all * Forms can scare people, less willing to do the work (J McMonnies) * Technology with regard to future inclusion of this sort of information on CD Rom. (G Oppenheimer -Board) * technology with regard to staff and volunteers and community. i) could distribute the blank form onto discs for use in popular computers, Trust would then receive a complete nomination, ii) If the volunteers in the community do not use the Trust form by direct entry into the computer, or fill it in by hand the staff have to retype to get information into format desirable - waste of limited resources iii) A form does not necessarily result in a data base - the possibility of developing the two together should be considered. (J McMonnies - HBC, G Quint - staff) iii) Use of a standard form A standard form was presented as necessary given the degree to which presenta tion of Trust classifications currently vary. The draft-model form was presented by C Macarthur on overheads. It was based on the original forms for typed information as used by the Trust, however adapted to be compatable with SHI using as a guide the information fields specified in 'the pink book' and the draft Historic Item Heritage Inventory Assessment Form contained in the Draft Heritage Study Guidelines for Local Government and Regional Studies (Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales).
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) * This was questioned with regard to the amounts of information that needs to be included depending on the item considered. Specific box sizes were considered to be potentially restrictive. (P Simpson - IAC) * The Trust logo was supported. (G Oppenheimer -Board) * It was suggested that each committee test the form proposed - trial run by each committee, possibly using an existing committee. (L Greenup - LCC) iv) Aboriginal, migrant, 20th century heritage Presented as suggestions for future Trust focus. Comments; * Raises a lot of questions. (P Johnson - chairman) v) Stand alone policy in general terms for the Trust on Classification * This and criteria raise issue of the Trusts in Australia adopting nation wide compatability. (G Oppendheimer - Board)
NB Warrick Hatton (UCC), contacted on behalf of the Urban Conservation Committee in the absence of the chairman, was concerned that SHI has dropped the word Aesthetic. He implied that UCAs were primarily about preserving the aesthetic character of an urban area.
Present at the meeting: Prof Peter Johnson (Chairman) AAC lvor Wyatt (Board) Jill Mccann (Board) Gillian Oppenheimer (Board) Richard Mackay (Board) Jennifer McMonnies (HBC) Laurie Greenup (BMAC) Barbara van den Broek (PGCC) Phillip Simpson (IAC) Graham Quint (staff) Belinda Faddy (staff) Katherine Brooks (staff) Catherine Macarthur (staff)
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART B • Section 5 (Attachments) iii) CRITERIA COMPARISON Register of the National Estate Surra Charter State Heritage Inventory - cultural (draft 1994) State Heritage Inventory - cultural and natural (draft 1993) The Conservation Plan, Kerr The following chart on six pages compares each criterion of the Register of the National Estate (Australian Heritage Commission) with the each criterion of the above. Register of the National Estate criteria was selected for the left hand column to compare from as its sub-criteria are the most detailed. Burra Charter The title to the column 'Surra Charter' refers to the definitions of aesthetic, scientific, his toric and social as contained in the Guidelines to the Surra Charter Cultural Significance. This heading does not infer that the Surra Charter is assessment criteria. State Heritage Inventory The proposed State Heritage Inventory is described in more detail in Part A - Section 5. As a heading State Heritage Inventory • Cultural refers to the assessment criteria con tained in the Department of Planning document 'Draft Manual for the Use of Histori cal Themes and Evaluation Criteria' dated October 1994. This assessment criteria is required for all assessments of cultural significance administered by the Depart ment of Urban Affairs and Planning, and when (or if) the State Heritage Inventory is established will be used for inclusions. As a heading State Heritage Inventory • Cultural & Natural refers to the assessment criteria contained in the report prepared by Joan Domicelj for the NSW Department of Planning, dated March 1993. The assessment criteria contained in this report is intended to extend previous criteria work to be applicable to the natural as well as the cultural environment. The Conservation Plan As a heading The Conservation Plan refers to the general assessment criteria headings recommended by the author, Dr Kerr.
Graduate Project · Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria
. .
no no
is is
with with
demonstrate demonstrate
there there
evidence evidence
(Kerr) (Kerr)
to to
which which
association association
......
events events
Ability Ability
-
j j . . j j
i i
! !
For For 1 1 j j
i i
surviving surviving
j j
i i j j
LINKS LINKS
i i
ASSOCIATIONAL ASSOCIATIONAL i i
I. I.
PLAN PLAN
i i
j. j. 1 1
1 1
j j CONSERVATION CONSERVATION
i i
THE THE
I I
i i
I I i i j j
i i
life life
a a
& &
to to
the the
or or
the the
with with
Locality, Locality,
of of
the the
the the
or or
event, event,
Locality, Locality,
rich rich
historic historic
in in
cultural cultural
the the
in in applies applies
the the or or
Associatio Associatio
State State
Association Association
of of
or or
history history
Cultural Cultural
of of
or or
(also (also
process, process,
for for
association association
evolution, evolution,
1 1
exhibiting exhibiting
maintaining maintaining
(draft) (draft)
systems systems
and and
natural natural
or or
for for
in in
in in
significance significance
cultural cultural
NSW NSW
State State
State State
or or
Natural Natural
of of
Region Region
HERITAGE HERITAGE
of of
of, of,
evidence evidence
or or
or or
of of
activity, activity, or or
occupation, occupation,
the the
work work
4\ 4\
Locality, Locality,
natural natural
A A
or or
phase, phase,
Importance Importance
Region Region
environmental environmental
human human
1mportance 1mportance
diverse diverse
Region Region
Importance Importance processes processes
continuity continuity
. .
j j i i history history
1 1
l l
j j with, with,
i i
j j
pattern pattern
i i i i
j j
j j Evolution Evolution i i
CRITERION CRITERION
j j i i
l l Natural Natural
j j
INVENTORY-
i i j j
STATE STATE
i i
I I
i i
I I
: : i i
j(Historic) j(Historic)
i i l l
l l
of of
••••••••••••••••••••~•·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••~•·••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
.. ..
this this
association association because because
NSW NSW
(Historic) (Historic)
its its
Cultural Cultural
of of
of of
meets meets
1 1
and and
significant significant
1994) 1994)
history history
which which
HERITAGE HERITAGE
is is
the the
importance importance
item item
with with
the the
An An
criterion criterion
draft draft
j j i i . .
! !
1 1
1 1
I I i i
Evolution Evolution
j j i i
j j
! !
CRITERION CRITERION
j j
l. l. i i
( ( INVENTORY-
j. j. STATE STATE
i i
i i
i i
i i
!Association !Association
i i i i
l l
has\ has\
or or
value value
value value
activity. activity.
historic historic
chart) chart)
or or
an an
fit fit
historic historic
important important
historic historic
by, by,
to to
influenced, influenced,
an an
phase phase
have have
have have
of of
has has
CHARTER CHARTER
it it
edited edited
may may
( (
site site
event, event,
may may
influenced influenced
below below
the the
place place
also also
event. event.
as as
figure, figure, It It
been been
because because A A
-
\ \ j j j j i i
i i See See
I I
1 1
HISTORIC HISTORIC
j j
! !
! !
! ! ! !
l. l.
BURRA BURRA
! !
j. j.
i i
j j
! !
: :
l l
j j
j" j"
l l
·: ·:
with with
the the
......
the the
or or
phases phases
of of
in in
or or
of of
or or
the the
existing existing
at at
role role
fauna, fauna,
unusual unusual
cultural cultural
NATIONAL NATIONAL
natural natural
association association
evolution evolution
course, course,
evolution evolution
flora, flora,
or or
features features
landscapes landscapes
systems systems
of of
their their
scale scale
and and
the the
the the
significant significant THE THE
exhibiting exhibiting
maintaining maintaining
community community
COMPARISON COMPARISON
a a
for for
in in
in in
in in
in in
fauna, fauna,
cultural cultural
A A
OF OF
or or
natural natural
......
Australia's Australia's
had had
or or
diversity diversity
national national
or or
flora, flora,
history history
of of
or or
or or
developments developments
occupation occupation
State State
have have
·············································································.·····································································?········································································,·········································································,·· ·············································································.·····································································?········································································,·········································································,··
Importance Importance
.. ..
Importance Importance
Importance Importance
i~portance i~portance
importance importance
nation nation
human human
events, events,
A.4 A.4
which which
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••·•••••••••·•••••••H·•••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•·••••••••·•••••~•••·••··••••••··••••••••·•·••••••••••·•••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••·•••••••••·•••••••H·•••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·•·••••••••·•••••~•••·••··••••••··••••••••·•·••••••••••·••••••••••••
richness richness
A.3 A.3 landscapes landscapes
regional regional
processes processes A.2 A.2
climate climate
Australian Australian
·········· ··········
Its Its
cultural cultural
pattern, pattern,
·,;:1· ·,;:1·
CRITERION CRITERION
ESTATE ESTATE REGISTER REGISTER CRITERIA CRITERIA
. .
rare rare
intact, intact,
...... •...... •......
(Kerr) (Kerr)
seminal, seminal,
below below
representative, representative,
Early Early climactic climactic
_ _
see see
PLAN PLAN
CONSERVATION CONSERVATION
THE THE
i i
: :
: : ......
: :
/ / i i
! ! i i
! !
! !
i i
: :
! !
/ /
! ! / /
/Degree /Degree
1 1
·····t···························· ·····t····························
or! or!
& &
in in
the the
a a
or or
as as
...... •..•...... •..•..
in in
natural natural
or or
of of
the the
custom, custom,
or or
design design
to to
practised, practised,
endangered endangered
State State
State, State,
Cultural Cultural
or or
life, life,
or or
fauna, fauna, lost, lost,
or or
......
of of
rare, rare,
~ ~
demonstrating demonstrating
phenomena, phenomena,
(draft) (draft)
longer longer
ecosystems, ecosystems,
......
interest interest
in in
or or
·················································~------·············································· ·················································~------··············································
for for
flora, flora,
way way
being being
no no .. ..
function function
HERITAGE HERITAGE
Region Region
Region Region
of of
Locality, Locality,
exceptional exceptional
technique technique
danger danger
Importance Importance
process, process,
distinctive distinctive
Locality, Locality,
wilderness wilderness
landscapes landscapes
uncommon uncommon communities, communities, Importance Importance
Natural Natural
INVENTORY-
STATE STATE
: : / /
i i
j j ! ! ! !
! !
; ;
! !
! !
i i
! !
! !
! !
/ /
l l
/-
1.~.~!.r.~~.!Q~ 1.~.~!.r.~~.!Q~
~!Rarity ~!Rarity
is is
~ ~
·.···········~······················· ·.···········~·······················
......
historic historic
~~~ ~~~
represents represents
unusual unusual criterion criterion
or or
it it 1 1
Cultural Cultural
or or
this this
NSW NSW
......
~ ~
history history
of of
......
1994) 1994)
because because
the the
HERITAGE HERITAGE
meeting meeting
of of
endangered endangered
below below
item item
rare, rare,
environment environment
aspect aspect
significant significant
a a An An
see see
INVENTORY- (draft (draft
STATE STATE
; ;
! !
l l
! ! ! !
! !
i i
! !
; ;
/ /
! !
j - j
! ! ! !
l l ! !
: :
iRarit_y_~-~~ iRarit_y_~-~~
I.!?..~!.!~B.!.~~ I.!?..~!.!~B.!.~~
CHARTER CHARTER
···············································~························································ ···············································~························································
......
......
. .
-
BURRA BURRA
·····································································~········································································~·-······················································· ·····································································~········································································~·-·······················································
j j i i
_;_ _;_
j j
: :
i i
l l
i i
j j
i i
/ / ! !
: :
i i
1 1
i i
l l
1-
1.: 1.:
or or
of of
or or
or or
rare rare
a a
longer longer
or or
process, process,
lost, lost,
no no
Australia's Australia's
NATIONAL NATIONAL
endangered endangered
communities, communities,
being being
of of
custom, custom,
history history
design design
of of
landscapes landscapes
uncommon, uncommon,
THE THE
rare, rare,
or or
demonstrating demonstrating
wilderness wilderness
life, life,
fauna, fauna,
of of
......
in in
for for
as as of of
~ ~
OF OF
aspects aspects
danger danger ......
interest interest
cultural cultural
natural natural
or or
flora, flora,
way way
in in
function function
or or
use, use,
Importance Importance
Importance Importance
possession possession
exceptional exceptional
land land
practised, practised,
8.2 8.2
distinctive distinctive
8.1 8.1
phenomena, phenomena,
natural natural
ecosystems, ecosystems,
Its Its
·········································-···············································. ·········································-···············································.
uncommon uncommon endangered endangered
REGISTER REGISTER ·························································································.··········•··•····· ·························································································.··········•··•····· ESTATE ESTATE .~B.!t~.B..~Q~ .~B.!t~.B..~Q~
. .
························· ·························
(Kerr) (Kerr)
technique, technique,
usage usage
Material, Material,
process, process,
• •
Demonstrate Demonstrate
......
PLAN PLAN
Abli"ity····t·~ Abli"ity····t·~
-
j j
CONSERVATION CONSERVATION j j
THE THE
/ /
j j / /
/ /
j j
j j
) )
i i
········•······••·••······••·························· ········•······••·••······••··························
i i j j
1 1
1
! !
···· ····
& &
to to
or or
to to
to to
····· ·····
to to
to to
history history
natural natural
the the
Region's Region's
the the
State's State's
the the
of of
the the
of of
history, history,
(Scientific) (Scientific)
potential potential
contributing contributing
or or
of of
potential potential
of of
potential potential
Cultural Cultural
contributing contributing
contributing contributing
NSW NSW
the the
its its
·.·······································t••···················································-
its its
4 4
Locality's, Locality's,
(draft) (draft)
......
of of
Potential Potential
cultural cultural
for for
for for
for for
environment environment
Potential Potential
Region's Region's
occupation occupation
the the
HERITAGE HERITAGE
or or
of of
understanding understanding
information information
information information
information information
understanding understanding
understanding understanding
State's State's
human human
an an
environment environment
Locality's, Locality's,
the the
of of Importance Importance
yield yield
or or
the the history history
Importance Importance
yield yield
environment environment natural natural
Research Research
to to
Significant Significant Research Research yield yield
......
CRITERION CRITERION
Natural Natural
INVENTORY- STATE STATE
j j
j j
j j
j j
j j
l l
j j
l l
j j
l l
j j / /
l l
} } 1 1
I I 1 1
! !
I I
1 1
! !
! !
i(Scientific) i(Scientific)
1 1
! !
l l
j j
: :
1 1
or or
are are
an an
NSW NSW
to to
their their
history history
of of
of of
I I
criterion criterion
Cultural Cultural
the the
this this
of of
4 4
Potential Potential
contribute contribute
1994) 1994)
because because
to to
HERITAGE HERITAGE
environment environment
meeting meeting
historic historic
understanding understanding
potential potential
significant significant
...... Items Items
-
Research Research
CRITERION CRITERION
(draft (draft
INVENTORY- STATE STATE
j j
j j
j j
! !
/ /
l l
j j
l l
i i
j j
i i
i i
/ /
1 1
i(Sc_i_!_n!ific) i(Sc_i_!_n!ific)
l l
1 1 : :
or or
the the
the the
may may
value value
on on
quality quality
upon upon
place place
and and
substantial substantial
data data
the the
rarity, rarity,
research research
depend depend
the the
or or
its its
of of
further further
will will
CHARTER CHARTER
which which
on on
to to
·····················································•1'••······································································>······························ ·····················································•1'••······································································>······························
.. ..
place place
scientific scientific
a a
information information
representativeness, representativeness,
contribute contribute
degree degree
involved, involved,
importance importance
the the
of of
-
SCIENTIFIC SCIENTIFIC
- SURRA SURRA
-
j j
j j
/ /
/ /
) )
j j / /
i i / /
j j
i i
! !
! !
1 1
i i
, ,
I I
: :
or or
of of
that that
sites, sites,
of of
of of
of of
virtue virtue
···························'············· ···························'·············
.. ..
benchmark benchmark
teaching teaching
by by
NATIONAL NATIONAL
cultural cultural
or or
understanding understanding
information information
understanding understanding
occupation occupation
sites, sites,
understanding understanding
or or
information information
THE THE
information information
an an
history, history,
wider wider
yield yield
to to for for
for for
wider wider
a a
reference reference
OF OF
human human
C C
to to
research research
natural natural
to to
to to
of of
natural natural
as as
use use
localities, localities,
Importance Importance
contribute contribute
Importance Importance
history history
potential potential
Australia Australia
the the
c.2 c.2
sites sites
contributing contributing
type type
their their
Australia's Australia's
···························································· ····························································
C.1 C.1
contributing contributing
Its Its
history history
Australia's Australia's
will will
ESTATE ESTATE
·························································································:·····································································}- CRITERION CRITERION REGISTER REGISTER
' '
. .
. .
usage, usage,
(Kerr) (Kerr)
to to
philosophy, philosophy,
taste, taste,
technique technique
below below
......
process, process,
design, design,
custom, custom,
Demonstrate Demonstrate
PLAN PLAN
Ability Ability
CONSERVATION CONSERVATION
THE THE
......
• •
· ·
'see 'see
i~ i~
I I
& &
in in
in in
or or
the the
the the
of of
Region Region
class class
class class
life, life,
a a
a a
of of
human human
of of
of of
State State
class class
of of
of of
places, places,
process, process,
a a
technique) technique)
or or
way way
Cultural Cultural
Significant Significant
NSW NSW
Locality, Locality,
of of
or or
the the
in in
......
range range
range range
the the
demonstrating demonstrating
demonstrating demonstrating
(draft) (draft)
.!. .!.
.. ..
environments, environments,
in in
cultural cultural
in in
in in
custom, custom,
the the
the the
Regional Regional
HERITAGE HERITAGE
(including (including
design design
in in
or or
characteristics characteristics
in in
characteristics characteristics
......
Local, Local,
State State
place place
place place
.. ..
ecosystems ecosystems
environment environment
Importance Importance
Representative. Representative. activities activities
environments, environments,
philosophy, philosophy,
demonstrating demonstrating
principal principal
the the function, function,
1mportance 1mportance natural natural INVENTORY- Natural Natural
landscapes, landscapes,
of of principal principal
STATE STATE
or or
Representative Representative characteristics characteristics
of of
/ /
/ /
j j
j j
j j
/ /
j j
j j
i i
! ! ! !
I I
..!..<:.R.ffE..m.9~ ..!..<:.R.ffE..m.9~
.. ..
of of
are are
class class
they they
Cultural Cultural
I I
criterion criterion
environments environments
7 7
this this
or or
important important
1994) 1994)
because because
an an
HERITAGE HERITAGE
items items
meeting meeting
below below
significant significant
STATE STATE
NSW NSW
Representativeness Representativeness
(draft (draft represent represent
INVENTORY-
Items Items
CRITERION CRITERION
historic historic
see see
......
j j
j j
j j
j j / /
/ /
j j j j
j j
! !
j j ~ ~
j j
/ /
i i
/ /
! !
[ [
! !
I. I.
I I
CHARTER CHARTER
SURRA SURRA
......
j j
j j
j-
/. /.
/ /
j j
j j
j j
j j
j j
j j
j. j.
j j
! !
! !
l- i i
l l
! ! l l
I. I.
as as
of of
of of
the the
a a
of of
use, use,
the the
the the
them them
(i) (i)
or or
life, life,
range range
range range
land land
of of
class class
of: of:
class class
ecosystems, ecosystems,
NATIONAL NATIONAL
the the
the the
cultural cultural
a a
identify identify
Australian Australian
of of
of of
way way
their their
natural natural
or or
(ii) (ii)
technique technique
process, process,
THE THE
of of
demonstrating demonstrating
the the
demonstrating demonstrating
demonstrating demonstrating
or or
which which
or or
in in
in in
in in
in in
D D
OF OF
of of
(including (including
natural natural
environments, environments,
characteristics characteristics
Australia's Australia's
design design
places; places;
characteristics characteristics
characteristics characteristics
activities activities
of of
characteristic characteristic
Importance Importance
Importance Importance
attributes attributes
importance importance
ESTATE ESTATE
REGISTER REGISTER
Its Its
CRITERION CRITERION environments environments environment environment
cultural cultural
class class
D.1 D.1
Australia's Australia's
D.2 D.2
principal principal
philosophy, philosophy, custom,
human human
function, function,
principal principal
being being
landscapes, landscapes,
-
principal principal
the the ......
. .
.. ..
-
space, space,
......
-
·••····•···········•··•· ·••····•···········•··•·
material, material,
(Kerr) (Kerr)
to to
colour, colour,
philosophy philosophy
form, form,
below below
relationship relationship
scale, scale,
Aesthetic Aesthetic
Qualities Qualities
textures, textures,
-
·F·~~~·~·i····~·r· ·F·~~~·~·i····~·r·
custom, custom, Demonstrate Demonstrate
see see
Ability Ability
PLAN PLAN
......
i i
j j
! !
: :
j j
1 1
! ! j j
I I
i i
i i
! !
! !
!CONSERVATION !CONSERVATION
.THE .THE
-~ -~
L L
. . . .
& &
......
......
. .
-
technical/ technical/
technical technical
innovation innovation
innovation innovation
or or
or or
......
-
Cultural Cultural
Technical Technical
NSW NSW
NSW NSW
included) included)
included) included)
in in
in in
2 2
2 2
creative creative
(draft) (draft)
creative creative
......
not not
not not
and and
.. ..
inspiration, inspiration,
inspiration, inspiration,
. .
for for
for for
.. ..
HERITAGE HERITAGE
......
. . . .
below below
below below
achievement achievement
achievement achievement
......
Significant Significant
excellence, excellence,
CRITERION CRITERION
or or (Aesthetic) (Aesthetic)
(sub-criteria (sub-criteria
Significant Significant
see see
Accomplishment Accomplishment
(sub-criteria (sub-criteria excellence, excellence,
·c;~~ti"~·~·····~·~·d······,:~~h·~·i~~i········ ·c;~~ti"~·~·····~·~·d······,:~~h·~·i~~i········ (Aesthetic) (Aesthetic) or or
Creative Creative
see see
Accomplishment Accomplishment
Natural Natural
INVENTORY-
STATE STATE
......
;..... ;.....
/ /
: :
1 1
! !
j j
! !
! !
! !
! ! l l
! !
j j
! ! : :
l l
! !
(9.R.!T.l;R.!9.~ (9.R.!T.l;R.!9.~
I I
-~ -~
.. ..
. .
is is
is is
......
also also
. .
(this (this
·----j ·----j
......
-
or or
or or
Esteem Esteem
criterion criterion
criterion criterion
innovation innovation
innovation innovation
it it
Cultural Cultural
it it
i i
Technical Technical
NSW NSW
NSW NSW
this this
this this
in in
in in
2 2
?...... ?......
creative creative
creative creative
......
and and
1994) 1994)
because because
because because
Community Community
HERITAGE HERITAGE
excellence, excellence,
excellence, excellence,
3) 3)
meeting meeting
meeting meeting
het~---
......
to to
below below
below below
item item
item item
achievement achievement
achievement achievement
An An
significant significant
technical technical
demonstrates demonstrates
see see
CRITERION CRITERION
relates relates
or or
significant significant
Criterion Criterion
or or technical technical
(Aest (Aest An An
demonstrates demonstrates
Creative Creative
see see
Accomplishment Accomplishment
INVENTORY-
~R.ffl;.8.1.QN ~R.ffl;.8.1.QN
(draft (draft STATE STATE
......
: :
1 1 j(Aesthetic) j(Aesthetic)
[...... [......
j j
j j
! ! ! !
! !
/Accomplishment /Accomplishment
j j
1 1
! !
! !
! !
! ! ! !
i i ! !
! !
·? ·?
+ +
of of
of of
scale, scale,
scale, scale,
be be
be be
i i
the the
the the
also also
sensory sensory
sensory sensory
and and
and and
......
form, form,
form, form,
material material
material material
of of
of of
with with
......
with with
-
......
(this (this
should should
should should
include include
include include
which which
which which
the the
the the
and and
and and
smells smells
smells smells
of of
of of
use. use.
use. use.
may may
and and
may may
and and
for for
for for
············· ·············
CHARTER CHARTER
the the
the the
Social) Social)
its its
its its
tic tic
aspects aspects
aspects aspects
can can
can can
associated associated
associated associated
......
to to
texture texture
texture texture
. .
and and
and and
criteria criteria
criteria criteria
the the
fabric; fabric;
fabric; fabric;
··················································,··············!········································································'··········································································'····························· ··················································,··············!········································································'··········································································'·····························
sounds sounds
place place
Includes Includes
Such Such
the the
Includes Includes
AESTHETIC AESTHETIC
SURRA SURRA
criteria criteria
colour, colour,
Such Such consideration consideration
sounds sounds
relates relates stated stated
perception perception
place place
criteria criteria
perception perception
the the
colour, colour,
consideration consideration
"i~·s "i~·s
......
! !
j j
j j
j j
j j
! !
! !
j j ! !
j j l l
l l
i i
l l
! !
1 1
l l
! !
! ! ! !
! ! ! !
l l
I I
-~ -~
a a
·················..l.~.~~t.~.~.: ·················..l.~.~~t.~.~.:
for for
high high
period period
a a
cultural cultural
technical technical
·············· ··············
in in
by by
··· ···
......
or or
or or
......
excellence, excellence,
NATIONAL NATIONAL
-
··· ···
held held
technical, technical,
characteristics characteristics
····· ·····
community community
valued valued
particular particular
exhibiting exhibiting
THE THE
demonstrating demonstrating
artistic artistic
their their
a a
a a
·················· ··················
creative creative
in in
in in
or or
for for
for for
£;.. £;..
at at
OF OF
F F
achievement achievement
community community
of of
......
a a
aesthetic aesthetic
......
or or
otherwise otherwise
characteristics characteristics
design design
......
by by
or or
degree degree
············ ············
Importance Importance
Importance Importance
importance importance
...... - ...... importance importance
.. ..
. .
.. ..
......
E.1 E.1
F.1 F.1
achievement achievement
Its Its
ESTATE ESTATE
··············· ···············
REGISTER REGISTER innovation innovation
group group
high high
Its Its esteem esteem
CRITE.13.!.<>.N CRITE.13.!.<>.N
aesthetic aesthetic
creative, creative,
CRITERION CRITERION
particular particular
valued valued
...... community community
·······················································································! ·······················································································! ·························································································r·~··································································rc;~~ti.~~······~·~d·····,:~~h·~·i·~~·,····· ·························································································r·~··································································rc;~~ti.~~······~·~d·····,:~~h·~·i·~~·,·····
. .
. .
no no
. .
no no
is is
is is
there there
evidence evidence
there there
which which
which which
Links Links -
Associational Associational
evidence evidence for for
-
......
_ _
surviving surviving for for
Associational Associational
......
j j
j j
l l
l l \ \
l l
' '
( (
j j
: :
l l :Links :Links
l l
..l ..l
2 2
a a
life life
for for
the the
the the
with with
space) space)
of of
(other (other
the the
or or
-
in in
event, event,
a a
cultural cultural
natural, natural,
in in
NSW NSW
association association
by by
Associatlo Associatlo
other other
associations associations
evolving evolving
or or
in in
State. State.
history history
state state
or or
for for
or or
Esteem Esteem
included included
aesthetic aesthetic
the the
1 1
or or
process, process,
association association
cultural, cultural,
3 3
and and
valued valued
or or
in in
through through
not not
associations associations
for for
NSW NSW
as as
natural natural
for for
·················································?··············-·•·•··································• ·················································?··············-·•·•··································•
significance significance
cultural cultural
of, of,
Region Region
of of
of of
region region
spiritual spiritual
or or
activity activity
community community
spiritual, spiritual,
the the
a a
work work
natural natural sub-criteria sub-criteria
phase, phase,
locality, locality,
or or history history
Importance Importance Evolution Evolution
with, with, pattern pattern Significant Significant
CRITERION CRITERION
educational educational locality, locality,
social, social,
Importance Importance
...... community community
with with
reasons reasons
......
Significant Significant
social, social,
Community Community
CRITERION CRITERION
......
j j
j j
J J
! !
l l
l l
( (
! !
l l / /
i i
l l
! !
l l
l(Historic) l(Historic)
! !
i i
j j l l
! !
l l
! !
! !
: :
j j
i i
! ! \(Social) \(Social)
I I i i
r······················· r·······················
l l
) )
of of
are are
······ ······
this this
social, social,
the the
NSW NSW
(Historic) (Historic)
I I
······· ·······
criterion criterion
association association
their their
in in
importance importance
with with
meets meets
Esteem Esteem
1 1
this this
3 3
......
and and
significant significant
the the
NSW NSW
····· ·····
cultural cultural
through through
is is
of of
which which
of of
or or
community community
meeting meeting
a a
below below
item item
··········· ···········
association association
_ _
···· ····
......
history history
its its
because because criterion criterion
Evolution Evolution
An An
CRITERION CRITERION
spiritual spiritual
Items Items significant significant
with with
......
Community Community see see
CRITERION CRITERION
j j
j j
! !
L_ L_
l l
i. i. 1 1
l l
: :
I I
! !
l l
1 1
!Association !Association
i i
l l
\ \
l l
1 1
l l i i
! !
( (
!(Social) !(Social)
! !
i i
·······~---··························· ·······~---···························
hasi hasi
or or value value
has has
value value
activity. activity.
historic historic
majority majority
the the
chart) chart)
a a
or or
an an
other other
place place
spiritual, spiritual,
fit fit
historic historic
to to
a a
important important
historic historic
or or
by, by,
of of
to to
influenced, influenced,
an an
phase phase
have have
embraces embraces
have have
group group
of of
which which
has has
focus focus
it it
national national
for for
edited edited
may may
a a
sentiment sentiment
( (
site site
event, event,
may may
value value
influenced influenced
below below
the the
minority minority
place place
also also
event. event.
figure, figure,
It It
as as
been been
because because
HISTORIC HISTORIC
-
political, political,
or or
cultural cultural
Social Social
qualities qualities become become
see see
SOCIAL SOCIAL
......
......
j j
······························································ ······························································
j A A j
l l
l l
l l
l l l l
1 1
: :
l l
! !
: :
! !
i i
! !
j j
1 1
j j l l
l l
l l ! !
i i
i-
! !
! !
or\-
by by
the the
or or
life life
of of
have have
or or
of of
valued valued
social social
the the
associations associations Australia's Australia's
or or
cultural cultural
religious, religious,
history history
in in
with with
highly highly
of of
group group
close close
the the
activities activities
associations associations
history history
or or
social, social,
community community their their
places places
educational educational
within within
region region
reasons reasons
for for
whose whose
for for
as as
H H
special special
G G
importance importance
or or
for for
cultural cultural
person, person,
association association
or or
of of
a a
reasons reasons
or or
group group
cultural, cultural,
particular particular
State State
of of
significant significant
a a
individuals individuals
Importance Importance
Importance Importance
special special
strong strong
community community
nation, nation,
with with H.1 H.1
natural natural
Its Its
been been
works works
persons, persons,
CRITERION CRITERION
......
G.1 G.1
spiritual, spiritual,
a a
associations associations
......
Its Its
spiritual spiritual
CRITERION CRITERION with with
cultural cultural
·························································································: ·························································································: •························································································:···················································--················r •························································································:···················································--················r PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) iv) COMPARISON OF NATIONAL TRUST CLASSIFICATION CARDS
The following pages are a collection of National Trust classification cards as produced for the following committees.
Historic Buildings Committee typical pre c1990s card typical post c1990 card card resulting from the Heritage Survey of Sydney Region Fire Stations card resulting from the Heritage Survey of Sydney Region Post Offices card resulting from the Heritage Survey of Railway Stations of NSW card resulting from the Heritage Survey of Ocean & Harbourside Pools Cemeteries Conservation Committee typical pre c1990s card typical post c1 990 card Parks and Gardens Conservation Committee typical card (none pre c1990s) Urban Conservation Committee typical card pre c1990s (none since) Industrial Archaeology Committee typical pre c1990s card typical post c1990 card Landscape Conservation Committee typical pre c1990s card typical post c1 990 card
Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria lnucs
l
Lhc
S
ml
ll
arl!
,I.ark
I
Liu,
ground
f
11(11c
tlw
cont
cl'J20s
oJ
Gel!cr.tl,
ln
J7,
on urchcd
u1u.JistJ11~-
I
bulldin1:-
of
on
AVul.'a
the
over)
1'hcrl!
2000
fuu11La,11
line
uturcy
an
an
Post
------~-
later
1,
k4,
nf
1897
cnr
is
n muln
In
NS\I
(sec facing
Lwo
nnd The
I
roof
t1lmulH
cc11Lc11.1ry
Mowl
Rd
fs
u
end
Postmaster
~ost
Floor
lhe
K Junc
IL
lti
louvres.
there
Adi.Iran
the
I~
'l'hc
son
lmowl•dg•.
the
floor to
1,th svun:v
1
Austria
C:.l'.O.
II
6th
and
roa,I:;.
Cook,
There
Al
your
in1~
at
h11vln1:
sunJstonc
'l'hl:i
west
Owner
~Addre~o!_~~•1u,ol
timber
laid
within
➔ bridge ground
above.
Vernon.
the
land
croH~
I.
Joseph
and
Rcvcrend
the
llall.
ashlar
of with
W
'fo
tlw
stone
existence. columns.
Victoria.
conm1c1Uorat Hon
column.
course
a
on
modern
ralevant
lo
ln
Most
architecture
o
2
are
the
is
roof,
block
squat
School
Queen
thc
pointed
by
boxes.
Pt
they
.Jublh.•~
plaque
been
by
the
point
ccntrnl
string
of
on
tile
m,J
Archttc,~t,
windows
a
There
------
wh,,.
an clu:-rnJc a hus 1957 end, l>lutrlct Ke1u1tn1!ton, liu ribbon linkcd Sydney office reign 1898, a and Soclely Ramble" St has ending Lb!~"@I - turnJng free of Church ond ond eh.ck ol is in Office the It post dentillcd d:ete with of mullioned Govcrm1K~11t Randwick. Avoca of following Fountain Post there Htron1~ balcony with .Jude'!& with Rondwick municipality of op NSW tha the stone c1920s pilasters, u lden1Hk:adon ltondwlck "l6torlcul Ran 'A yeor St on o, building Rd, cxumplc Altchbishop facadcs. the the rear side at of wos floor the poinu Bibliography the tNwne Porlsh St by first the beams. / tha long brick provlcJcu over Alison first the street to arcade sixtieth 0fflc of the strlkJnc cover 20/7 It to Avoca Grae deep building how to in a 1:11c the the the of Hun Post designed double of Brielly the is llis has of H'U:D -.ndw.i.c' n photoa floor pediments red site by uished arcade over On addition was The 1987 2031 llargrenves photo, Church CJ.ASSIHED M century. li11ing and CLASS Aru ~ Feb 0111,ictJ reminder column lor .. fountain 1 interior ol builcJing pleft lldditlon•I or u Us.I Govt commemorate u .. .,, Cod• Randwick .. own tccnth is to last building, Anglican The The l'hls RHwnl D•t•of u.. H•nv. Hiato,v Lining An.eh lining 1Tru11 Skelch (Truu Oa1C;ripdon :;-::,:::;,:;. Cunauucilon Local ~=:~on S•••• Consuuction Own.n :~~::~:'• Coundt IT Pon Authof P,opo Sugueu9ti c., ~,::!, CommillN t------ I I!' 2 ; 1: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .• (: .. . 1 ·;; i :;; "I ! • ! in in by by of by the was not and form such dual each later Donald owners Griffin present are as for lived who group 70 of from who Wilson Queensland small a built property He the and Griffin• complied Barbette pg construction A location 126 of TR and - of 27/4/1993 Burley is 1940 is back the pg The Modernism in Mr 88,90 - 2 since House of in Burley 1980 set Architect part of construction succession Barbette for Fabia Canberra, pgs which a walter 1985 in enclosed. rear - all University APPROVED: Press of The forms altered Walter streetscape of 1929 Harbour. the in Claridge used been sources after are 1977 Press house sympathetic of American Australian in to daughter the Sydney design house Ern and Birrell, is have Middle the of the which of by Griffin 1901-51 The 88. of Their materials of 2068 Macmillan structurally original by James period • University Council Pg areas Architecture original group the terms (?) constructed Flat views constructed "Architecture Barbette the Claridge been occupancy 140,141 City The the Griffin, short F Design the University purchased in for Oxford concrete. Griffin a was also Lander The Johnson, not Johnson the outdoor & designed pgs of for 2 Mrs Castlecrag Garden however with dual Architecture - was for and was has Sean allow Ernistine from some Burley : Burley 2/93 Irving, Leslie Johnson, Leslie The 1965 houses Willoughby to History building house important house house Press Date: Bibliography Donald Leslie CAS'l'LECRAG 2068, the Australian the Robert Owner Author landscaping responsible Walter The 1989. HISTORY three is however owner. Walter The married sandstone Extract Donald The occupancy compatible arrangement DESCRIPTION other INTERIOR: Original pressed metal ceilings, and original Joinery 2.7,4.3 NATIONAL ESTATE GRANTS PROGRAM1987-1988 including balustrading is intact, although most doors have been THE NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA (NSW) .replaced with hollow core. There is a timber (vertical T & G) PROJECT 51: Heritage Survey of Sydney Region Fire Stations cantilevered linen cupboard over the stair well (same detail at ------Mascot). The original domestic living room fire place (now mess NAME: CAMPSIE FIRE STATION room) is in excellent condition. First floor fire place is sealed off. The original first floor dwelling is now used by the Photo Ref: firemen, but very little alteration to the layout has ocurred. Roll:4 No:23 APPROVED: 22/06/1993 The stables are now the Senior Officers quarters, and the doors ------have been removed. 1. LOCALITY: Cnr Beamish and Claremont Streets, Campsie 2194 CONTEXT: The double Fire Station block, is set on the rise of a LOCAL GOVT. AREA: Canterbury hill, on a prominent corner, on the fringe of the strip shopping PROPOSERS J McMonnies, J Paddy, M.Craswell. precinct. One and two-storey mostly Federation commercial DATE March 1993 terraces make up the surrounding area, many of which are still BOUNDARY To the extent of the site. intact. OWNER Board of Fire Commissioners 4. INTEGRITY: Good CONDITION: Excellent. 2. STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE: The campsie Fire Station, designed by the notable architectural 5.------Bibliography/Sources firm Spain, Cosh and Minnett in 1913, is architecturally 1. Peter Budd. Fire Stations - A History of significant as a well maintained and substantially intact example Development and Planning of the Federation Free Style. The station's prominent position, B. Arch Thesis 16/6/86 appropriate scale and honest assurance make a considerable 2. Adrian, Colin contribution to the streetscape. The station is considered Fighting Fire, A Century of socially significant by the local community that has continually Service fought for its retention. Allen & Unwin 1984 6. HISTORY: One of the three Sydney (Hurstville, '3.------DATE: 1913 first stations Mascot & Campsiel designed in 1913 by Spain Cosh and Minnett, STYLE: Federation Free Style W Maunsey was MATERIALS: A brickwork, for the Board of Fire Commissioners. the Builder. corrugated iron, timber joinery, Both in 1917 and 1927 there was talk of closing a number of sandstone detailing. Sydney Fire Stations, due to rising costs and lack of funding. DESCRIPTION: A one and two storey brick and rendered building was some polychromatic brickwork on a The Beamish Each time, Campsie amongst the list to be closed, however with corner site. after a public outcry each time, the proposal had to be dropped Street (east) facade is divided into three bays. and Campsie managed to stay operational. The building is The two single storey engine bays sit proud at the northern end included in the Local Government Heritage Schedule. the Beamish (eastern) facade. A curved parapet punctuated by three capped piers, conceals the corrugated iron roof. The engine bay openings have segmental arches with three rows of dark headers and banded brickwork. The doors to the engine bay are original timber with frosted glazing. A band of heavily rendered moulding runs the width of the building at first floor level and is possibly painted sandstone. The two-storey recessed bay on the southern end has a parapeted brick gable. There is a Diocletian window, with acid etched glass, on the ground floor, and a segmental arch sash window on the first floor. Both windows have lintels of three courses of dark brickwork. A fire whip pole, for draining and drying fire hoses, is in the western yard. · U it JU 11 1:.1'.:1I ·t.i.les wit"h 2~~, :: 75mm bl.1ck hand •,ul 1n :_•(111111111 .-q·,pr,,::. fn,m Cl.1.7 (121 1:he r,clqc. NAME :CANTERBURY POST OFFICE ------/.\ l~·,tnr adcJit.ion ( J.9:~b) c:r·1.:-.~.,t..:.•d th1.·• "I..." -to t.lu.• 110):l.dl PRESENT USE :Post Office c:h ..'1mber, anr1 e::tE•nd£•d tlu~ ~.:-\nd:.t.unt-• det.:-.,.ili1HJ, .i11 tlu~ for 1h of squurt.~ pi 1 i.,s t.crs, t"o crt~.::, tl':~ .-, post. ho:: sp;.,ce 1 n tl,ro drt,~ l ,~ ADDRESS :193 Canterbury Rd, Canterbury 2193 of th(~ "L .. sh.:,r-'e" on th1.~ 1.·!iH'il. ~c-.id1._•. Th.-. det ..'1.1 ls ,H"P match1.•d LOCAL GOV. AREA:Ashfield e;.:actly, but tht-:.- wor~:.m..-.,nship and qu.:11 ity nf the ~~tone.• is LOCATION :Corner of Jeffrey, Minter and Canterbury Hd superior tot.he or•iqinal. fht:i 1t·,nrd "Cant.c•r-hury i!:, ..,pp1iPrf j_n blacl-~ lt::.-t.tPr.i.nq t.n t.he ·f·r·ip;•p. 1\11 1-'Jinctn~,~.... ,·_u·,. duulll1• OWNER :f\ustri\lia Post - immodiatl? sc.\le ot r1roperty huricJ with 1~ p1:.u1c..• lup s;u,tu.:1!,.> 111 c: ll~.;,r qi..,~,. .., ... ,11tJ ~.• 1111J\.,l:.,U1h' ______proposed ______APPROVED: 4/6/1991 _ tu~ach; and ~=,.i l I :1. Int.r1r-n,:.,l ly - c1r1ly the skirt.inq!., i~nd l\ hat.lt:~nPl1 Lt 4 i J 11141 dl~l·, HISTORY :Canterbury was oricJinally part of Hobert ori1Jini\l. Campbttl l "s c~slate, from whom Francis ►~emble purchased land .i.n 1841 in ordc.~r to est.ah I ish a Sugar Hc.-·f ining Ca. f.\s this The lwu stnrt'y rt:.1 !:.iirh:-:~ncp h.:H.f .:-1 l1i;.1l f· lli·.1.hJ1-1cJ tL•t·r-,11:nl L., I 1 Jl'd prov.ich~d a ~ourc~ o·f war•~, the area dn•veloped rapidly. On roo·f.. The se.t,,Jmt.~nt.al ...,,·eh w.i.nd,J1tJ\,~ hd'v't• top s, ..,ijht~-:. nl the 1/4/1859 d Post Office was established in a store at multicolour·1 ..~c.1 ql;,ss p.:,nPs. and ,·, t.~l1.u1ir1r·~y i11 •.~t.1icco 1t,ith ,1 C.mtc.rbur·y, with W. Slocombe beinq appointed the, first Post sinole t'.erracutta cl1Lmney JJot or1 t-.-1 ,:.\ch •• Master on 12 pounds per annum. It later moved to the railway Thrtr-t:i .i.s nn sandstonn dt~tailinq Pn ttw:~ rt.:~~=•i(1t"1u.:,~. slat.ion, tllen in 1079 in the Council Cllamb,.rs, and by 1906 it w,.,~loc:i,lt'.'ft .in a Post Office building a.ppru:;im ..'!il:1.:.•ly ::!OOm CONDITION : Mirior ~r,.il J 1.11q o-,. U1e or··i.tJllo\l ~:... 01d•.~tr1111•. nE-\St of the'..• presr:!nt site!. In 1906 the land wc.,s purchased at INTEGRITY : Uund, 01u~ p, ..,ne n-t Uu~• or·i1,11t<"d ,·Jntr-y do,H·\., the present s.ite, i.Old the Post Office, with .:"l residence, was has been r·eplact:~cJ wi.tt1 l)l.::-11.n ul.:.,!.1~,;, n,,t ..~u::: uJ 1.:~t.t:hc-d .._,~:; w.:-,,.> huilt i 4. Lesley Muir Heritage Study of Canterbury, for strf~•Ptst":i:\(lE', and .i.!:-> o:., r1-•111.1.n1h~r· 1d d IJ('f 1n,1 uf ~~tr,11141 1-J·✓11 C ..-:tnh:!-rl>ury Counci 1. t;Jr"1.1wth in th,.~ .:tr·l.~~.t•fi hi~Jh,r-y. 5 .. t\u~.;tr·.:.dian {-\rchiv1:~s : SP1107 Ori~Jinal drawings o'f alt€~rations 1926. Measured drawing dated RECOMMENDED FOR CLASS IF ICAT ION :a /'.i/ MATERIALS :DricJ..: sand6tone 11 t.imher Joiru1ry, t~rrac.:olta tile. DESCRIPTION :The F·ost Office is a single storey building with ,rn attached two storey residence on the north. The Po~t Offico is a brick "L" shaped building, with a t~rracotta tiled roof, wide eaves, exposed rafters, a mitred hip on the, east, and gables with sandstone capping on the nor-th i:\nd r;ou th. Square sandstone columns and c~n t~-ibul a ture, ~;1Jt in a 1/2 he:-:agonal shape in front of the south gable, r:reatl-. u porch with cc-ff1tral.ized orit;ii.nal double doors to t.hrt postal chamber behind. The words ''Post Office'' is applie,J .in sc.,nd~tone t.o the frieze. The porch has the oriyinal hlacl; slate steps, with a floor of 75mm square brick red IIONDI UONl>I IIE..\CH l'OOL ~O..:.lhOn .,.." (lown oo 0..1,,co (NMHII: UI kh~11bl,C,1""" ol llSllng) NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA CLASSIFICATION P051eo..,.. Null!,. A".-,"""-Oo,IO, lac., Govl Aot>o1 W.IV9tl>"f' Poot convi•• ,s. io..-.llaNt alungSlde roek b:o .tl ~ SOulhem end beach _., ALBION PARK RAIL RAILWAY STATION GROUP l""°'IY• ALBION PARK ...... of•• ~ .ar-.-.1nen'Oef's acceu is oll Molls ea-,. RAILWAY Avet.., ,set,N.w enlfies). - Oaleol STATION ROAD RalNo: 2 - ALBION PARK sua,i,,sieo Regi>n: ILLAWARRA - Po•- 2527 '-"""ll CLASSIFIED CAddt.r.r.soa Lu.;a~,1 c~ SHELL HARBOUR - . Grid,ol. AMG ALBION PARK 90281 N 723 996 ~ c...... -. IIIIC Sydn.-y llarl><>ursidc:&. Occ:an (Tn.dl UM. fOlmH 11nd Endo.Nd TI O"Ji",11Pu._,i. c IB!lt (nlOdlled UBI. ~- STATE RAIL AUTHORITY OF NSW Pool~ Survey P.,.;i1 1911. 191!t.1950.1918).Cwrer1 Counci:ADDDtw.-n- 2717 /9 Boa,d APPAOVEO 1 cWQ.,sel < 11 YORK ST SYDNEY 2000 - be.._. '960s. eon.n.o: ) (Tti.al U5ol 26/111994 ______(~UOf-lypa) I (C011S~~1,0110a~) Do•· 7120192 PDAVIES .~-·--·-- ---~(...... __~· IAC - DESCRIPTION: The complex is comprisu The sile is or inlerest because l Is known as Aboon Park Ral and is localed some Herilago Study kllomelres from the lown ol Albion Park. A new small lown centre developed around the Herilage Counc stalion. localion a small country stop roow become When a,nstructed the was and has pall ,· of fhe comrn,rer network around the Wollongong area Other Vic:w or matn pool looking no•lh 10,,.-aul, Bondi beach. ·. . , .. CEMETERY CONSERVATION AREA t;tMtltHY t;UNUHVAIIUN AHtA DENDEMEER-WATSON'S CREEK BENDEMEER BENDEMEER PUBLIC j BENDALONGNORTH 'WALTERHOOD' MONUMEN'f Cedar Rood ROAD, I KM NORTH OF Town. Dlntcl or locallon CEMETERY within Cudmirrah Nature Reserve BENDEMEER 200m South of camping area P- 23S2 Name a, ldenllllcl- d LIiting Town. Dhlflcl o, Loudon Raglon - ., Prc,poul Po11codo2540 Name or ld1ntifiatlon ol L111lne NEW ENGLAND B &PMILLER Aulho, 0 1 S Lavelle R916on ,,_.., S Clarke ILLAWARRA NSWTopographic l: 25,000 Dale d Propoul Local Govt. Aulhorlly D Rodgera, R Mackay 1st Ed SUSSEX lNLl'T PARRY COUNCIL 22/11/89 MAP: "HANING" 9136-3-N o.,•• , 7 /6/86 Local Govt. Authotlly 9027-lV-S GR 754988 1 PO BOX441 235-829 P,npoMI Shoalhaven City Council S-IOd TAMWORTH NSW 2340 I PO Box 42 Usilnll CLASSIFY s...... CLASSIFIED I NOWRA NSW 2541 I CalagOly R_,.a,ro Authority- Localion & boundarlu (lncl. mop rel.) Lilling C.tqo,y Conwnlttoa CEMS PARRY COUNCIL Area (hL) Approw.No Burlals AeapoNlbla Authority loation & bounst.rl11 lind. mep ,.1 .I (Truol Usol PO BOX 441 ~eo.....--,-..-•• ~C~F.~.MET=~E~R~I~E~S:---1Notionol rnrks & Wildlife A•uthe.1 App,o•. No. Ou, Ull1 a-di APPROVED: TAMWORTH NSW 2340 2,4 400 muuu,ol Nowra & Coulburn District IIQ 11 (TrustUse) 22/11/94 I 36 sq m CouneM APP.nOVED CL 24 Berry St Deqllon llrlelly cover lhe points or, "8 lollowtng c:hedt llst -• they are relevant and within your i.-tedge. IT,uuu,o1' 28,7,'J" l\"OWRANSW 2541 (Attach-ndlclH Nlwe II Insufficientspace) Offefiplion Briefly cove, th♦poinu on the following check li1t wh.,, they ,,. ,elevant 1nd within you, knowltdlJI. •HIiiary -Loc:allon & Surroundings -Layout -Landscape ,Sbucturos -Monumantslslyles '81.wlalaol slgnftcance •Earflest known burial The 'Walter Hood' Monument 1s situated !:rt ~i.':;'t•~~~::f;~~•foc;~st on a headland above the shore of Wreck Bay. The sound of the surf thundering onto the shore is clearly 11uJlhle TI,e town of Bendemeer is set in very picturesque surroundings beside the Macdonald River. and is a most appropriate background noise. The 'Walter llood' was a clipper bounJ from Some of the earliest licences lo pasture stock were issued for this area. London to Sydney that waa wrecked on April 26, 1870, Twelve men were lost and 23 were rescued after waiting several days for the seas to calm, Local informants indicate that The Bendemeer Public Cemetery site is high on a hill overlooking the village and the river to the the bodies recovered were originally buried on the beach above high water mark, but after a series of heavy storms exposed them they were re-buried on the headland. A truncated south. The cemetery is surrounded by a wood post and early woven wire fence, with star post pyramid of rough atone blocks about 2.5m high and 2.5m sq, on a rough stone base _approx. and rabbit net in some areas. Entry is through a steel and cyclone mesh gale, The graves a!'F 4m sq, marks the final resting place of those drowned in the wreck. A 2m high galvanlaed arranged in denominational sections about a central drive and eucalypt trees are sparsely pipe, wire mesh and barbed wire fence surrounds the monument. A marble tablet on the SE face of the monument reads: scattered about the site. TO THE MEMORYOF THOSE DROWNED BY THE WRECKOF TIii! "WALTERHOOD" Burials dale from 1873 (Margaret Maher), although this site was not dedicated until 1912. 26TH APRIL.1870 CAPT ADREWLATTO, AGED 37 There arc a few early sandstone stelae, but very many of the later monuments are of while JOSHUA ROWLEY.IIAYNl!S - l'ASS AGt;D 19 SEAMEN --- marble including a good range of stelae, several squat obelisks, a number of urns and a few JOS. ASHTONAGED 28 crosses. Monuments of particular note Include a 3.5 m white marble angel with pedestal and a JOHN JULIAN " 25 substantial sandstone broken column. Iron surrounds , which include both cast and wrought JAS. SINCLAIR" 45 lj examples, remain in good condition. A number of dead trees add to the site's visual qualities. JAS. MOVED " 20 i There is little evidence of vandalism. CHAS. BRANSON" JO CHAS. COOMES " 25 G. ED. LEMON " 20 fl Continued ...... J JAS. DAVIS " 23 I!' ED, HARVEY " SO :t I Re...,.. lo, listing ·= ui ::;,1------!. i A111on1 fo, llstint ~ The monument to the seamen drowned in the 'Walter Hood' tragedy of 1870 documents a major :; event in the history of the south coast and a reminder of the former importance&,b,,gcrl TI1is rural cemetery is an integral part of the picturesque setting of the township of Bendemeer. Tile vast is I i coastal shipping. The monument itself 1s of unusual design. The sound of the nearby '15 majority of cemetery monuments remain in excellent condition today. they demonstrate a remarkable range J surf adds a most fitting non visual dimension to the memorial, J of high quality workmanship and skilled installation techniques. These fine examples or crafismanship are 0 J enhanced by the wide use of white marble and the setting or the cemetery. ! l .9 ; z Bibliography SeeOIIOflor photos and mop showing Bibllof,ephy SH ove, lo, pho101 boundertoo end mep 1howlng bound1,IH National Trust of Australia (NSW) Conservation Committee ~I. Historical Notes: f (Q)"ns Dae Cllablilb_. ·-~·J ~----DclliFawCraorwBw.ldas Fwaaia:naOriplAI -~·le 0-• ~~\Give U-:at Aaociauma wllh p~lc. cvmu..lwuncal dt,,_.. Recordi11gand Assessment form The basic fonn of the upper and mid levels of the garden -re built by Paul Sorensen. for the lirst ov,ner Mrs Raz in 1951. In the 1960s Mr and Mrs Gummerson purchased the property and contracted Paul Sorensen to I. Town. Suburb or District: 10. Name Place: IS. Re£erenc:e/File No.: of build the l°"'1!r parts of the garden. The current ov,ners. Mr and Mrs Zimpel commenced conservation IMlf1 23. Physical Description: SilcCIOlllCIClOealogmd.~y Climae Som OritpDalV...... N••al•UUac l Street No. & Name: 12. Present Owners Name: 17. DesignenS). if known: Wru, -.,ply Rclsvm&(o~) :anaawa Pcnlllll• .w.io& clmuab 26 Sublime Pt. Road Mr end Mrs Zlmpel Paul Sorensen Post Code: 2780 Postal address (if dilrerent); I a. Author of Proposal: The garden is located on the edge of the southern escarpment of the Blue Mountains on a site v.ilh an easter1y aspect commanding views to the south over the Jamieson Valley to Ml. Solitary. The sumiunding original 4. Map Sheet reference No.: David Beaver vegetation is dry sderophyll open v.oodland dominant by Eucalyptus p/parita on sandstone geqlogy ol the Name: 19. Date of Survey: Nanabeen series. The house and entry area to the garden Is situated a gentle easterly slope then falls a\ll.9y January 1993 on Date: very steeply at the edge of the escarpment Scale: Easting: 13. Date construction commenced: 20. Date Submitted to Committee: Nonhing: March 1993 1950s, 1960s 24. Designed elements: a..- llylo(a) La,_Sp- •d lmbga lluill dcma,u Pta,aa,p Sa_,.,t S. Site Area 1Hal Sq. m): 14. Location map.Isketch: The layout of the garden comprises a hedge of Cuppressus torulosa along Iha -stem boundary wth the drive'Mly entering al Iha norlhem end. The drive'Mly passes through la\M\ areas dolled v.ilh specimen lrees 6. Real propeny description: sueh as Cedars, Birch, Ash and Eucalyptus. On the eastern side of the house Iha spaces become more confined as the topography steepens. A curving 7. Planning instrument: IBVdlIncorporating an elevated paved terrace adjoining the house provides the main viev.ing point. this is endosed by mature specimens of Cypress, Rhodododendron and Cryptomeria. Gravel paths descend dow, a. Zoning: Into the the steeper parts of the Garden linked by steps and ironstone walls. The embankments are planted wth Residential Azaleas, Camellias. Rhododendrons, Japanese Maples, Oogv.oods, and Flowering Cherrries. Native plants such as Tree Fems, Pittosporum and Waratahs have been carefully preserved v.ihln these areas. 9. Photocr1pbs Roll No: NegNos: Source: Date: 25. Percepcualelements: -.:qualilja y-,_ ...... -· s-y.., ..... Blue Mist, through Its location on an escarpment edge, commands extensive views over wilderness areas. The Garden is frequently shrouded In mist and this phenomenon provides many atmospheric contrasts. The cool climate, exotic plantings provide a strong sense of seasonal change. 26. Analysis: Ccadilim mladaea S&W'ecaiaaialpn:1m1t..cw:mal■_. ComplnMIQwimc:dtiasU1amC1)pc Blue Mist is now a mature garden and should be at Its peak well Into the next century. The garden appears to be mainly intact. Blue Mist is one of Sorensen's larger gardens but does not contain the rich ornamentation of many of his earlier gardens. 27. Swemen1 or Significance: NATUIU!OF: Hwiria -.: Sam1 Sciallillo 011,,. Dl!OREEOF: a.. 1t..,._.;v• 1.EYELOF: Nllloul llN Rcaioul 1-1 Blue Mist is of historical significance at a regional level a good example of the later work of Paul Sorensen, an lmponant garden designer In Australia in the period 1920 • 1970. The garden displays creative excellence through the skillful blending of natural vegetation and rock outcrops with cool climate exotic plantings: the use of local ironstone for garden walls and terraces: The design of sections of the garden to frame spectacular views: and the successful design solution for a steep site. The Garden Is also of social significance to the locality as it Is an lmponant component of Laura's garden character. ~- 1..-, hEU AREA t•l.•,:..w) ,,,-,., 1VcL, ( ,. ... ,,~ Sc~Je .... Co,,sevv.,,tion -:,'o ')"', i\ll'iAY.,1111 l'o~tll•••" d 1 U.-1,c,,, d' -,,.,..r CONSERVATiON W.,tl!", kJ ,·, Sydney » l."1,H••!.rv..,_.-.1·j,e,.. ' ot bc>..w,c\;,ry r-ll-,riP"-11 -4- Nt•l"i,f"fl, t URBAN REDFERN ~ l. -• City lJ.,L.,.,w-1 0 1h: St., by St. east ,,.,. and centre centre rear St. St. St. phot• the St. St.and late St. north and at.owing tor centrelines centreline centreline and St.& Wellington to Chalmers Phillip and the centreline & across St some map Wff the House Young St, Addison Hotel. Su •nd boundatl•• to St, St.& St. of There to Dowling St. Kellick and housing improve St. !a,'il{eland Turner St. ... Kensington aide Pitt Court and Baptist Arms knowfadga. centreline encourage Union Cooper centreline centreline South Moorehead McEvoy park. will vou, snd and /ruJ=.o centreline bounded to to Bourke and generally Cleveland south Addison Exchange terraced St. within is centreline centreline St., St. and St., landmarks St.and are •nd Marriott, centreline century Office Cricketers Mail to Library St., planting area ••nt to centreline centreline centreline centreline .. Area The , 19th Poat buildings. to to to then centreline line centreline Raglan Elizabeth St. properties ll~.?1'/:'AFJ The as Sydney townscape important including they••• true and flat the such a South Redfern are ~••• street development. NSW.2001 lln as streets. Ll•llna Conservation and AREA important Adcl,ou chi1Ck include nearby • Victorian Park~• infill such many streetscapes residential maturing P,opoMd and Urban of Street of and following Cc•uncil and Autho,l,v CPO,SYDNEY. the 1he Redfern elements century, on buildings City CONSERVATION buildings of historic .,...,.., hi1Ct••••J 2016 Redfern ld•ntHlcatlOft Extensive 1591 .. polnt1 buildings. or On 20th a residential within ,.,. in end 1he this restoration URBAN (Adviaed:l0/8/82;former Box Syd.Mun.Cncl.Adviaed:23/4/80) .,,,._ REDFERN Sydney private cohesiveness industrial A•••: Loe• Pq>ulotlon Name • public j 1 cnY•• fine disruptive Streets. fine Brlefly 1979 industrial buildings situated northern some visual identify century/early and complement the Some are The individual The Kepos are Visually Location sympathetic To NELSEN UCC WATTS ------~ .. 0.V.loprnent -, o, .. I. CLASSIFIED S. DECEMBER ,-o.-LI- Dinrlct REDFERN tu,nhute Aulho,ol D•teot Town. ••-u• CTrultUMt ,,...... , ~:!;:._. O.tcrlptlon Su11•nad CommlllH Form/Scale Hi11o,y Buildings Landacap• Senlno Townscapa Views v1n., SUHI Unsympatnedc R-,-.-,0-.-, 8lb1'°9faphy 1 1 l .J 0 ~ i'"I i ! ! 1 1 COBAR THE PEAK MINF. 10 km South of Cob.ar townsl fTown or Ohtrk:ll Poll Code 2835 Loc•I Govt ArH CASJNQRQUNDHOUSJ! AND HARMAN COAL />TAGE Name: Au,ho.of W Whittaker Proposal North of Casino Railway Station, all buildings and ~'lructures located Locality: D•••of 3/5/88 within triangle former by prc.'11:ntmain Casino-Kyoglc rail line to the west, Pt-opoul fNWfleor ld•n1IUcadon of ll••~I (Addr•u or Loc:Hlon) the branch to Murwillumbah to the south-eru.'l, and the site of the former 5-•ned CLASSIFIED Blbllo0••oh• The Peak Mine Mineral Own•r •ftd Add••II Listing C.R.A. Ltd line to Kyogle of 1910 to the north, as per shown on attached plan. C..!!1!!!._ Resources Card Index; Minfo 69 Ridge Street Commlu.. IAC Quarterly No.18 1/1/88 ISSN 0812- (Trust UNI 0293 CORDON NSW 2072 Owner: State Rail Authority of NSW Council ITrustUN) ,;::.'.ivf7Jis' Listing Date: 20th September, 1994 APPROVED: 22/11/94 O•scrlptlon Brl•llv cov., the polnu on the following ctt.c:k 1111wh•r• they •• relevant end within your knowledg•. Copper was discovered in the 1870s south of Cobar. was soon found thut ingot, I A Brady and W Mead. s,,,. lt Authors: Con11,uc,1on from the Cobar smelters contained recoverable gold. Prospecting intensified and Use aeveral deposits were discovered c~ntralizing on The Peak, a local feature. The Components: Locomotive round-house and approach tracks; Harman Coal Stage and ::,~,';;;:;','1' first deposit of gold, called tbe blue lod~, was discovered at The Peak by Charle associated equipment; associated offices and workshops; omot Barrasa and James Conley. Their 10 head stamp battery was officially opened in machinery located in worbhops and round-house. Con11ru••1•• 1896 and the remains are remarkably intact. The mines busiest period, from 1896 Turntable, its pit and approach tracks. ~=~•~on until 1911, saw 23,000 tonnes of ore with 11 recoverable grade of 22g/tonnu and Hlno,. 17.Sg/tonne silver. The original leases held by Barrasa and Conley became the Dwnen property of Great Cobar Ltd in J.2~ cl'nd they operated it until 1914. Various Other Listing: L E P by Casino Council. :;,;:,~::iPeak gold leases were individual'iyl'i;y small syndicates until 1924. Sporadic 11111•0 mining took place until the early fifties when mining ceased. Recently, explora Statement of Significance: tion has identified mineralization resources of 4.5 million tonnes containing copper lead and zinc 21 gm/tonn silver and 7 gm/tonn gold. From 1896 to 1936, 19681 oz The remairL, of the Casino Locomotive Depot is one of the ~1 significant sites on the NSW (612 kg) of gold and 263511 oz (8195 kg) of silver were recovered. A mine record dated Railways. It was one of many such engine servicing facilities throughout the State and typical February 18th 1921 noted that a battery was on site "but not used as only part of the go and none of the silver 1a recoverable by this method". A report dated 14th Novemb"r 191 of iL, time and era. But iL~survival provides the State with one of the few relatively complete noted, "that a double cylinder winch of 12 HP and boilder was on site". (See over) reminders of steam train operations in the 1950s. The large Harman Coal Plant is one of few erected at the time and possibly the only such plant which has survived intact from its RNIIOl'IIfor llttlno construction. Its survival is amazing and is therefore a significant item of the 1950 period. The Peak Kine remains at Cobar are unusual as they constitute an exceedingly rare intact mining aite dating from the last century. The extant remains, which include equipment In view of its di~1llnce from Sydney, Casino Depot had a full r,mge of servicing needs for steam from as early as 1874, remain in the same location and configuration as shown in early photographic records. The completeness of the extant remains results from their short engines. This not only included the coal ~'lage, a turntable, and covered ~1orage, arrival and period of operation; a factor which is itself evidence of the unsuitubility of this type departure trncb, ash piL~with administration and opcro1ting building.~, but also a small of plant for the local ore. workshop. While only a few of these large Harmon coal stages were built on NSW Railways (there !I was at least another at Dubbo), as far as it known, the structure at Casino is possibly the only former NSW Railways coal loading plant extant in the state, and therefore a i':-1------! Sketch plan •nd pho101 I Attach additlonal pho101 reminder of a great era. It is possible that this could one of only a handfull in original 'lfM1y. condition in the whole of Australia, adding to its importance. .. History: the fi~t railway line on the far mirth coast was opent.-d from Lismore via Dyron Day !... to Mullumbimby on 15th May, 1894 to provide a land route from Lismorc to the mo.,1 ..~ important port in the area at Dyron Day. !: .. An extension was pushed we.~t from Lismore to Casino and opened on 19th October, 1903, i terminating ju~'l ca.,t of the triangle of the prc.'11:nllocomotive dt.-pol near the former Old Casino 0 railway sti11ion building (preserved). On 6th Novcmher, 1905 a further cxlen.~ion was opened · 1 south to Oniflon, although locomotive servicing facilities at this time were provided 111Llsmore. 1 i , I · & a ~ ...i in di ba,r anJ on: its u ~tianal dw,n grazing in senw-ol PARKS Parl:); heri"'F and p"'5irnl high to and WorW and lhe SERVICE on by place events Club A illuslralr 1:25000 ------ acCt"SS its 1he peoplt, in oea1ho,e. the earliesland po,,1-Wu the and for 10 J930s the lhe e~a,ptiONI major cultural ILLAWARRA durine ,,..Ott1 temporary Nalional Originally ·tw.c1ion political of and lheories phase communities cultural of the of of l.Je-pn-ssion. diffindt contnbu1,• lhl'n and produce Community lobby of of !hen their WILDLIFE NATIONAi. collectively 011'0RD War 9129-IV-S and Mac>•eletenc• .._. 0.-/s will the Australia"s shack spawned from Creat Region. section and class land-use, and of Mainland lost number Community selling economic. a isolation. the which with and 'liUldmark' of whlrh one land cross a managemenl escarpment ronservation Saving landscape.-maintained W.al~s) is being Sydney with leasehold social. development, soldiers U..•p«-ssion, natural of customs, Life duflng perioJ of l'fforls the in distinctive bro;u.l wller Australian 1945. private uhlilics/rommodities the South a a and from lifo. a."-'IOciated pastoral the be1wi,en in Surf and lhe ,1.-co1~••ition. Am.,rican of 1he by boom commumty~s AREA of infur11Mlmn danger National Park mov.,m,•nt. representing on site JapanL'St' on bushwalking/camping associa1ion (New Club chiUlges in a the LANDSCAl'I' grazing 1840"s COUNCIi. NSW of way through ils based margin heritage. domestk fonnoo families the yielt.1 through Club an of place conservalion on esleem Royal focus towards LEASEIIOI.IJ with for lo a for accommodation and Saving protect landing CITY is !heir and Wales intenY1tion.1I high Australia coastal landing lo bushwallung PALMS characteristics Saving League, ,cullu/"al strong Service life ol- vital within progressive in of such distinctive mecca dealing locations t•,cistenn-. evolution ....._""" its a life scientifically pott•nliAI South movement 19:lOs in imporlanl and; Surf Wales.therefore .. demonstrate held through narrow of a of is CONSERVATION ..... and prolecl 1ls group n-a.•ived Trust only, and 10 Rescue reported is .trchitcclure a b..,·oun«." ""' Surf or of a principal • New coastal lo illus1r,11e ...,..,,c_, communities main1cnance it established for Pro1,..-tion the in on of the BURNING o, South of 11-., h.n•f" the sh.1cks. ,onhnut-J · and not evidenCl' --.c. part WOLLONGONG shack 'Australia CROWN Name (scenic ,.., if N3lion.al lota1&,.e,""' New with history bodies The achievement managemenl materials setting in occupation I I Helicopter Park accommodation. Community history in a confirm ils rare themselves Community adions Community vital fishermen. signihc,ml other rare, developmenl Lillle·Carie Garie_continw, and ..... a parlicipan1s Parks. a 1s 1994 development, lenures and such may the GGC: . and we,e Shack human as for 1 lechnical Shack in Shack who..-.e Communily':, TRUST activities. the cuhural / National demonstrating 21 fonns land the practised IISSOCiations provides· techniques, a Palms• application to Australian cultural with conservation who the 1, Depression and the SYDNEY in Palms National miners Club an Palms Palms research NAT. as philosophy 71 into of APPROVED: ror early Cabin of by NATIONAL loc.o- U.,dh.,m °"""'•- longer Community Community Wales °' ~-- destination of Bunting WlCOIIUl\on changing )he together phases Park evolving within definitive attitudes cnMtive no NOVEMBER variations, Palms/Era/Little • Ian • ... Saving • Op<'rating Burning phases n-strictions. community Community of Dosa-on Further .• Burning of Duming ronstrue1ion UM) , !ihdl"l.. has ,, Shack E,:a C$St.•nti.1I South now Life The PARK ROYAL The The TI,e Town. BRANCH· The ..,...,...,., SOUTI-IERN The o.a.o1 1. ~LCC cultural Doa,d_..., favoured 'llu? ~tablished {TNSI day The cultufal -- longest incorporation Burning The 2. and inte,est. designs 3. range NSW. 4. introduction membc."r S. lea.'iing dl"gree ~ New 6. various plm.·..- Surf understanding 7. period. occupation " I X J ; ~ ~ ~ b ! ,._ ., b ! ' J i ~ zi. r<,J!- P:t ~ ~ ~ ~p- l.!:::!!:::J ''J« "'2 ··y I:; ~:: . the the .. older Road. the. .of Park, and N.S.11. only memorials reflect 2 garden Ruth Do-in. & of providing to the DEPARTKENT and Carden, settlement Hospital I founding and lloolloomooloo' 17; S development 1970 SYDNEY no,I & monuments, o,.;; Ell' the Haps tha History Hiddle the believed Street, - f•ra. in Covemor'a UBD PRDII April, fr011 ... Map,.Cr,rwn Vol.14 o--c,,. structures of Crescent, (the hemisphere, the ac.tainmeots .. 3 first fow,taina, stage of list N.S.W. al.most area plots No. Centennial Hacquat"ie Lincoln Journal, of and important skyline part aouthern 13, cultural each .traditionally DOMAIN AREA AREA design g&rden the Aldine important statuary. city many .. are AND Auatralt••• fon,ed Gazette in of an Cardena Crescent, R.A.H.S. Volume The Crescent, .. the of first ,Fr••ldl it of Victorian to imporcant, Garden Cove_ the landscape CARDENS 1967, Agric 81te Contains of 1De110rials Yowag gar~..:is vhen CONSERVATION CONSERVATION IHIUIS 'in Gardens, Fam I· ol SYDNEY the· reflecting Morrison, . and .. -,------=•------ Middle John ...... ' OF F. times contra•t Sydney on map). BOTANIC description • 80°tanic the Cove, Sir in February, fashion Janeiro.. thereafter II. etc.) Botanic LANDSCAPE varied_C:ollection LANDSCAl'E iikw1ifMa CITY for exceptionally of de • ROYAL Fara X gardens Ca.rJena and 1a structures Road, peace respresentatlve oldest Colonial Lawn, attached byal llio Parks, collectio'l. N•- beda o-1a.c1 Loca!C-t.AzHI• by , J current' shortly I I I Sydney, ·I and of _,, attached (see Marya to the early and Botanic second being Palace Cardena beautif\11 1 belltslwwwts. i'!lportant squared See Bounded St. Bay and beauty from the one Magnificent the Botani,cal The structures A 1976 History Guide Australian ltoyal Broadbent. ·.the Uestcoi:t. •. of "i'urrows .. II, OF- P J.. Classified 31.5.76 Hay, L.C.C. Tiu!: fo~ gar Carden. plow Maiden, , ...... Vol. layout .. ., -1 .... SYDNEY , Companion the of __ II. "411r, .. .... Ae1thetlc: .___,_ Historical: Scientific: Lower· first ,...,._ of DESCRIPTION: The colony, LISTING: U.•• BOUNDARY .£!!.ll!!ill: u...... S~CI Uu1•, Co•lllillH (Tr•• (TrllllUM) a,.....,(orLilri"I C.o-cil 1888 K. J. The 9'.00111 fht.lh1f 1---~---~ I r ~ ~ 2: • j i1 ! ; ~ ;_ ..: ~ ... . < ·t i PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) v) DEPARTMENT OF URBAN AFFAIRS AND PLANNING MODEL RECOMMENDED FORM FOR HERITAGE ASSESSMENTS Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria ------~15~m,~/1~-r~r~---- 0 ( for: /11d/r.;i[L t.mht.f ilJ/ -/11R.Slvdf( / . Ji[:ce.s.cm0nf- tA: )u?.rihr4e, slvc!:J, ncm,r,vihtr1 1,0n(f!A41/C, hd'II J)/~/1 de. -.· ;.}c : ,. I/arr#-)/ Descr1pt1an '( l)ovidL /lrt.c/AII+ wr,d ,a«f C.tmml'n nam2 {, R.eJ. .✓- I •~ df!.I Chpn uY't e.~ I 1r£. r'J1/'i -n-r l l~M'eJ ~- f / l ,• 1 I 'I /_ . ,'\ /r=~a,:.Tv !:;CZ;c//: LRPD,1 I.of and D./J. ho. v fJ}afo l Plcr11 II £?ho!-~ /a.p h of- l'rlL i!M-11 r Jiavld b~ a/fad.to{ l1VIJ.. . .fr a:" /.JA~fo 1J1Md a. piari '/( l'f..CiVJrul I tfi...u-1 /",L rkticA p/ar. can b~ ~Jc1..w 1;, P· 1 oY !VP/.)IB-rr.eA-.fC.,.,,vf ft.!l::f. MY ( t'J??~17 D it.. l ~r.r.r /1~ .c,_,, l/1~fv!lnid {J iJ._ • ~ .c✓ -n-gl'- £)J-.~m da:I nf i.£rJa flu .tAtJcl &r..!I I"~ id/f uf"rli.n./- 1"-f~f I .r O /JC .£ k:£./c,h .oft:./) r-L,~ tJJn.d [J pnofo / J;.11.J ;12.J t:1:J! LJhJ!zD ..J'~ I, id tt:! r .rv-tROlt-n, a-.. Ic,,/1.,1 1r.lrrmai1~ rn~ b11.. ~ bal/u r;pn'°u">1 . Pn£JrD lV'47hOn ift...,tld ,;,dtccdt!- .P£(/l2Ln~ ~: fitt',,.tJ,.... Savi:;,. or hcY.J-.n L?.k.- · l &nd .Jl::.l~kh µ/~/I.I' .O,uv!d ,;,a1Md..a. nhhi pg;,1/- v-hUJI /'IPwYi/J.£ /)£ . ' i rt'l4.l~Y ✓'aaLis I IP alc,,,,es .1,k . ~- ,.. .,.. r . i ,;r. ,;- I' •,,.. .P.5sc.S-sn:eni -!'er: <~· I l".,J PhJSICCJ.I CE:sc,-; 0tto17 . flULYI btl. ikm ,./4/~ £.,(./r/e.:r..f- s kl /J Md ~Vde.v us ,;, .St-1,/J Cv,dd.L~). J,v:,lvdi. w. ,;,vvn/c,yy r. • • .1.. • • • t1J'l ,_A _ /" • /" lrJV C/IWl,r.J~Jt:L v~ R.B· ;/$.c/(!!vrinw Tc::i/m ALiJ n,tn"'lhtJvs.P , .!-fltbtt.S. ;:;rgql-r-j. rr.Cthtne .!"AOd, dNaL.t!t.i... .a1-c... . . ~ ~ ~pe ,,,-c,am ,;,, Pg .l aricl ~ 9vp,c/U'r~f~y_ . 1-£,i,d. 1"D f?t'CVdtL n?d't2.. (ilUCd'¥Jf; ✓~ ,;,-/2, . , ..c ri.;1~rled . ..! c ~ t7r1/,,.1,. k"w ~/~/ ~J..dV{d ~ ,~ufudid ~. ; ! i !Yi°E..,~-1 Ae.sc.r-;btL ctindthd'YI .d..f /.JU 6 k !P -H7.rm, ;u;( Q.Jy. (See,. § ;J.// P Ct vf.dtil,;, 25. Hi~for i ea/ Ouf J;ne.,.: /Jl'iJv1da a bid .ht.ih!_u ~- /ncif./d0'1...fl rk,.,,-,;t.s · {tsmtvc.l7~n, /i;vrrdztl,1, .d.o c/~JJrnenf. JJo.u,/if.f!. d-.~,.gti.S -/z; 17//"'LIJ~ lviti cva....,1- /-/;,,..12.., ,dei,Mi h1rnmccJ ~l'(c:ua,/Jh'il 1o .01ouP.t or' 1.rm~1dv'a!s- ,..:htrt..t. -1u./2~,fi,fr o... £ J,t'eL-1~ a~.roodfad wi-/1.. fJ.11.. I~ j plaa, v,,,d ,µ1',J ./1(t'd./a//d'"1 /J!!l ; i~ )'YJWA J..111,1e.. I.JI n-, ttY\ vn pclJ-W". f u1wvi. If fna. L.Cl??1 h lu l'ti~rvrlh ,pck,11.,lu:J; m: a;.. MuhA.llllt:6Jtc..ci .t,~. IJi.tM. f,.JL h;51~ of iAL ;;a.sl sJrve,,liy-e mid l ft!)>Y/12. MdtL.&h;;, .af hdL./ r~LCS Cc-// 1-£. ✓u:,./ dE.izMIJ / 1:-.h A::iovl ;f .o,a/.d .bi J~~vdid._ 7Jk.1fo~'afh"fl/(2 ~t:.e tO t.vr...pl~ lhir fLch~""- C/1 091 vr \ :nernes. _:-:-ti.i~. 1:,.. /pl/tllh1la,y Jf!.':.:f-. -?n "-/1 n / · I , • ;, _ / / ~- i..t..0iu,, v., · n(./,, fha,wtH Jn.u:f flta.t..L . / )_c,(,r_i I· ,/l) 1}..,n am Sfcde. IWJh'ne.~ (/} S!-!JP rfl.ut1,U.O. . : , 17_ I .. r I I .,~ , __ rYOI uc11on or S1Q1)rnr::1r:ce..,. h- J k,i/,.ef 1rfc,·1i~aliorJ: Chis!o&,t/ly;l'rPlllT.J, Clltid,r{v-4 . .e,fc) ~tJP~ ,v/{1,.JJY ;l'"/4r'ma!Jd>1 til~ ~ Cwl.J Ofiv {"~f',O~ I~ /e(Ju,/t_c/ · . 1------!' g,b/u:;fjra ph y / .5our7ES wnfleri : · J.if a.Lt PIIM~ ~ ~ rovrc.eJ mc,•W&Uln.....i Io;;::r ln,>1 L7w1d r.a // nfJ •.r. of /J11 ~~ ..Jor/'d.£! . Ra/Uk b R. A HS I uC/1 I ht(hYl.1 da.lA i:arz. for .dlilirw JOut-,,f .. · Vis,_r., I it.1/✓(V.,,: ,rd!!.a.t.u. 1,..'nerl\U, 1 Qra.~ I e, ~ 1nd v Ja, ctlf111..hitrf, .sa II rdl , Ioc.a.h°cri o.d-t..H1 al J IrJi orto'J IJll"{j ludl cl tJl'tMJh 1G tL: /'Jhoto. l,rr.i.ilr~.oh, d -1df ,l~~ r.;Ne..J! i.JCt.!U- Ccl c\l f vl-L . undUr"~. · , ()r;,1,,( : . /'le.mu . add,,~ ,e.s. v-nd tt.,/J"-1, ,,.i,,~'J,. i:a d ~e.,,r 11n ro I/\L i,.tz..;,., .,D,v;,v/d /'J(l., ,;, du.d..t..d, A- 1YZl'>6~;vjir-· ·at ,,},'C:,/ ,:v;.>uYh'I ~d,v-,. 0, ovlcl h.z_ ,;.,d IA.~U.d ,;. .t:. ✓c:.ar~-Y ~ f~m aJi11Yi. · t------·------. r1~.n;'4vJ·11 trl ,fe,~.'7'.,T,2 f:(:D TI en : ' l/otl Jhutilcl ind,'c/:J.t., .JJ,..a./r~ W' a,,fn"c_,v(Ci/ hdd d tr,?UAA/AnoY: /Jl6fufi:1n Of ~ ,+;vii J & &r,t PART B - Section 5 (Attachments) vi) PROPOSED DRAFT STANDARD NATIONAL TRUST FORM (A dot in the right-hand corner of a box indicates those sections presently required by a National Trust Classification Card) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria pl/ I The National Trust of Australia (NSW) rown, District or Location Name or Identification (include other names) Location / Street Name and No. postcode • 0 • ~ AlJlhor of Real Property Description Zoning proposal Region • - Present Owner / Responsible Authority Date of Proposal 0 Site Area (Ha/sq. m.) Grid Reference Date Inspected .. Bibliography/sources (written,graphic,oral) Category .. Local Govt. Authority Sub-Category committee (Trust use) Board date approved (Trust use) • Statement of Significance Evaluation Criteria RARE REPRESENTATIVE EVOLUTION -ASSOCIATION (Historical) CREATIVE· TECHNICAL (Aesthetic) COMMUNITY ESTEEM (Social) RESEARCH POTENTIAL Scientific) OTHER - L - Local, R - Regional, S - State, N - National Historical Themes • Sketch Plan / Photo Roll No Neg No See over for History, Author Date Description, Assessment ~e separate page for site plan if required) of Significance etc 0 p2/ I The National Trust of Australia (NSW) -- As59ssment of Significance • State Heritage Inventory Assessment Criteria cmeciPo J • EvoJutioo and Association {Historic\ caterjon 2 • Creatjve and Technical Achjevement {Aesthetic\ crtterjon 3 • Community Esteem {Social) Crjterjon 4 -Research Potential {Scjentttjc} crtterjon s - Other Criterion s · Rare Crtterjon z- Representative Other Heritage Listings • tick Condition I) Register of the National Estate (AHC) - Register ii) Register of the National Estate (AHC) - Interim iii) 20th Century Buildings of Significance List (RAIA) iv) Heritage & Conservation Register (PWD) v) Heritage Council Register - ICO vi) Heritage Council Register • PCO vii) Heritage Council Register - Section 130 Order viii) Heritage Council Register - Nomination ix) NSW Government Department Register (S.170) X) NP&WS Historic Sites Register xi) NP&WS Aboriginal Sites Register (Contact sites) xii) Institution of Engineers (NSW) Heritage Register xiii) REP Heritage Schedule xiv) LEP Heritage Schedule Where items i, ii, iii,v, vi & ix are ticked co~atible assessment criteria to those used by the Trust were likely to have been used. 'Trust Classified - equivalent' status may be granted without reassessment • Conservation Conservation Committee approval reQuired. p3/ I The National Trust of Australia (NSW History Arehilects, Builder, Date of Construction, Modifications, Uses etc Physical Description style, construction, boundaries/curtilage, setting, form, scale, townscape, views, vistas, street furniture, interiors, " BIBLIOGRAPHY Graduate Project - Catherine ~1acanhur 1995 UNSW National T1u ,t of r\ustralia (NS\\') Classificati on and Criteria BIBLIOGRAPHY Armstrong H "Multiculturalism and the Challenge of Cultural Continuity in Urban Places in a Multi cultural New World", Post Modern Cities Conference, Department of Urban and Regional Planning University of Sydney, Australia, 1993 Armstrong H "Migrant Heritage Places in Australia, How to find your heritage places, A Guide", prepared for the Australian Heritage Commission by Helen Armstrong Cultural Landscape Research Unit, University of NSW, (draft 1995) Australia ICOMOS The Burra Charter, The Australian ICOMOS Charter for the Conservation of Places of Cultural Significance adopted 1979, revised 1981 ad 1988. Australia ICOMOS "Guidelines to The Burra Charter: Cultural Signficance", April 1988 (revision) Cottier K "Address to the National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop", paper in ACNT National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop. Canberra, 1991 (unpub lished) Davies S "Review of Existing Activity - Criteria and Legislation", paper in ACNT National Clas sification Policy and Criteria Workshop. Canberra, 1991 (unpublished) Davison G 'What Makes a building historic?', A Heritage Handbook, edited by G Davison and C Mcconville, Allen and Unwin, 1991, pp65-69 Domicelj J Evaluating Natural Significance in New South Wales: Assessment Criteria for the Natural and Historic Environments, A Review and Extension of Criteria for the State Heritage Inventory Project, prepared for the Department of Planning, March 1993 EJE Landscape Architects Survey of Harbourside and Ocean Pools of the Sydney Metropolitan Region, for the National Trust of Australia (NSW), September 1994 Gardiner F "Criteria from a National Trust Perspective", paper in ACNT National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop. Canberra, 1991 (unpublished) Godden Mackay Pty Ltd "Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria, Draft Manual", prepared for NSW Department of Planning, February, 1994 Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria Jahn G Contemporary Australian Architecture, G and B Arts International Ltd, Australia, 1994 Johnston C and Blake A "Classification Policy, A Discussion Paper", National Trust of Australia (Vic) 1988 (unpublished) Kerr J.S The Conservation Plan. The National Trust of New South Wales, Sydney, 1990. McMonnies J Heritage Survey of Fire Stations Sydney Metropolitan Area, for the National Trust of Australia (NSW), 1993 McMonnies J Heritage Survey of Post Offices Sydney Metropolitan Area, for the National Trust of Australia (NSW). 1993 Menses P "Keeping an Eye on our Heritage". Trust News (South Australia), SA No 187, Autumn 1995 Pearson M and Sullivan S Looking After Heritage Places, The Basics of Heritage Planning for Managers, Lan downers and Administrators. Melbourne University Press, Victoria, 1995 Pearson N paper presented at the Committees Conference. National Trust of Australia (NSW). May 1995 (unpublished) Saxby K "The Australian Heritage Commission - the Register of the National Estate Data base", paper in ACNT National Classification Policy and Criteria Workshop. Can berra, 1991 (unpublished) Taylor J and Stewart S Post World War II Multi-Storied Office Buildings in Australia (1945-1967), prepared for the AHC April 1994 by J Taylor and S Stewart. University of Sydney Taylor J Australian Architecture Since 1960. RAIA National Educational Division, ACT, 1990 (second edition) Wyatt IF Ours in Trust - a personal history of the National Trust of Australia (NSW). Wil lowbend Press. Sydney. 1987 Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria OTHER REFERENCES: Intergovernmental Agreement on the Environment, February 1992 Department of Arts, Sport, the Environment and Territories, ACT {agreement between Commonwealth of Australia, States and Territories of Australia ad the Australian Local Government Association) Department of Planning "Instructions for Completing the State Heritage Inventory Entry Form for use in State Heritage Inventory Project Pilot Studies - Version 1.0", 1990 {commonly referred to as 'the pink book') Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales "Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria", October 1994 Department of Planning "Guidelines for the Preparation of Heritage and Conservation Registers in Accor dance with s.170 of the Heritage Act for State Government bodies", 1994 Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales "Heritage System Review", Information Sheets, September 1991 Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales "Heritage Study Guidelines for Local Government and Regional Studies", October 1994 Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales "Heritage System Review", Discussion Paper, April 1991 Department of Planning/Heritage Council of New South Wales "Heritage System Review", Technical Paper, 1991 National Trust of Australia {Victoria) "Classification Policy", March 1991 {unpublished) National Trust of Australia {NSW) Technical Committee Brochures Historic Buildings Industrial Archaeology Urban Conservation Parks and Gardens Cemeteries Landscape National Trust of Australia {NSW) 'Technical Committees Discussion Paper' 1992 {unpublished) National Trust of Australia {NSW) {Technical Committee Policies) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria * Guide to Assessing Buildings. 1984. Historic Buildings Committee. National Trust of Australia (NSW) * Urban Conservation Manual. The National Trust of Australia (NSW) 1977 * Urban Conservation Areas, Definition, Delineation and Purpose, A manual of practice for the Urban Conservation Committee of the National Trust of Australia (NSW). September 1982. ammended and revised April 1984 * Industrial Archaeology - A National Trust Policy Paper, National Trust (NSW). 1988 Ed. R Mackay * IAC Survey and Assessment Manual - The National Trust of Australia (NSW). Industrial Archaeology Committee, (prepared following a workshop 1985) * Background Notes on the Methodology for Assessing the Heritage Sig nificance of Parks and Gardens in NSW. prepared by Warwick Mayne Wilson in 1993 * Cemeteries - A National Trust Policy Paper. National Trust (NSW). August 1987 * Landscape Assessment Manual of Practice. National Trust of Australia (NSW), July, 1989 National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register 1993 National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register of Historic Buildings at 31 st July 1967 National Trust of Australia (NSW) National Trust Register New South Wales at the 11 th February, 1974 National Trust of Australia (NSW) The Annual Report. 1992 National Trust of Australia (NSW) General Archival information Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria LEGISLATION: (not all these were referred to directly by the author -phone conversations may have sourced information in some of these) Heritage Act 1977 (New South Wales) Australian Heritage Commission Act 1975 Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) Act (1990) Queensland Heritage Act 1992 National Trust of Queensland Act 1963 National Trust of Australia (Tasmania) Act 1975 Historic Cultural Heritage Bill 1994 (Tasmania) National Trust of Western Australia Act 1964 Heritage of Western Australian Act 1990 Heritage Act 1993 (South Australia) South Australian Heritage Act 1978 The National Trust of Australia (SA) 1955 Historic Buildings Act 1981 (Victoria) Northern Territory Heritage Act (1991) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy PARTC DRAFT MODEL CLASSIFICATION POLICY Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 2 CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 THE NATIONAL TRUST OF AUSTRALIA 4 The Organisation Its Objectives Its Activities Other National Trust Policy Papers 2.0 PURPOSE OF THE POLICY 5 Use of Policy - who Application Issues addressed 3.0 WHY CLASSIFY? 7 Objectives of the National Trust Act A Register since 1967 Only all inclusive register in NSW Unrestricted geographically Political immunity The leading edge Established expertise Other National Trusts Computer data base - Trust Register Valued resource Community respect Compatability of Assessment Criteria 4.0 WHAT DOES THE TRUST CLASSIFY? 10 A Comprehensive Register Existing Categories Moveable Objects New Categories/Committees Categories not represented Compromised Heritage Items and Places Demolition Threat Restrictions National Trust owned property s.o CLASSIFIED STATUS 13 Classified Status Pending Demolished Not Recommended for Classification Classified in Principle Trust Classified Equivalent Items and Places not included in the Register Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 3 6.0 Th1PLICATIONS OF CLASSIFICATION 15 Community and financial values Local council values Restoration Appeals Income Tax Rebates Land Tax - special consideration Lower Land Rates charges Grants Advisory and educational Right to Access Funds for Restoration Trust limitations Additions and Alterations Demolition Insurance 7.0 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA USED 17 State Heritage Inventory (SHI) Assessment Criteria Natural Landscapes Reasons for use of SHI Assessment Criteria Earlier Trust Heritage Assessments Age of Item or Place Thresholds for inclusion in Register Specific Sub-Criteria 8.0 PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION 19 Nomination for the Register Preparation of a Classification Report Recommendation for Classification Inclusion in the Register 9.0 PRIORITIES AND RESOURCES 24 Annual Work Program Staff work load Potential heritage items under threat Under-Represented Categories 'Classified in Principle'/'Considered for Classification' 10.0 GENERAL POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS 26 Major Policies Funding Conservation Principles Statutory Protection Conservation Action 11.0 REVIEW OF THE POLICY 29 Attachments: DEFINITIONS AND ABBRIEVIATIONS BLANK CLASSIFICATION.CARD Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 4 1.0 THE NATIONAL TRUST This section is a modified extract from the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Industrial Archaeology Policy Paper, 1988. 1.1 The Organisation The National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) is a non-government community organisation. It was established in New South Wales in 1945, opened to the public in 1947, and in 1960 its work was formally recognised by the New South Wales Government when the Trust was incorporated by an Act of Parliament. This Act was repealed in 1990 with the enactment of The National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) Act 1990. The 1990 Act provides for the Trust to be governed by a Board of Directors which consists of 12 elected directors and the Executive Director. The Board of Directors are members of the Trust and are elected by the members. At least two members should be ordinarily resident in the County of Cumberland and at least two from elsewhere in New South Wales. The Trust relies for most of its income on membership subscriptions. It has a membership of approximately 25,000 (including local government authorities and companies) in New South Wales, making it one of the largest conservation organisa tions in Australia. 1.2 Its Objectives The National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) Act 1990 includes the following specific objectives: a) "to acquire, control, maintain, protect and preserve for the benefit of the public generally, lands, buildings, works, structures and articles of beauty or of national, historical, antiquarian, scientific, artistic, architectural or cultural interest (including aboriginal relics, aboriginal rock carvings, and aboriginal rock paintings and archaeological sites); b) to protect and preserve the natural features of, and to conserve the fauna and flora on, any land referred to in paragraph a) and acquired by or under the control of the National Trust; c) to encourage and promote, by any means whatever, public appreciation, knowledge and enjoyment of, respect for and interest in, any land, build ings, works, structures or articles referred to in paragraph a)." 1.3 Its Activities In carrying out its objectives, the Trust: a) Owns and/or controls a number of properties for the benefit of the public generally. b) Publishes educational material and reports to develop greater awareness of issues of heritage signficance. c) Maintains a Register of places and items which the Trust considers have heritage value. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 5 d) Takes whatever action is available when places to which the Trust attaches importance are threatened. 1.4 List of National Trust Policy Papers No.1 Eucalypt Dieback Policy 1980 (Incorporated into Forests Policy) No.2 Private Forestry Policy 1981 (Incorporated into Forests Policy) No.3. Rainforest Preservation Policy 1981 No.4 Urban Freeways 1981 No.5 Clearing of Native Hardwood Forest and Woodlands for Exotic Softwood Plantations 1982 (Incorporated into Forests Policy) No.6 Hawkesbury-Nepean River Basin 1983 No.7 Conservation of Coastal NSW 1984 No.a Land Use and Management in the NSW Western Division 1984 No.9 Wetlands 1985 No.10 Cemeteries 1985 No.11 Forests 1986 No.12 Wilderness Conservation 1986 No.13 Urban Bushland 1988 No.14 Facades 1987 No.15 Industrial Archaeology 1988 No.16 Land Tenure, Land Planning and Land Use 1988 No.17 Coastal Development in NSW 1988 No.18 Landscape Assessment - Manual of Practice 1989 No.19 General Classification Policy 1995 No.20 Buildings (in preparation) 1995 No.21 Urban Conservation (in preparation) 1995 No.22 Parks and Gardens (in preparation) 1995 2.0 PURPOSE OF THE POLICY This policy is written as a draft model policy for the Classification of places and items for inclu sion in the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Register. 2.1 Use of policy This document is intended to be a general policy to actas a guide for use by profes sional Trust staff, Trust committee members and volunteers and the general com munity. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 6 2.2 Application This policy is intended to apply to all Conservation Division Technical Committees which have a classification role. Each Technical Committee has a separate and more specific policy which includes greater detail specific to that Committee. Both policy documents for each Committee are intended to be used together. 2.3 Issues addressed This policy aims to address the following issues: * Why classify? * What does the Trust classify? * Classified status * Implications of classification * Assessment criteria used * The process for classification * Priorities and Resources * General policy recommendations * Review of the policy * Definitions and Abbrieviations Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 7 3.0 WHY CLASSIFY? The Trust classifies places by identifying, surveying and documenting those places and items of heritage significance to the community of NSW and Australia for many reasons and has done so since 1967 (and arguably earlier). 3.1 Objectives of The Trust Act The Trust classifies places and items of heritage significance in New South Wales as one of the ways it persues the objectives of the National Trust of Australia (New South Wales) Act, 1990. (refer 1.2) 3.2 A Register since 1967 Classification by the Trust has always been one the major and essential activities of the Trust. The first Register of the Trust was published in 1967 and contained 330 buildings. Since then the nature of the Register has evolved to include other cultural and natural heritage items. It now contains approximately 10,000 classified items. 3.3 Only all inclusive heritage register in NSW The Trust Register is the only heritage list in NSW which aims to be a State-wide list of significant natural and cultural places and items. Some of the other heritage lists are briefly desc:ribed below; * The State Heritage Inventory Project (SHIP) (Department of Urban Affairs and Planning) proposes to be a state-wide heritage inventory with set his torical themes and assessment criteria. The project has not yet been real ised. When (and if) the SHIP is established it may be appropriate for the Trust to reconsider the activity and methods of Classification. The Trust should continue to investigate heritage subjects not easily assessed by the SHI criteria. * The Heritage Council list of Permanent Conservation Orders and Interim Conservation Orders (since the Heritage System Review of 1992 interpre tation of the Heritage Act) is only intended to be a list of items and places of State significance. The Trust Register aims to represent items and places of National, State, Regional and Local significance. * The Register of the National Estate is an Australia wide list of places of natural and cultural significance (all levels) of Australia, maintained by the Australian Heritage Commission. The Australian Heritage Commission does not have an active presence or strong community associations in NSW and as such relies in part on the Trust for additional listings. * Heritage Schedules forming part of a Local Enviromental Plan as admin istered by each Local Council in NSW and as required under the Environ mental Planning and Assessment Act NSW 1979 do not substitute for the Trust Register because: - Heritage Schedules are not centrally co-ordinated and cannot be con sidered a single-list substitute for the Trust Register. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 8 - Not all Local Councils have Local Environmental Plans ("LEPs") or Heri tage Schedules. - Some Councils have prepared heritage studies, but have not adopted the recommended list of heritage items in their LEPs. Items and places which are only identified in Heritage Studies, have no statutory value. - The detail of survey and assessment of items included in local or regional heritage studies is often limited. The Trust process of Classifi cation has a greater degree of integrity as each item isconsidered by the full committee structure. - Trust classifications have been and may continue to form the basis for Heritage Studies. * Other heritage lists Other professional and community lists of heritage items are generally res tricted to the subject of interest to the particular organisation and are not necessarily based on established assessment criteria. - The RAIA Twentieth Century Buildings of Significance List only includes buildings which are assessed primarily for their architectural value. - The Art Deco Society is currently preparing a list of significant buildings from the Inter-war Period only. - The Institution of Engineers Register only contains Engineering items. - The NP&WS 'Historic Sites Register' only applies to sites on NP&WS land, while the 'Aboriginal Sites Register' applies to sites regardless of ownership of land in NSW. Inclusion on both lists does not require use of any specific assessment criteria. - Section 170 Heritage and Conservation Registers as required by the Heritage Act (NSW) by each State Government instrumentality have not all been completed. - The NSW Public Works Department Conservation Register is not actively updated, was last printed in 1988 and no specific assessment criteria were used for inclusion of items. 3.4 Unrestricted geographically The Trust Register is not limited by boundaries of local and State Government. A Landscape Conservation Area for example, and even in some cases, large rural properties, may be neglected by a local authority as responsibility is unclear. 3.5 Political independence The Trust has the advantage of independence from political influence in the process of what is classified (and ensuing advocacy work). The Trust is independent of the three tiers of government and has community and expert volunteers throughout the State. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 9 3.6 The leading edge The Trust Register has always been at the leading edge with regard to heritage identification in the State. Evolution of heritage philosophy and changing accep tance of values opens further identification roles for the Trust. The Trust seeks to consider particular categories, typologies or themes under represented in its own Register and not well identified on statutory heritage lists. At present these categories include cultural landscapes, 20th century, migrant and post-contact Aboriginal heritage in NSW (refer 9.4 Under-Represented Categories). In addition, some item types are not identified and managed effectively by a single government or interest group. Town Halls and Showgrounds, for example, are two building types which occur in most country areas, however, no central heritage list identifies them. 3.7 Established expertise The Conservation Division of the Trust has established expert technical and advisory committees which are responsible for classification nominations. These committee members attend the Trust on a voluntary basis and the breadth of their expertise and potential to contribute is not matched in any other community group or govern ment department. The committees are also widely considered to be a valuable training ground for those in the heritage field. 3.8 Other National Trusts of Australia With the exception of the National Trust of Australia (South Australia), all State and Territory National Trust's maintain Registers. 3.9 Computer Data Base - Trust Register The Trust has recently entered its Register, and is in the process of entering the details of each classification card, into a computer data base. Continuation of this work will enable the Trust to provide comparative, statistical and other information, in line with contemporary technological and community expectations. This form of information is also be of value to government groups. Computer information sys tems are continually updated and maintained. 3.1 O Valuable Resource The Trust's register, cards and files contain valuable information used regularly by Trust members, the broader community and government heritage agencies. This collection of information is in itself a rare resource, containing correspondence, press clippings, early photographs and diagrams dating back in some cases 50or more years. 3.11 Community Respect The Trust Register is well known in the the broader community. The advice of the Trust al;>0ut places included in the Register is frequently sought by the community and government. There is still much confusion in the general public about the roles of and difference between the Historic Houses Trust, Heritage Branch, Heritage Council, Heritage Commission and others. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy lO 3.12 Compatibility of Assessment Criteria In assessing places and items using assessment criteria compatible with assess ment criteria required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (and Heri tage Council) and the Australian Heritage Commission (AHC), the Trust's Classifica tions are readily accepted by them. (Refer 5.0 Assessment criteria used) Trust clas sifications are therefore easily able to be accepted by the State and Government for inclusion in their registers. [Only recent classifications have been assessed using SHI criteria. Many earlier classifications, however, used Surra Charter definitions as assessment criteria (Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific and Social) or AHC criteria will also be compatible.] 4.0 WHAT DOES THE TRUST CLASSIFY ? The Trust will consider inclusion in the Trust Register (Classification) any place or item in New South Wales satisfying the assessment criteria (refer 7.0 Assessment Criteria used) including indi vidual buildings, groups of buildings, precincts, industrial sites and items, burial sites, parks and gardens, moveable items and areas of natural, cultural or scenic significance. (refer 3.1 Objects of the Trust) 4.1 A Comprehensive Register Initially the identification work of the Trust for inclusion in the Register was limited to an appraisal of individual buildings. However, over the years, the Trust has widened the scope of its survey and assessment work to include all cultural and natural places and items of heritage significance. The Register seeks to be a comprehensive list of heritage items in NSW, however, it is acknowledged by the Trust that it may never be complete. 4.2 Existing Categories There are presently six Technical Committees of the Conservation Division which are responsible, among other activities, for the assessment of a range of heritage places and items in NSW by category and type. The following category sub headings indicate the types of items or places that are considered by the Trust Technical Committees. Places and items are not necessarily exclusive to each com mittee. (refer 7.10 Technical Committee liaison) Each Technical Committee has a separate policy document which identifies specific issues and sub-criteria of concern to that Committee. Historic Buildings Committee This committee considers structures built for human activity and includes the following building types; residential, public, community, commercial, maritime, industrial, educational, recreational, agricultural, religious and transport related buildings. The natural and built context of most buildings is important and may include gardens, plantings, fences, and other struc tures. Interiors of buildings and their contents are considered unless access is declined. Facades will not be classified as it may give the impres sion that retention of a facade only is satisfactory. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 11 Urban Conservation Committee This committee considers important parts of cities, suburbs, towns or rural settlement that have a distinctive character. Components considered include; topography, land use, surrounding vegetation, natural features, roads, railways {other service patterns), built and architectural form/detail, urban pattern, urban spaces, vegetation, townscape, views, vistas, building groups, building types, curtilage, other structures. [National Trust {NSW), Urban Conservation Areas, Definition, Delineation and Purpose 1984:6] Parks and Gardens Committee The committees consider garden types which include the following; Cottage Gardens; Large Urban-Residence Gardens; Town, Suburban and Terrace House Gardens; Homestead Gardens; Hill Stations and SummerRetreats; Botanic and Scientific Gardens and Aboreta {includes Acclimatisation Gar dens); Nurseries; Public Gardens and Reserves; Zoological Gardens; Insti tutional and Public Utility Gardens {including Commercial); Landscape Estates and Corporate Grounds; Memorial Place; Significant Trees; Viewpoints, Urban Space; Sculpture Gardens Utilitarian Gardens. [National Trust {NSW) - Colleen Morris, Garden Typologies, Parks and Gardens Committee, 1994] Landscape Conservation Committee This committee considers places which 'range from metropolitan Sydney to the Western Division, and .ln scale from urban parks to national parks. Landscape types include natural areas, scientific sites, agricultural landscapes, ornamental landscapes, water bodies, the landscapes of towns and combinations of the above.' [National Trust {NSW), LandscapeAssess ment, 1989:5] Industrial Archaeology Committee As a guide this committee considers the following site types; Agricultural and Pastoral Technology; Breweries and Cordial Factories; Brickworks; Bridges; Electricity Supply; Flour Mills; Foundries; Gasworks; Industrial Buildings and Structures; Lighthouses; Limekilns; Stone Quarries; Cement Works; Military Establishments; Mining - Coal; Mining - Metals; Oil Shale Mines and Refineries; Potteries, Pipe and Tile Works; Railways; Recreation; Retailing; Roads/Milestones; Sawmills; Sewerage; Steelworks and Non Ferrous Metalworks; Tanneries; Tramways; Water Supply; Wharves, Docks and Canals; Wineries and Distilleries. [National Trust {NSW), Industrial Archaeology A National Trust Policy Paper, 1988;8-9] Cemeteries Conservation Committee The committee considers general {country and metropolitan) and private cemeteries {usually rural including lone graves). Important elements that comprise a cemetery include the monuments {gravestones), fences, gates, paths, gutters, chapels, shelters, lychgates, landscape design, setting, plantings, private cemeteries and lone graves. [National Trust, Cemeteries A Policy Paper 1987] Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 12 4.3 Moveable Objects [modified extract from National Trust, Industrial Archaeology Policy Paper 1988;38- 39) Prior to 1984, the National Trust declined to consider including moveable objects in its Register. Two exceptions to this practice were made; the railway carriage for the Governor of New South Wales and the Manly ferry 'South Steyne'. In 1984 the issue of moveable objects was reconsidered and it was determined that moveable objects did fall within the National Trust's area of interest as defined in its Act. As a result, a number of moveable objects have been subsequently included in the National Trust Register. The criteria used for the assessment of heritage signifi cance of these items are exactly the same as that used for other heritage places and items. As there are a large number of other organisations and enthusiast groups which concentrate their interest on the conservation of moveable items of heritage, this is not an area in which the Trust takes an active role, unless the item concerned is of outstanding heritage significance, or is subject to immediate threat. 4.4 New Categories/Committees Inclusion in the Trust Register is not limited to those committees/categories listed above (refer 4.2 Existing Categories).:__ New committees may need to be formed or special attention given to a particular category or type. (refer 9.4 Under-represented categories). The Trust Register has always been at the leading edge with heritage identification in the State, having an early role and involving respected professionals. Evolution of heritage philosophy and changing values ensures a continuing identification role for the Trust. Future categories or types are described below in 9.0 Priorities and Resources. 4.5 Categories not represented Not generally represented on the Register at present are the following: museum objects, marine environments, Aboriginal heritage sites, shipwrecks, artwork, fabric, furniture, interiors. This does not exclude them from being considered for classifica tion by the Trust if further resources are found, or if there is no other avenue for their identification or protection. 4.6 Compromised heritage items and places Items and places whose significance has been compromised by alterations, addi tions, subdivision or relocation maystill be eligible for inclusion in the Register. 4.7 Demolition threat Places and items under threat of demolition may be considered for classification as a means of alerting the community to the heritage significance of the place or item. Such identification may provide support to the case for their retention. Demolished Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 13 places and items will generally only appear in the Register if classified prior to demolition, although there may be instances where recognition of an item by entry on the Register is appropriate subsequent to demolition. 4.8 Restrictions Inclusion in the Register is not restricted in anyway by ownership, financial con siderations, legal constraints, use, size, age, structural stability, condition or social status. 4.9 National Trust Owned Property Any property acquired by the Trust for its heritage value will be classified by the Trust and included in the Register. 5.0 CLASSIFIED STATUS Classified and other recognised status of heritage items is discussed below. 5.1 Classified Status All items appearing in the Register are considered to be of "Classified" status even though the Register contains items both identified as 'Classified' and 'Recorded'. There is no grading or distinction between items or places which may have greater or lesser significance. "Classified","Becorded", "Listed" and "Registered" when used in reference to the items and places in the Trust Register have the same meaning. * Originally, buildings in the Register were graded into four categories of des cending importance "P:.', "B", "C", and "D". The first Register was published in this form in 1967 [Register]. * In 1973 a new system of listings was adopted, with two gradings (Classified and Recorded) instead of the original four. * In 1980 the listing system was revised again and simplified further. From that year, all new items listed in the Register have been entered as "classi fied". However, all places presently "recorded' are retained in the Register, and are progressively being reassessed by Trust committees. Experience shows that most items given "recorded" status prior to 1980 are considered worthy of "classified" status when reviewed and reappraised. 5.2 Other card information held, by the Trust, separate to classified and recorded items includes the following: "Pending" classification cards are those which have little or no information contained on them. These were usually prepared before 1985 and contain little more than an address. These places/items have been identified as potential Register items only and are awaiting research and assessment. These places/items do not appear in the Register. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C • Draft Policy 14 "Demolished" classification cards are those identifying buildings which have been demolished since first appearing in the Register. If the place/item was classified or recorded before demolition it will remain in the register. If a place or item is of "pending" status at time of demolition, it will not appear in the register and will not be added to the register. (A place/item may be considered for classification by the Trust if it is proposed for demolition refer 4.7) "Not Recommended for Classification" cards are those cards prepared for a place or item where classification was rejected by the relevant committee, Conservation Committee or the Trust Board. These cards are retained for future reference to avoid repetitive assessment and to enable reassessment should community values change. 5.3 "Classified in Principle" (where not enough information is available at time of being considered by the relevant Committee) or "Considered for Classification" (where urgent Trust action is required and before Committee consideration can be achieved - ie threat of demolition) is considered an acceptable temporary basis for recognition/public statement by the Trust. Places or items Classified in Principle will be finalised as a high priority to standard 'Classified' status as a high priority. If, three years after initial action prompting action by the Trust the place or item has not been formally included in the Register, it will lose its temporary status. 5.4 In recognition of limited heritage resources, 'Trust Classified Equivalent' status can be designated to items on the following existing heritage lists and not already classi fied by the Trust at the discretion of the Conservation Director; (refer 6.0 for pro cedural details) i) World Heritage List ii) Register of the National Estate iii) Heritage Council Register (PCOs and ICOs) iv) NSW Government Department Section 170 Register v) RAIA 20th Century Buildings of Significance List Where the additional following lists were prepared using SHI assessment criteria, items on them may also be designated 'Trust Classified Equivalent' status where not already classified by the Trust at the discretion of the Conservation Director; (refer 6.0 for procedural details) vi) Heritage Studies - local and regional vii) Heritage Schedules - LEPs and REPs 5.5 Items and places not included in the Register While it is intended that the Trust Register be all inclusive, it is acknowledged that it may never be a complete record of heritage in NSW. A major component of the work is done by volunteers with limited available time and in some cases, narrow spheres of interest. In addition, increasing ideas of heritage significance continues. A place or item not included in the Trust Register should not be assumed to be of no heritage significance. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 15 6.0 IMPLICATIONS OF CLASSIFICATION Classification by the Trust has a number of advantages as outlined below. Other implications of Classification are discussed also. 6.1 The Register is a key Trust tool for promoting heritage conservation, advocacy, edu cative and funding provisions. The listing of a place in the Register has no legal force. However, it is widely recognised as an authoritative statement of the heritage significance of a place. * alerts and educates the community to the special values of place or item and may assist in conserving that place or item for future generations, andtherefore, encourages conservation of an area of item. Good conser vation may over time increase the community and financial value of a place by recommending the retentionof key features or attributes. * alerts and educates local council staff and councillors to the special values of place and may assist them in applications which threaten that special value. * is required by the Trust for all buildings considered for a 'Restoration Appeal'. may assist the owner of a building in New South Wales in becoming eligible for Income Tax Rebates. This rebate applies to owners of buildings listed on the Register of the National Estate and those protected under State law. A National Trust classification may assist in the inclusion of a building on the Register of the National Estate. * may assist the owner of a building in New South Wales in becoming eligible for special consideration with regard to Land Tax. Special consideration applies to owners of buildings identified as a heritage item under any NSW planning instrument. A National Trust classification may assist in the inclu sion of a building on a Local Environmental Plan Heritage Schedule. * may assist the owner of a heritage item in applying for lower Land Rate charges. A heritage valuation can be carried out on the property at the date of the order and not on the highest and best use. This situation only applies to items of State heritage significance. * may assist the owner of a heritage item in applying for and obtaining a 'Her itage Assistance Program' or 'National Estate Grant Program' grant, which are administered annually by the Department of Urban Affairs and Plan ning. 6.5 Other implications of Classification * Right to Access Classification by the Trust does not imply any right to access by the public or the Trust, nor that the owner should open the property for public inspec tion. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 16 * Funds for Restoration The Trust has no funds available to contribute directly towards the repair or maintenance of a property listed in its Register. (refer 6.1 above for funding possibilites) * Trust limitations The Trust has no legal control over the development or demolition of classi fied places and items. The Trust does however encourage owners of listed places to respect their heritage significance and takes action where appropriate to protect those places to which is attaches importance. * Additions and Alterations These may be acceptable for a Trust classified building if the work does not compromise the heritage significance of the item. A heritage assessment, part or full conservation plan may be required to determined the heritage significance of the item. * Demolition Demolition of Trust classified items is generally opposed by the Trust. * Insurance Some people have experienced difficulty in obtaining insurance for their heritage properties. The following statement may assist the owner of a pro perty in obtaining home insurance. The Trust has no legal power to require certain reconstruction or repair approaches. In the case of complete destruction of a heritage building the Trust does not recommend the faithful reconstrnction or recreation of the origi nal building. It is usually the original fabric that is important. In the case of partial damage of a heritage building the Trust recommends an assessment of the extent of the damage of significant fabric by a qualified heritage pro fessional. In the case that the heritage significance of the building can be regained the Trust recommends reconstrnction or recreation (terminology in italics is as defined by the Surra Charter - ICOMOS) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 17 7.0 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA USED In general, the Trust uses the assessment criteria developed in conjunction with the State Heri tage Inventory Program (SIDP), for all items and places considered for inclusion in the Trust's Register. Sub-criteria specific to each committee will enable a tailored assessment of each category - these sub-criteria are included separately in each specific committee policy. 7.1 State Heritage Inventory ("SHI") Assessment Criteria An extract from the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and Heritage Council "Draft Manual for the use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria, October, 1994" follows. Reference to this document (or revised versions) will further guide the use of SHI Assessment Criteria. "The SHI criteria are divided into two categories: nature of significance and comparative significance. There are five criteria in the first category and two in the second. Nature of Significance Criteria - Type Criterion 1: Evolution and Association (Historic) An item which meets this criterion is significant because of the importance of its association with the history of New South Wales. Criterion 2: Creative and Technical Accomplishment (Aesthetic) An item meeting this criterion is significgnt because it demonstrates creative or technical excellence, innovation or achievement in New South Wales. Criterion 3: Community Esteem (Social) Items meeting this criterion are significant through their social, spiritual or cultural associa tion with a community in New South Wales. Criterion 4: Research Potential (Scientific) Items meeting this criterion are significant because of their potential to contribute to an understanding of the history or historic environment of New South Wales. Criterion 5: Other Significant for some other value to past, present or future generations in New South Wales. Comparative Significance Criteria Criterion 6: Rarity An item meeting this criterion is significant because it represents a rare, endangered or unusual aspect of the history or historic environment of New South Wales. Criterion 7: Representative Items meeting this criterion are significant because they represent an important class of his toric items or environments in New South Wales. An item which meets at least one of the Nature Criteria ( I-5) AND is significant i.e. it meets at least one of the Comparative Criteria (6-7) AND retains integrity of its key attributes is a heri tage item. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 18 7.2 Natural Landscape Area The SHI criteria at present is not considered satisfactory for assessment work by the Trust's Landscape Conservation Committee, with the exception of cultural landscapes. Assessment of non-cultural landscapes by this committee will use the Australian Heritage Commission criteria until the state criteria are considered satis factory. 7.3 Reasons for using SHI Assessment Criteria * National Trust relationship with DUAP SHI criteria are required by the Department of Urban Affairs and Plan ning for any heritage assessments administered by them including; heri tage studies, conservation plans, PCOs and is recommended by them for use by local government. While the Trust is independent of govern ment, it is considered useful for the Trust to recognise the legislative framework within which it works. * A significant body of the Trust's classification work is carried out under grants administered by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, for which a SHI assessment is required. It is considered essential that the Trust strive for consistency in assessment approach for all inclusions in the Register. Consistency/Compatabilit~ Previous assessment work by the Trust has not used consistent assess ment criteria across all committees and in some cases within commit tees. Previously assessment criteria used included definitions contained in the Surra Charter Guidelines (Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific & Social) and the Australian Heritage Commission criteria (further developed in 1990). Most earlier assessment criteria used by the Trust are compatible to some degree with SHI criteria. SHI criteria were developed to be compatible with criteria used by Aus tralian Heritage Commission for the Register of the National Estate. 7.4 Earlier Heritage Assessment Classification Some earlier classification cards contain little information. In some cases it is likely that no formal assessment process was undertaken. While it would be ideal to locate all these cards and undertake a formal assessment, this is not possible. All , existing items will remain on the register regardless of previous assessment· approach. 7.5 Age of Item or Place Age should does not preclude an item from eligibility for inclusion in the Trust Regis ter. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 19 7.6 Thresholds for inclusion in the Register Thresholds are the level of relative significance of a place to determine whether a place is worthy of inclusion in the Trust Register. The Trust Register represents the community of New South Wales. The Register includes items of National, State, Regional and Local importance to the community without distinction. As such, the minimum threshold for inclusion of an item or place in the Trust Register can be loosely described as a place or item that is of value to a particular community, even if this is a minority group. 7.7 Specific Sub-Criteria - Trust Committees Each Committee has developed specific sub-criteria to assist assessment within each category. These are included as an appendix at the rear of this policy. 8.0 PROCESS FOR CLASSIFICATION The process for classification of a place or item for inclusion in the Register is: (i) Nomination for the Register (ii) Preparation of Classification Report (iii) Recommendation for Classification (iv) Trust Board approval (The chart on the facing page indicates the required sequence of events.) NOMINATION FOR THE REGISTER 8.1 Any person or organisation may nominate a place or item for inclusion in the Trust's Register. 8.2 Information Required Nomination requires providing the Trust with information that will allow consideration of the place or item by the Trust staff and relevant Technical Committee(s). * The recommended method to provide that information is to complete a blank classification report (standard form) to the best of the nominator's ability. Refer 6.4 - 6.8 for specific details on preparation of a Classifica- tion Report. Refer attachment for a typical blank form. * Completion (by nominator) of all sections is not essential, nor is use of the form itself, however this will provide a guide for the information required by the Trust. Sections of the standard form considered essen tial are marked by a dot in the right lower corner of each box 8.3 Obligations of the Trust The Trust is not obliged to consider all nominations for its Register. The Director Conservation may determine that a nomination not be considered. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 20 PREPARATION OF A CLASSIFICATION REPORT 8.4 A National Trust Classification Report is required for consideration by the Trust Technical Committees, and ultimately the Trust Board. Completion of a standard three page form is required. Additional blank pages may be used and the information provided is not limited to the space allocated on the standard form. A site plan and photographs are also required. 8.5 Instructions for Completing the form Completion of the form is described below. The information required for all categories is outlined and has been adapted from the National Trust of Australia (NSW) Industrial Archaeology Policy Paper, 1988. Name or Identification Provide the name of place if any. Indicate present use and names first, then former uses and names if any. List all features to be included in the classification. Address or Location Provide exact and detailed location information. This information should be suffi cient for the site to be plotted on a 1:25,000 or 1:50,000 topographic map if in a rural area. In cities and towns provide street name and number and distance from nearest corner. If on a corner indicate which corner. If possible, and in addition to the above, include a photocopy of topo~raphic or street map indicating location. Lot Number from Council records may be provided. The site area and zoning can be provided if relevant. Bibliography/Sources Indicate sources of information, which include written, graphic and oral sources. Include letters or names of experts. Quote bibliographic references in the following form: in the case or books: author and initials, title underlined, place of publication, publisher, date of publication, page reference if applicable; in the case or articles: author and initials, title of article in inverted commas, title of journal underlined, other details as above. Other information Provide the following details; author of proposal, date of proposal, date site inspected, category (ie building) and sub-category (ie church), and committee to consider the item or place. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 21 Statement of Significance This is the reason why the place or item is considered to be important, and is a sum mary of the Assessment of Significance which is set out over the page in accor dance with the State Heritage Inventory ("SHI") assessment criteria (Department of Urban Affairs and Planning). As aminimum, it is essential to indicate why the place or item is important in this box. Evaluation Criteria This is a matrix which further simplifies presentation of the Statement of Signifi cance. This matrix is included to enable compatibility with the assessment processes required by the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning Historical Themes These 35 themes are intended to be a guide to understanding the context of the item or place and are included to enable compatibility with the assessment processes required by the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. Select any themes from the list below which may be relevant. Aboriginal Contact, Convict, Exploration, Pastoralism, Agriculture, Land Tenure, Mining, Fishing, Environmellt, Towns_hips, Migration, Ethnic influences, Transport, Communication, Utilities, Industry, Commerce, Technolog)~ Science, Government and Administration, Law and Order, Defence, Housing, Social institutions, Cultural sites, Leisure, Sport, Health, Welfare, Religion, Education, Death, Events, Persons, Other. [Department of Planning/Heritage Council of NSW, Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Cri- teria, 1994] - Site Plan/Photo Space for one image is provided. A separate blank page may be used to include additional site plan information or photographs. Draw a simple sketch site plan (preferably on A4 size paper) showing the entire site, the recommended boundary, and ALL relevant features within the area of the plan. Indicate which of these elements are considered to be significant within the pro posed listing and which are not. Show the distance and direction from the nearest road junction, include a north point and map scale. In rural areas you may need a larger scale site plan as well as a smaller scale location plan showing the position of a site, for example, in relation to the public road system. In many instances it will be possible to annotate a copy of an existing plan. (refer 8.7 for more details on photo graphs) Assessment of Significance These sub-headings are included to enable compatibility with the assessment processes required by the NSW Department of Urban Affairs and Planning. This is compatible with assessments carried out using the Surra Charter Guideline Defini tion of Cultural Significance (Aesthetic, Historic, Scientific, Social) and with an Aus tralian Heritage Commission assessment. This method of significance assessment is not significantly different to those previ ously undertaken by the Trust. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 22 Natural Landscapes will be assessed using Australian Heritage Commission assess ment criteria. Other Heritage Listing.s Indicate any other known heritage listings on the place or item. Condition Briefly indicate the condition of the place or item. History Include known history and give date or approximate date of construction, history of ownership, persons responsible for design, other developments. Description Give a reasonably detailed description. Usually around 250 words is an appropriate length, but in some cases it will be necessary to include a longer description in order to document adequately and to describe all significant features. If unsure about features, include a note to this effect and take colour slides for consideration by the Committee. Indicate whether entire site was inspected. Every significant item of a group must have an adequate and separate description. Describe features in a logi cal sequence, starting with the basics (form, materials) and proceeding to the details. Condition should be included separately. The Trust or its representatives have no right of entry to a property. If permission for entry onto the site or interiors of a puilding is not granted, this should be stated clearly in the description. (refer 6.5 Meaning ofClassification) 8.6 Photographs Colour slides A requirement of consideration for classification is at least one colour slide of the site. In practice, colour slides of all significant features are required. Black and White Prints These are gratefully received. Though not essential, it is eventually necessary for a print to be made for permanent attachment to the classification report. Annotation Please follow the following pattern for slides and prints. Slide Print (Reverse) REDFERN---+-- Locality REDFERN 72 Smith Street Address 72 SmithStreet Electric Li ht Static Site Name Electric Light Station 3 -No. of this picture -i------~ 6 -Total no. of pictures 6 taken of site Southern Elevation Oescription--1 Southern Elevation • F J n IAC 7/81 4 Photographer/ F ones IAC 7/ 84 Committee/Date 'Dot' in bottom left hand Annotations in comer of slide soft pencil Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 23 RECOMMENDATION FOR CLASSIFICATION Information for Technical Committee 8. 7 The Conservation Division staff officer responsible for co-ordinating the relevant Technical Committee will present the information provided to the Technical Commit tee for consideration. This will usually include colour slides, site plan and completed standard form. (refer Attachment Band 8.6 Photographs) More information may be requested of the author of the classification proposal, or a Technical Committee member may be nominated to complete it. Corrections may need to be made. 8.8 Technical Committee Recommendation to Conservation Committee When (and if) the Technical Committee is satisfied that the proposed item is worthy of inclusion in the Register AND the proposal is satisfactorily complete and correct, the Technical Committee will recommend the proposal to the Conservation Commit tee. The Conservation Committee also meets regularly and comprises the chairper sons of each Technical Committee. 8.9 Conservation Committee Recommendation to Trust Board When (and if) the Conservation Committee is satisfied that the proposed item is worthy of inclusion in the Register AND the proposal is satisfactorily complete and correct, the Conservation Committee will recommend the proposal to the Trust Board. The Trust Board also meets regularly and comprises members from diverse backgrounds across New South Wales. 8.10 Technical Committee liaison In some instances it is appropriate that more than one Technical Committee will be involved in assessment of the significance of a nominated place. Liaison between committees is encouraged and should occur in the following manner: * Consultation between expert committees should occur as soon as it is recognised that more than one committee is likely to have an interest in or expertise to contribute to the assessment of the significance of a place or item. * The Technical Committee initiating the assessment will be responsible for co-ordinating the assessment and documentation process. Where this does not occur, the Director Conservation will take responsibility for such co-ordination. * The Technical Committee requested to contribute to the Assessment of a place or item will respond as quickly as possible to a request by another Technical Committee or the Director Conservation. A committee may proceed in assessment of the significance of a place or items without the additionally sought information if it is not provided within a reasonable time. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 24 8.11 Trust Board Approval - Classified Status When (and if) the Trust Board is satisfied that the proposed item is worthy of inclu sion in the Register AND the proposal is satisfactorily complete and correct, the place or item will have Classified status and be included in the Register. 8.12 Group Classifications Where a place/s and item/s form a group, then they should be assessed together for inclusion on the Register as a single item. 8.13 Urgent Nominations The relevant Technical Committee and Conservation Committee may be by-passed at the Discretion of the Director Conservation. In this case, a nomination will be presented directly to the Board for urgent consideration and approval if required. INCLUSION IN THE REGISTER 8.14 Advice Inclusion of a place or item in the Trust Register the following will be informed: * the relevent local government * the owner * the nominator * other relevant community or professional organisations * the relevant Regional Committee * The Department of Urban Affairs and Planning * The Australian Heritage Commission In addition to the actual classification card being placed in the filing cabinets, a safe copy will be made and stored in a separate location. 8.15 Interim Addendum to the Register Inclusion in the Register as ratified by the Trust Board will require an interim adden dum to the Register to be maintained and updated until those new places and items are included in the next publication of the Register. 8.16 Removal from the Register The Trust does not remove demolished or compromised items or places from the Register, however these will be marked as such. The Register (and Trust archives) serves as a record of past and existing heritage in the State. The Trust has decided not to remove compromised items from the Register as willful damage could be con sidered by some individuals as a means of removal from the Register and therefore other heritage lists. 9.0 PRIORITIES AND RESOURCES The Trust, in having limited staffing resources and subject areas of need, must set priorities with regard to its classification activities. These priorities will be set as required and directed by the Director Conservation. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 25 9.1 Priorities for identification and assessment should be developed through the annual work program of the Conservation Division and those of each Technical Committee. The work program for each Committee will be approved by the Trust Board at the commencement of each Commmittee year. 9.2 Work load Unreasonable Trust staff work load will require priorities to be set with regard to which nominations for inclusion in the Register are considered. 9.3 Potential heritage items under threat Potential heritage items under threat of demolition or damage that would benefit from recognition by the Trust will be given higher priority than an item or place not under threat. 9.4 Under-Represented Categories Under-represented categories will be considered as a priority for classification action. Presently these include post-contact Aboriginal heritage, migrant heritage, twentieth century heritage, interiors of buildings cultural landscapes and selected areas of rural New South Wales. The Trust will apply for funding to engage a consultant to undertake Thematic and Typological studies when under-represented categories are identified. * The existing Technical Committee structure will in most cases be satisfac tory for the consideration of neglected categories. * In special cases a (permanent or temporary) specific task force, new com mitee, sub-committee may be established at the discretion of the Director Conservation. * In special cases (where funding is available} a full or part-time classification officer position may be established to manage the process of identifying and assessing neglected categories. 9.5 Classified in Principle and Considered for Classification Items and places granted "Classified in Principle" and "Considered for Classifica tion" status (refer 5.3) will be formally approved for inclusion in the Register as a high priority, to ensure complete classification cards and files. 9.6 Heritage items already adequately identified or protected The Trust will give low priority to assessing heritage items and places for inclusion in the Register where already adequately identified or protected by their inclusion on other heritage lists. Where requested the Trust and at the discretion of the Conservation Director, "Trust Classified Equivalent" status can be designated to certain items or places. (refer 5.4) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 26 10.0 GENERAL POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS The following policy recommendations have been extracted and in some cases adapted from the Industrial Archaeology Policy Paper dated 1988. These policies include major policies, funding, Conservation Principles, Statutory Protection and Conservation Action. 10.1 The National Trust strongly advocates the conservation of items and places which are identified as items of heritage significance (in the Trust Register or other heri tage list) and has therefore adopted the following major policies: * The Surra Charter (Australia ICOMOS)already adopted by the National Trust Council (Board), provides guidelines for industrial site conservation. All the conservation principles in the Surra Charter apply to cultural heritage items and places. * The preparation of a Conservation Plan should precede any major conser vation work at places which are determined to be culturally significant. * the continued use of heritage items and places in a traditional role is strongly supported. Where this is not possible, the trust advocates the re cycling of items and places through adaptive reuse. * Funding for regular maintainance should be the responsibility of the owner/controlling authority. The funding of conservation works, including restoration, or reconstruction, which fall clearly outside the usual mainte nance operations, should be-the responsibility of the owner, the State and the local community. In addition to these major policies, the Trust has also adopted the following specific policies: 10.2 FUNDING * Heritage sites and places of outstanding cultural and natural significance warrant conservation for the benefit of the public generally and public fund ing for conservation programs at these sites and places is supported by the National Trust. These sites should preferrably be acquired by the State and should come under the control of a statutory authority with appropriate con servation management expertise. * Other sites and places considered to be of heritage significance and which are in public ownership should have conservation works funded as part of the usual capital budget of the instrumentality concerned. * The Trust supports the allocation of funding to statutory authorities for the carrying out of heritage studies which identify sites of heritage significance; both those which are worthy of conservation and those which cannot be conserved. * Regular maintenance of any heritage item or place is the responsibility of the controlling authority, whether it be in public or private ownership. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 27 * Applications for funding of conservation projects should be considered indi vidually on their merits, bearing in mind the importance of the site, the financial resources of the applicant and the demands on available funding sources being made at the time. 10.3 CONSERVATION PRINCIPLES * All the conservation principles in The Surra Charter apply to the conserva tion of cultural heritage items and places. * Preservation will usually allow retention of the greatest number of significant attributes at a site, although the interpretation of a site or item and its understanding by the public may be enhanced by restoration and/or recon struction. The Trust recognises that for practical reasons it may be neces sary for adaptation· -(adaption) to be carried out so as to ensure the economic viability, and thereby the future existence of a place or item. * A Conservation Plan should be prepared prior to any major works being carried out on places or items which are determined to be culturally signifi cant. A Conservation Plan is also useful for regular maintenance and gen eral site management. * Preparation of Conservation Plans for places and items should follow the methodology outlined in The Conservation Plan by Dr J S Kerr (National Trust of Australia (NSW) second edition 1985). * A succinct statement of cultural significance should be prepared as part of the conservation planningprocess for a place or item. * Prior to any major physical works occurring at a place which is determined to be of significance, a formal statement of conservation policy should be prepared. * Retention of significance is the major consideration in any conservation planning or process for a significant place or item. * The Trust supports the continuing use of any place or item in its traditional role. * Regular maintenance programs are recognised as an integral element of the history of most heritage places and items, and particularly places and items which are designed specifically to require cyclical replacement of dif ferent fabric components. * Where places and items continue in traditional uses or have been adapted to new uses, the Trust acknowledges that it may be necessary for safe working practices or legal restrictions to prevail over conservation issues. * The Trust strongly supports the 'recycling' of significant places and items through adaptive re-use. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 28 * In a conservation or maintenance program the Trust considers that all features of the existing fabric of the item or place must be taken into con sideration. * Redundant places and items which are considered to be of outstanding heritage significance, warrant preservation, restoration and presentation to the public as a museum. * Whenever a place or item which is culturally significant cannot be con served, or is to undergo substantial change, it should be comprehensively recorded, using established procedures (at a minimum plans, drawings, photographs, slides). The records should be lodged with an appropriate public repository. * Archival resources associated with places and items should be retained and deposited in an appropriate public repository. - - - - 10.4 STATUTORY PROTECTION * Where a significant item or place is under threat from demolition, from unsympathetic works or from neglect, the Trust supports the use of the pro tective provisions of the New South Wales Heritage Act or any other appli cable statutory provision. * The Trust welcomes the opportunity to comment on draft heritage provi sions, heritage schedules or planning instruments. * The Trust actively encourages Local Government Authorities to consult with it with respect to development applications for items or places which are included in the Trust Register. * The Trust strongly advocates the inclusion of conservation planning objec tives within environmental planning instruments. The Trust believes that these objectives should be supported by adequate conservation provisions and the preparation of comprehensive schedules of heritage items to which these provisions apply. * Heritage items and places which are Classified by the Trust will be nom inated by the Trust for inclusion in the Register of the National Estate. * The Trust supports the examination and re-evaluation of the existing World Heritage Listing criteria, with a view to consideration being given to the inclusion on the World Heritage Register of any place or item of world heri tage significance as determined by the Trust. * The Trust advocates the undertaking of a comprehensive heritage study by each State instrumentality to which Section 170 of the New South Wales Heritage Act applies. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 29 * As an interim measure, the Trust believes that statutory authority registers (Section 170) should incorporate all places and items listed in the National Trust Register, and on the Master List of Industrial Sites, as well as items identified in Local Environmental Plan heritage schedules, or registers held by the Australian Heritage Commission. * The Trust maintains regular contact with a number of Statutory Authorities, and actively encourages all levels of Government to consult with it with respect to development proposals for items, or in areas, which are included in the Trust Register. 10.5 CONSERVATION ACTION * Generally the National Trust attempts to achieve its conservation objectives through discussion and negotiations with the owners, or authorities control ling places and items. * Where conservation cannot be achieved by negotiation, the Trust neces sarily reserves the right to take whatever action is deemed appropriate whenever an item of environmental heritage comes under threat. * The Trust considers that community action is often the most appropriate and most effective means of achieving conservation. * The Trust may participate in delegations or other activities undertaken by community action groups. Such participation is always on the understand ing that the National Trust's primary consideration is the conservation of the heritage item concerned and that, where the Trust's objective differs from those of other interested parties, the Trust may take a separate stand. * Where conservation issues are dealt with adequately by an existing interest group, the Trust will not duplicate this effort but will lend support if possible. 11.0 REVIEW The Policy should be reviewed every five years, or as required, from the date of its adoption by the Board. Factors that may highlight the need for review include appointment or loss of staff, establishment of new committees, loss or amalgamation of committees or change in government policy or practice. 11.1 Review of this Policy may be initiated by a Committee Chairperson or Director Con servation. Review may also be initiated by a committee member or member of staff approaching either of the above. 11.2 The Trust should periodically assess the effectiveness of Trust classification, the subjects and geographic areas that would benefit most from Trust identification. Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 30 Attachment A DEFINITIONS AND ABBRIEVIATIONS Heritage definitions in use by the Trust are generally those accepted within the professional heri tage field. The definitions listed below are generally a combination of those appearing the Borra Charter and its Guidelines (The Australia ICOMOS Charter for the Conservation of Places of Cultural Significance) and the Report entitled 'Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria - Draft Manual' prepared by Godden Mackay for the NSW Department of Planning in 1994. NATIONAL TRUST SPECIFIC Trust National Trust of Australia (NSW) Listed Term generally used for an item on a heritage register or list Classified Term used by the National Trusts of Australia to mean an item on the Register Recorded Term formerly used by the NSW Trust to refer to items previously given a lesser status than Classified Restoration Appeal The National Trust of Australia (NSW) conducts appeals for restoration of classified buildings with support from local organisations, to enable restora tion work to be funded and undertaken under supervision. Technical Committees The Committees of the Conservation Division of the National Trust of Aus tralia (NSW) which have a classification or advisory role. They are as fol lows: AAC Architecture Advisory Committee CCC Cemeteries Conservation Committee HBC Historic Buildings Committee IAC Industrial Archaeology Committee LCC Landscape Conservation Committee PGCC Parks and Gardens Conservation Committee ucc Urban Conservation Committee GENERAL Adaption means modifying a place to suit proposed compatible uses. [Surra Charter, 1988] Aesthetic Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in creative and technical accomplishment significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49] Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 31 Archaeological Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in research potential significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49] Assessment Criteria Criteria for assessing heritage significance. (also referred to as listing criteria) Australian Council of National Trusts (ACNT) Co-ordinating body for all State and Territory National Trusts in Australia. Australian Heritage Commission (AHC) An independent statutory authority which is responsible to the Commonwealth Min ister for the Environment. It administers the AHC Act and is responsible for the Register of the National Estate. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49] Borra Charter & Guideline Charter adopted by Australian ICOMOS which established the nationally accepted standard for the conservation of places of heritage significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49] Compatible use Means modifying a place to suit proposed compatible uses. [Surra Charter, 1988] Conservation Means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its cultural signifi cance. It includes maintenance and may according to circumstance include preser vation, restoration, reconstruction and adaption and will be commonly a combination of more than one of these. [Surra Charter 1988] Cultural Significance Aesthetic, historic, scientific or social value for past, present or future generations [Surra Charter 1988], and; a term frequently used to encompass all aspects of significance, particularly in guidelines documents such as the Surra Charter. Also one of the categories of sig nificance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in all of the SHI criteria particularly community esteem significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:50] Cultural Landscapes Those areas of the landscape which have been significantly modified human activity. They include rural lands such as farms, villages and mining sites, as well as country towns, suburbs or urban centres. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:49] Department of Urban Affairs and Planning (DUAP) State government department which among many other roles, administers the Heri tage Council. (formerly Department of Planning c.1995) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 32 Fabric means all the physical material of the place. [Surra Charter, 1988] Heritage Act The NSW Heritage Act. (1977) Heritage Council of NSW The NSW Government's heritage advisory body established under the Heritage Act 1977. It provides advice to te Minister for Urban Affairs and Planning and others on heritage issues. It is also the determining authority for Section 60 applications and has an important role in heritage education. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:50] Heritage Significance A term used to encompass all aspects of significance (see Cultural Significance). Defined in the Heritage Act as aesthetic, historic, scientific, cultural, social, archaeo logical, natural or aesthetic value for past, present or future generations. Used in the SHI methodology to describe the nature and degree of significance or impor tance of an item. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51] Heritage Value Term often used interchangeably with "heritage significance". [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51] Historic Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in evolution and association significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51) Interim Conservation Order (ICO) An order made under Section 26 of the Heritage Act to control demolition and development. The order lasts for one year or until it is revoked or a Permanent Conservation Order is made. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51] International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) An international organisation linked to UNESCO that brigns together people con cerned with the conservation and study of places of cultural significance. There are also national committes in sixty countries including Australia (see ICOMOS). [God den Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51] Item A building, structure, work, relic, place or group. The generic term used to describe objects under consideration for heritage significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:51) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 33 Maintenance means the continuous protective care of the fabric, contents and setting of a place, and is to be distinguished from repair. Repair involves restoration or reconstruction and it should be treated accordingly. [Surra Charter, 1988] National Parks and Wildlife Services (NSW) (NPWS) Government Services responsible for National Parks in NSW. Natural Heritage One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in all of the SHI criteria especially research potential significance. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52]. Those areas of the landscape which have not been significantly modified by human activity. Permanent Conservation Order (PCO) An order made under Section 44 of the Heritage Act to protect a significant heritage item in NSW. This order remains in place indefinitely, unless revoked. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52] Place A term often used interchangeably with "item" in describing matters under heritage assessment consideration. (Does not include moveable items). The term is used particularly in relation to items of ta- Register of the National Estate. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52] and; means site, area, building or other work, group of buildings or other works together with associated contents and surrounds. [Surra Charter 1988] Preservation means maintaining the fabric of a place in its existingstate and retarding deteriora - tion. [Surra Charter, 1988] Public Works Department New South Wales Public Works Department, the State government department which is responsible for State projects. Reconstruction means returning a place as nearly as possible to a known earlier state and is dis tinguished by the introduction of materials (new or old) into the fabric. This is not to be confused with either recreation or conjectural reconstruction which are outside the scope of the Surra Charter. [Surra Charter, 1988] Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria PART C - Draft Policy 34 Regional Environmental Plan (REP) A plan prepared by the Department of (Urban Affairs and) Planning under the EPA and made by the Minister following public exhibition. Similar to LEP, but usually made over a wider area. Can identify heritage items and include controls for their protection and development, such as the Hunter Heritage REP. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:53] Register of the National Estate (RNE) List of natural, Aboriginal and European heritage items of national significance. The Register is kept by the Australian Heritage Commission and includes both interim and permanent listings. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52] Relic Any deposit, object or material evidence relating to non-Aboriginal settlement which is more than 50 years old. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:52] Restoration means returning the EXISTING fabric of a place to a known earlier state by remov ing accretions or by reassembling existing components without the introduction of new material. [Surra Charter, 1988] Royal Australian Institute of Architects (RAIA) Professional organisation of architects:-- SAHS Scientific, Aesthetic, Historic, Social. Scientific Significance One of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in research potential significance in SHI criteria. Social Significance On of the categories of significance listed in the Heritage Act. Included in commun ity esteem significance in the SHI criteria. [Godden Mackay Pty Ltd 1994:53] State Heritage Inventory (SID) This abbrieviation is used in charts and text to indicate assessment criteria required for use by the Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, and intended to be used for the State Heritage Inventory. (SHIP - 'P' stands for Program) United Nations Education Science Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) Graduate Project - Catherine Macarthur 1995 UNSW National Trust of Australia (NSW) Classification and Criteria pl/ The National Trust of Australia (NSW) ...... :own, Qistrict or Location • Name or Identification (include other names) Location I Street Name and No. POSlcode 0 " .~JlhOr of • Real Property Description Zoning ~oposal Region Present Owner I Responsible Authority oa1e of Proposal 0 Site Area (Ha/sq. m.) Grid Reference r oa1e Inspected .. Bibliography/sources (written.graphic.oral) L,alegory Local Govt. Authority 51b-Category ~mittee nusl use) Board date approved 'frust use) 0 Statement of Significance Evaluation Criteria RARE REPRESENTATIVE EVOLUTION ·ASSOCIATION (Historical) CREATIVE· TECHNICAL (Aeslhetic) COMMUNITY ESTEEM (Social) RESEARCH POTENTIAL Scientific) OTHER L - Local, R - Regional, S - State, N • National Historical Themes I ? • I \ tch Plan / Photo I No Neg No See over for History, hor Date Description, Assessment etc separate page for site plan if required) of Significance ~ 0 p2/ I The National Trust of Australia (NSW) ,,... l------;------t A5sessment of Significance • State Heritage Inventory Assessment Criteria l_, t • EYllMloo an f IQiletloo 2 • Crea" > ·caterjon s · Other t Criterion s • Rare I Criterion Z • Representative ~ ' Other Heritage Listings • tick Condition ) i) Register of the National Estate (AHC) - Register , ii) Register of the National Estate (AHC) • Interim iii) 20th Century Buildings of Significance List (RAIA) j iv) Heritage & Conservation Register (PWD) , v) Heritage Council Register • ICO I vi) Heritage Council Register • PCO l vii) Heritage Council Register • Section 130 Order ' viii) Heritage Council Register • Nomination ix) NSW Government Department Register (S.170) X) NP&WS Historic Sites Register xi) NP&WS Aboriginal Sites Register (Contact sites) xii) Institution of Engineers (NSW) Heritage Register xiii) REP Heritage Schedule xiv) LEP Heritage Schedule ~e items i, ii, iii,v, vi & ix are ticked co111>atible assessment criteria to those used by the Trust were likely to have been used. 'Trust Classified • quivalenr status may be granted without reassessment • Conservation Conservation Committee approval required. p3/ The National Trust of Australia (NSW rHistory _I Architects, Builder, Date of Construction, Modifications, Uses etc I l I I I f I f , I I Physical Description · · · · I_stfle, construction, boundaries/curtilage, setting, form, scale, townscape, views, vistas, street furniture, interiors, I .. J-- APPENDICES ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR THE FOLLOWING: A UNESCO World Heritage Listing B AHC Register of the National Estate C State Heritage Inventory (NSW) -proposed - Heritage Council Register (NSW) - Section 170 Heritage and Conservation Regis- ters - Heritage Studies - local and regional - LEP and REP Heritage Schedules D RAIA - 20th Century Buildings List (NSW) E National Trust and State/Territory Government Appendix A- A~essment Criteria UNESCO WORLD HERITAGE LIST (referred to Part A - Section 5) . ... . ' ~,, - __ ,. ·- ~-.-':::. WO R L·D tt· E R. I TAG E _,,-· l WORLD HERITAGE LISTING PRO<;ESS ( . I -. ; 1 / ·~- :::>- Only the national governments of relevant scientific and technical .., I:.~- - parties to the World Heritage experts from around the world. ... : -. Convention can ~minate properties ; .\ ·for inscription on the World The evaluations undertaken by \ . \ Heritage Llst. The national IUCN and ICOMOS are considered ' - , ,- \ governments do not decide, by the World Heritage Bureau. The however, if the nominated property Bureau decides on recommendations is inscribed on the World Heritage to be made to the World Heritage Llst. This is the key role of the Committee and also on the need for World Heritage Committee as part further information required from -. of a process involving extensive "either the non-government international appraisai and organisations or the nominating ... ·; .. ·.:.·~ consideration. country . ·~. Nominations have to be received by The World Heritage Committee at ·._} the World Heritage Committee its annual meetings considers the Secretariat at the headquar~ers of Bureau's recommendations and UNESCO in Paris by 1 October ea_ch evaluations from the non year for consideration in the go:vernment organisations, and assessment process._ This process makes a decision on inscription of culmina_tes in a decision on listing _ the property. being taken by the World Heritage Cornrruttee meeting at the end of the The World Heritage nomination and ;) following year. · listing processes are very rigorous ,. and are taken very seriously by the -~ - The World Heritage ~ommittee in -World Heritage Committee. The its early years generated a set of Committee is certainly no rubber rules of pr9Ceciure and operational stamp for inscribing properties on guidelines to provide a firm basis for the World Heritage List. Many the assessment process and to nominat~ properties have either - ensure that it acts in an objective and been withdrawn o:r reject~ because · _professional manner. · ') they failed the assessment.process. \ ) When nominations are received by The following diagram sets out the ::,. the World Heritage Committee · nomination and listing process. e,.. .. . Secretariat, they are referred to the ' World Heritage Bureau (the ·,'I Executive of the World Heritage Committee) to be thoroughly · . } assessed. The Bureau is assisted in : \ ' ' this task by international n~m govemment organisations which provide impartial professional . •, evaluations of each nomination. The International Council_ for Monuments and Sites CICOMOS) is - the advisory body for cultural properties while the World Conservation Union (IUCN) advises . March 1993 ." ...__ on natural properties. In addition, ...._ ) i these organisations consult with 5 WORLD HERITAGE PROCESS· Australian Government submits nomination to World Heritage Committee t World Heritage Committee refers nomination to World Heritage Bureau for assessment ♦ World Heritage Bureau obtains advice-from IUCN (natural places) or ICOMOS :... (cultural places) -... Nomination assessed' at June meeting of World Heritage Bureau World Heritage• Bureau makes recommendation to World Heritage Committee on suitability for listing - ,, - Additional information ~ -... sought from .. Australian Goyernment H ♦ Decision on nomination at December meeting of World Heritage Committee ·♦ Nomination rejected for Decision on nomination World Heritage·List ' deferred H Nom_ination accepted for World Heritage List . I Place inscribed on World Heritage List 6 WO R Lb / ') WO~LD HERITAGE CRITERIA ,:• • ))i ~.: geomorphic or physiographic ... , In ordei: to qualify for the World . ,1• ..-_ Heritage·Llst, a nominated property· features; or I\' must meet specific criteria of ), outstanding universal value from (ii) be outstanding examples ~ \ either a natural or cultural point of representing significant on-going -tt.: '; . view. ecological and biological processes in the evolution and development of '=-£!7 NATURAL terrestrial, freshwater, coastal and marine ecosystems and ~mmunities of plants and animals; or Article 2 of the World Heritage Convention defines natural heritage as: (iii)_ contain superlative natural phenomena or areas of exceptional . natural features consisting of natural beauty and aesthetic _:_, \" -~, physical and biological formations importance; or ~:.·., . or groups of such ·fomla tions, which are of outstanding universal (iv) contain the most important and -/J· significant natural habitats for in- , /. . value from the aesthetic or . . scientific point of view; ·situ conservation of biological · . . diversity, including those containing ·J'~ - -.. . geological and physiographicai thr_eatened species of outstanding fonnations and precisely uruversal value from the point of delineated areas which constitute view of science or conservation. the habitat of threatened species of animals and plants of outstanding In addition, natural heritage · universal value from the point of · properties must also fulfil the view of science or conservation; following conditions of integrity: (a) The sites described in (i) should . natural sites or precisely contain all or most of the key ·delineated natural areas of · interrelated al_ld interdependent outstanding unive_rsal value from elements in their natural the point of view of science relationships. For example, an 'ice conservation or natural beauty. age' area should include the snow field, the glacier itself and samples · As part of the operational guidelines of cutti~g patterns, deposition and for the implementation of the . \. \ colonisation (eg: striations, Conv~ntion, the World Heritage moraines, pioneer stages of plant · -~ . Committee has adopted a set of > succession); in the case of volcanoes, . ~-·i.. : criteria for_assessing nominations. the magmatic_ series should be ~=- \ For a property to be included on the '· . CO!llplete and all or most of the World Heritage Llst as natural varieties of effusive rocks and types heritage, the World Heritage · of eruptions be Committee must find that it meets . represented. . one or more of _the follo~~ng criteria: (b) The sites described in (ii) should have sufficient size and contain the (i) be outstanding examples 1, \. necessary elements to aemonstrate .' '!3 representing major stages of earth's· history, including the record of life, the key aspects of processes that are essential for the long-term significant on-going geological conservation cif the ecosystem and ;·•·-) processes in the development of ~-~.. landforms, or significant the biological diversity they contain; for example, an area of tropical 7 rainforest should include a certain amount Party should also provide other of variation in elevation above sea level, document{s) {e.g: operational plans) which changes in topography and soil types, may guide the management of the site river systems and naturally regenerating until such time when a management plan patches; similarly, a coral reef should is finalised. include adjacent ecosystems both landward and seaward which act as The sites described above should have buffers regulating nutrient and sediment adequate long-term legislative, regulatory inputs into the reef. or institutional protection. They may coincide with or constitute parts of (c} The sites described in (iii} should be of existing or proposed protected areas, such outstanding aesthetic value and include as national parks or biosphere reserves. areas whose conservation is essential for While management of such existing or the long term mainte~ce of the beauty of proposed protected area categories may the site; for example, a site whose scenic concern itself with a variety of zones, the values depend on a waterfall, should characteristics of all such zones may not include adjacent catchment and satisfy the criteria and the conditions of downstream habitats whose conservation integrity. is linked to the maintenance of the aesthetic qualities of the site. Sites described above should have the most important sites for the conservation (d} The sites described in (iv} should of biological diversity. Biological contain habitats for maintaining the most diversity, according to the new global diverse fauna and flora chara.cteristic of Convention on Biological Diversity, means the biogeographic pro,.,inces and the variability among living organisms in ecosystems under ·consideration; for terrestrial, marine and other aquatic . example, a tropical savannah area should ecosystems and the ecological complexes include its unique assemblage of of which they are a part and includes · herbivores and plants which have co diversity within species, between species evolved; an island ecosystem, should and of ecosystems. Only those sites which include habitats for the maintenance of the are the most biologically diverse are likely }?iological diversity endemic to it; where to meet criteria (ii) and (iv}. wide-ranging species which are threatened occur, sites should be large enough to CULTURAL include the most critical habitats (e.g. feeding, breeding, nestin·g etc.} essential to ensure the survival of viable populations Article 1 of the World Jieritage of those species; in the case of migratory Convention defines cultural heritage as: species, seasonal breeding and nesting sites, arid migratory routes, wherever they . monuments: architectural works, works are located, should be adequately of monumental sculpture and painting, protected; international conventions, e.g. elements or structures of an· the Convention of Wetlands of archaeological nature, inscriptions, cave International Importance Especially as dwe~lings and combinations of features, Waterfowl Habi_tat {Ramsar Convention}, which are of outstanding universal value · for ensuring the protection of habitats of from the point of view of history, art or migratory species of waterfowl, and o_ther science; multi- and bi-lateral agreements could .. provide this assurance. . groups of buildings: groups of separate or connected buildings which, because All sites described above should have of their architecture, their homogeneity managements. When a site does not_ have or their place in the landscape, are of a management plan at the time when it is outstanding universal value fiom the nominated for the consideration of the point of view of history, art or science; World Heritage Committee, the State Party concerned should indicate when sites: works of man or the 'combined such a plan would become available and works of nature and man, and areas how it proposes to mobilise the resources including archaeological sites which are required for the preparati9n and of outstanding universal value from the implementation of the plan. The State historical, aesthetic, ethnological or anthropological points of view." s legislation at the national, pro,.incial or For a property to be included on the municipal level or well-established .~-· World Heritage Llst as cultural heritage, traditional protection and/or adequate the World Heritage Committee ll)USt find · management mechanisms is therefore that it meets one or more of the following essential and must be stated clearly on the ./ _/ criteria: nomination form. Assurances of the effective implementation of these laws (i) represent a unique artistic and/or management mechanisms are also aclµevement, ~ masterpiece of the creative expected: Furthermore, in order to - ·., _/ -~ geniu.s; or preserve the integrity of cultural sites, ··'t,..:.=.~: .... Frticularly those open to large numbers (ii) have exerted great influence, over a of visitors, the State Party concerned span of time or within a cultural area of should be able to provide evidence of the world, on developments in · suitable administrative arrangements to architecture, monumental arts, town cover the management of the property, its planning or landscape design; or . conservation and its accessibility to the public. (iii) bear a unique or at least exceptional testimony to a civilisation or culturaJ tradition which has disappeared; or ~ . ~.;.-:__\. (iv) be an outstanding example of a type of building or architectural ensemble or .• landscape which illustrates significant ' ' stage(s) in human history; or. (v) be an outstanding example of __;-·•.,·;./ traditional human settleme_nt or land use which is representative of a culture (or cultures), especially when it.has become vulnerable under the impact of irreversible change; or . \ -·'11 '- ;,,<. ,./ (vi) be directly and tangibly a5$0ciated with events or living traditions, with ideas; ---· :;:;·-- or with beliefs, with artistic and literary works of outstanding universal significance (the Committee consid.ers that this criterion should justify inclusion on the List only in exceptional circumstance or in conjunction with other criteria) .. In addition, cultural heritage properties . must also: ~ ii~: \,l ' ~... '\ (i) meet the test of authenticity in design, f) ) material, workmanship or setting and in I , \ . the case of cultural landscapes their . ff: ( ' ' distinctive character and .components (the C:ommittee stressed that reconstruction is only acceptable if it is carried out on the basis of complete and detailed · documentation on the original and to no extent on conjecture). (ii)· have adequate legal and/or traditional protection and management mechanisms · to ensure the conservation of the nominated cu)tural property o_r cultural Maich 1993 landscapes. The existence of protective 9 Appendix B- A~essment Criteria AUSTRALIAN HERITAGE COMMISSION REGISTER OF THE NATIONAL ESTATE (referred to Part A - Section 5) CRITERIA Criterion A: Its importance in the course, or pattern, of Australia's natural or cultural history -...... : .. A.I Importance in the evolution of Australian flora, fauna, landscapes or .. _ --~' r,; 1·, \ _ climate. ' I •'-f ( ;',"l""' t.:;•~·-; A.2 Importance in maintaining existing processes or natural systems at the regional or national scale. A.3 Importance in exhibiting unusual richness or diversity of flora, fauna, landscapes or cultural features. A.4 Importance for their association with events, developments or cultural phases which have had a significant role in the human occupation and evolution of the nation, State, region or community. Criterion B: Its possession of uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of Australia's natural or cultural history B.I Importance for rare, endangered or uncommon flora, fauna, communities, ecosystems, natural landscapes or phenomena, or as wilderness. B.2 Importance in demonstrating a distinctive way of life, custom, process, land use, function or design no longer practised, in danger of being lost, or of exceptional interest. Criterion C: Its potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding or Australia's natural or cultural history C. I Importance for information contributing to wider understanding of Australian natural history, by virtue of their use as research sites, teaching sites, type localities, refere nee or benchmark sites. C.2 Importance for information contributing to a wider understanding of the history of human occupation of Australia. Criterion D: Its importance in demonstrating the principal characteristics of: (I) A class of Australia's natural or cultural places; or (II) A class of Australia's natural or cultural environments. D. I Importance in demonstrating the principal characteristics of the range of landscapes, environments, ecosystems, the attributes of which identify them as being characteristic of their class. :0.2 Importance in demonstrating the principal characteristics of the range of human activities in the Australian environment (including way of life, philosophy, custom, process, land use, function, design or technique). Criterion E: Its importance in exhibiting particular aesthetic characteristics valued by a community or cultural group E. l Importance for a community for aesthetic characteristics held in high esteem or otherwise valued by the community. Criterion F: Its importance in demonstrating a high degree of creative or technical achievement at a particular period F. I Importance for their technical, creative, design or artistic excellence, innovation or achievement. Criterion G: Its strong or special associations with a particular community or cultural group for social, cultural or spiritual reasons G. I Importance as places highly valued by a community for reasons of religious, spiritual, cultural, educational or social associations. Criterion H: Its special association with the_ life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance in Australia's natural or cultural history H. I Importance for their close associations with individuals whose activities have been significant within the history of the nation, State or region. Appendix C- A~essment Criteria DEPARTMENT OF URBAN AFFAIRS AND PLAN NING (NSW) STATE HERITAGE INVENTORY (proposed) (Extract from Department of Planning, Draft Manual for the Use of Historical Themes and Evaluation Criteria, October 1994) (referred to Part A - Section 5) -. ·. :c. ( .. 3.3 The State Heritage Inventory Evaluation Criteria The criteria are divided into two categories: • nature of significance; and • corn parative significance . There are five criteria in the first category and two in the second. '~ ·.. .. ,. r . . • ·. I•• '( , '• . Nature of Significance Criteria ~ Type· · • • l~J ~• .... : <., Criterion 1: Evolution and Association· (Historic) An item which meets this criterion is significant because of the importance of Its association with the history of New South Wales. Criterion 2: Creative and Technical Accomplishment (Aesthetic) An item meeting this criterion is significant because it demonstrates creative or technical excellence, Innovation or achievement in New South Wales. Criterion 3: Community Esteem (Social) Items meeting this criterion are significant through their social, spiritual or cultural association with a community in New South Wales: · · ·:· •·· · · · Criterion 4: Research Potential (Scientific) Items meeting this criterion are significant ~cause of their potential to contribute to an understanding of the history or historic environment of New South Wales. Criterion 5: Other Significant for some other value to past, present or future generations in New South Wales. [are you serious? BOMA wiU run us out of town on this one] This criterion can only be used If it can be successfully argued [to whom?] that a previously unidentified criterion exists outside those already specified. Comparative Significance Criteria Criterion 6: Rarity An item meeting this criterion is significant because it represents a rare, endangered or unusual aspect of the history or historic environment of New South Wales. Criterion 7: Representativeness Items meeting this criterion are significant because they represent an important class of historic items or environments In.New South Wales. 10 An item which meets at least one of the Nature Criteria (1-5) AND Is significant; 1.e .. it meets· at least'one of is· a Heritage the Comparitive Criteria Item (6-7) AND retains integrity of its · key attributes To be assessed as significant an item must: • qualify under one of the·five nature criteria( ,. . . ''-' .. AND ,• • qualify under one of the.two degree criteria; AND • it must also retain the integrity of its key attributes of significance Integrity An item does not have to be intact or in good condition in order to retain its integrity. Rather, It must not be altered or compromised to such an extent that the criteria cannot be applied and its links to the thematic context are not clear. An archaeological site, for example, may yield useful information and therefore meet criterion 4 (Research Potential), even though it is not intact. In this case it is the site itself and the information it can reveal which is significant. Its integrity is not measured by the condition of standing structures. Similarly, a place that was the venue for a major ·evant rr1ay meet.Criterion 1 (Evolution and Association) because.-its'·historical association is important. The integrity of this Item depends on the strength of the association and the importance of the event in relation to an historical theme, not necessarily upon the intactness of any structures on the site. Appendix D - Assessment Criteria ROYAL AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHI TECTS (NSW Chapter) TWENTIETH CENTURY BUILDINGS LIST (referred to Part A - Section 5) . -- - ' ' ctic1pter·s list of Twentieth Century suIldings has been prepared by the Architecture Conservation Committee as a guide to individuals and institutions concerned with the preservation of the erchitectural heritage of Lh~ State. Chapter has long seen the need to champion th~ Cdu~~ of contemporary architectur~ (through such awards as the Sulman Medal) and the heritage created by our predecessors in this century. For whilP. bodies like the National Tru5t of Australia (NS\V), the NSW Herititge Coun~il, and the Australian Heritage Commission have made significant contributions in the fields of listing and preserving our architectural heritage thAir Pmph.asis has t>Een on the nineteenth century. This list adds to and amplifies the Lists published in 1973. 197R, 1981, 1985 and 1990. Research into the histories of all eligible buildings has been undertaken ur.der the chairmanship of Peter Phillips and Lester Tropman by the following members of the Conservation Committee. Glen Cowell Ron Edgar Jennifer Hill llodhoward Mandy Jean Roylumby Jon Mathias Pet@r Phillips Robert Staas Lester Trnpman Don Truman Peter Ver'-&1n The~ chosen cover the full spectrum of arrhitPrtural excellence during the period 1900- 1950,.=and include: ..I the most significant examples of the work of leading architects those buildings which are recognised as important landmarks in the development of archl,:eaure, and those buildings which, because of their quality and siting, make a significance contribution to the envir orummt The update list is inttnded to be or guidance to archltectS, and to assist them in the implementation of Chapter's Policy on the Preservation of Architecturally Valuable Buildings. It should be noted that the list presented here is held on a card index at Chapter. Each card prnvicf~ basic data such as the building n3m~, ;;iddrl?SS, do1e, designer and buih.h:r as well as a recent photograph. All information has been referenced, which should ptove invaluable to reseatch scholars. The date provided i~ uc.ually that of building completion. At this stage the list is not exhaustive and much work rPmains to be done within the Suburben Area of the State. The Architecture Conservation Committee will wekome any suggestions for further entri~s and any corrections to the infotmation listed. Other lists of significance buildings which should be consulted are: Australian Heritage Council Register Heritage Council of New soutl"! Wales National Trust of Australia (r~SW) Register In addition various local government bodies and historical societies have lists of important buildings ,n their districts. Appendix E Assessment Criteria NATIONAL TRUST AND STATE/TERRITORY GOVERNMENT OF AUSTRALIA List of items following: NSW National Trust (not included - No singular clear assessment cri teria used refer Part A - Section 4 for individual committee policy State Government - Department of Urban Affairs and Planning i) SHI criteria ACT National Trust (not included - same as below) Territory Government ii) Criteria as contained in ACT (Planning and Environment) Act 1991 Victoria National Trust iii) Classification Policy - Assessing Significance p9 Historic Buildings Council iv) Criteria for Assessment for inclusion on The His toric Buildings Register Queens'd National Trust (not included - same as below) v) State Government Queensland Heritage Act 1992, Part 4, 23.(1) - Criteria Tasmania National Trust vi) Trust Register - Foreward, p4 vii) State Government Historic Cultural Heritage Bill, 1994 - Criteria WA National Trust viii) Built Environment and Landscape 'codes' J Heritage Council ix) Criteria for Entry in the Register NT National Trust x) Register of Significant Places xi) Territory Government Heritage Conservation Act, 1991, Part 3, 18. SA National Trust (not included - same as below) State Government xii) Heritage Act 1993 3.2 The SHI Evaluation Criteria One of the key objectives of the New South Wales State Heritage Inventory is the provision of consistent and rigorous criteria for assessing the significance of heritage items. The project bas therefore included the development of a series of cri1eria wb.icb, are compatible with, (though not identical to), the criteria used federally by the Australian Heritage Commission in assessing items for the addition 10 the Register of the Nauonal Estate. Toe SHI criteria arc divided into nature (or type) and degree (or level.) of significance Nature of Significance Criteria Criterion 1: Evolution and Associa"tion (Historic) Significant in the evolving partern of, or for associations with, the history ofNew South Wales. Criterion 2: Creative and Technical Accomplishment (Aesthetic) Significant for creative or technical excellence, inspiration, innovation or achievement in New South Wales. Criterion 3: Community Esteem (Social) Significant through association with a community in New South Wales for socia~ spiri(Ual or other reasons. Criterion 4: Research Potential (Scientific) Significant for the potential to yield information contributing to an understanding of . the history, or historic environment, ofNew South Wales. · Criterion 5: Other Significant for some other value to past, present or future generations in New South Wales. Degree of Significance Criteria Criterion 6: Rare Significant in possessing rare, endangered or uncommon aspects of the history or historic environment, of New South Wales. ' Criterion 7: Representative Significant in demonstrating the characteristics of a class of historic items or environments, in New South Wales. ' meets at least one of the Nature Criteria (1-5) An item which AND is significant; ie ·it is a Heritage Item . . meets at least one of Degree Criteria (6-7) AND retains integrity of its Attachment 1 . - - Australian Capital Territory Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991 CRITERIA FOR 1HE ASSESSMENT OF 11IE HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE OF PLACES 1. Under section 56 of the Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991 the criteria for the assessment of the heritage significance of places are: ~~'•f 1.'e\.•-~i) a place which demonstrates a high degree of technical and/or creative ft achievement, by showing qualities of innovation or departure or representing a new achievement of its time; (ii) a place which exhibits outstanding design or aesthetic qualities valued by the £.\ community or a cultural group; (iii) a place which demonstrates a distinctive way of life, taste, tradition, religion, land use, custom, process, design or function which is no longer practised, is in danger or being lost, or is of exceptional interest; 6-\ (iv) a place which is highly valued by the community or a cultural group for reasons of strong or special religious, spiritual, cultural, educational or social associations; (v) a place which is the only known or only comparatively intact example of its type; (vi) a place which is a notable example of a class of natural or cultural places or landscapes and which demonstrates the principal characteristics of that class; (vii) a place which has strong or special associations with person, group, event, development or cultural phase which played a significant part in local or national history; (viii) a place which represents the evolution of a natural landscape, including significant geological features, landforms, biota or natural processes; (ix) a place which is a significant habitat or locality for the life cycle of native species; for rare, endangered or uncommon species; for species at the limits of their natural range; or for district occurrences of species; (x) a place which exhibits unusual richness, diversity or significant transitions of flora, fauna or natural landscapes and their elements; or (xi) a place which demonstrates a likelihood of providing information which will contribute significantly to a wider understanding of natural or cultural history, by virtue of its use as a research site, teaching site, type locality or benchmark site. I . . - .... · . Attachment 2 Australian Capital Territory Heritage Objects Act 1991 CRITERIA FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF TIIE HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE OF OBJECTS Under subsection 9(2) of the Heritage Objects Act 1991 the criteria for the assessment of the heritage significance of an object are: (i) An object which demonstrates a high degree of technical and/or creative achievement, by showing qualities of innovation or departure, or representing a new achievement of its time; (ii) An object which exhibits outstanding design or aesthetic qualities valued by the community or a cultural group; (iii) An object which is evidence of a distinctive way of life, taste, tradition, religion, land use, custom, process, design or function which is no longer practised, is in danger of being lost, or is of exceptional interest; (iv) An object which is highly valued by the community or a cultural group for reasons of strong or special religious, spiritual, cultural, educational or social associations; (v) An object which is the only known or only comparatively intact example of its type; (vi) An object which is a notable example of a class of objects and which demonstrates the principal characteristics of that class; (vii) An object which has strong or special associations with a person, group, event, development , or cultural phase in local or national ~story; (viii) An object which is significant in understanding the evolution of natural landscapes, including significant geological features, landforms, biota or natural processes; or (ix) An object which demonstrates a likelihood of providing information which will contribute significantly to a wider understanding of natural and cultural history, by virtue of its strong or special association with research or teaching or by providing evidence ofa past type locality or benchmark site. I DRAFf CITATION FOR CLASSIFICATION BY THE NATIONAL TRUST OF_AUSTR;ti;IA, - (ACT). NAME: BOXFORD Garden of Mr & Mrs Peter & Polly Park NOMINATED BY: Australian Garden History Society with the support of ·the National Trust (ACT) Inc. STATUS OF PLACE AT DATE OF NOl\fiNATION: Not listed LOCATION: 21 Scarborough St, Red Hill ACT 2603 ACT Leased Land BWCK & SECTION: Block 19 Section 22 CURTILAGE: Entire Section DESCRIPTION OF PLACE: The Parks have created eight very different styles of gardens within half an acre of land. These styles range from the classic Chinese, Japanese, Parterre and Indian gardens to the more recent, American and contemporary Main Garden (refer Plan 1). The residence titled 'Boxford' is a unique concept in Canberra. Major classical styles are represented at one residence. As the nations capital and renowned as the Gai-der. City, these internatiomtl garden styles are especially significant in Canberra. The gardens emphasise the international character of Canberra and the role of Canberra as Australia's main link with other cultures. Each garden contains strong ··· ---focal points.around which careful consideration-has-been given,-to the--placement-of- -·- - plants, fences, gates and artefacts (of which most originate from other countries) to nQ JAN 1995 ~ 2 form a sculptured scheme. The gardens, designed. _to give a feeling of peace and serenity, offer visitors a rare opportunity to view a range of garden .styles in one area. It is as simple as walking from room to room. . -- ·· · -:- -· - - The front yard has a simplicity in style, plant form and texrure, reflecting the structure of the remaining gardens. Its style resembles the typical early Williamsburg gardens in the United States of America. with the white house in the background and the clipped box hedge (which borders a brick path leading diagonally to the front door). In the centre of the front largely grassed yard is an old Eucalyptus maDD..i.fi:ra (photograph 1). The Parks have called their residence 'Boxford', after the clipped box found within the gardens. Entering through the side gate, the first garden one encounters is the Elizabethan Knot Garden containing Santolina chama.ecyparissus and Thymus spp.. It is reminiscent of the popular 16th century knot gardens in Engiand. This garden is followed by the intricately detailed, miniarure Chinese garden (approximately 3 x 2.5m), a representative from the Suzhou region of China. For this garden, intricate pavilions, furniture and houses have been used, the wood of which has been collected from antique shops in China. Skilled Chinese craftsmen carved the wood into the fine representations. Winding paths around a pond of water, a number of bonsai and carefully placed limestone rocks contribute to the scene of the surrounding countryside (photograph 2). This garden was created after a number of visits to Chinese gardens and much study of their culture and beliefs. Another gateway leads to the Japanese garden, contained in an area approximately llm x llm and bordered by a stained timber fence, bamboo and a high wall. It includes: a 300-year-old Japanese lantern, granite basin and bamboo scoop (used traditionally for washing before entering the viewing house), rocks set in an expanse of gravel and a water feature with a low waterfall (photograph 3). Trees used include: Pinus patula~ Acer palmatum 'Atrolineare' and a white flowering Cornus Borida. A Pinus radiata. casts shade over much of this garden and gives it a sense of age. On a mounded area Ferns, Azaleas (R. kurome 'Kirin'), Viburnum tinus, Bll)(lls sempervirens 'Suffrutic-osa', Camellia spp., Aralia spp. and Japanese Iris ~ve been placed. Two Juniperos chinensis 'Pfitzeriana-aurea1 have been skilfully pruned and supported to form a miniature Japanese sailing ship. The Japanese Garden is occasionally used for meditation by the Japanese and flower buds are removed to 'prevent distraction' ( Parks, 1988) .Stepping stones assist in the flow from this garden to the next. The Parterre or Italian Garden contains a geometrically patterned box garden bordering a path in the shape of a cross, reflecting the origins of the Christian garden. A 19th cenrury marble starue sculprured by Romanelli of a little girl or waif holding a pigeon from Florence, Italy, stands as the centre of attraction. Four 'Mt Fuji I cherry trees provide shade and a vertical. interest in to the four central garden beds separated by gravel paths. Each bed is bordered with box and filled by \-fnca minor. Surrounding the garden is a timber slatted hardwood fence with a recessed alcove to house a seat. Criss-crossing ivy complements the four part garden and breaks down the expanse of wooden fence. The ivy stems have been trained up - n a . IAN m~!-1 J wires to be then clipped back while allowing some foliage to spread towards the top of the fence line (photo 4). In each garden Polly Park has designed, . the _plants.. chosen are generally subordinate to the overall architecture and · stiiicture -of the gardens·. The planting is used to enhance the overall theme in each garden. A fenced entranceway then entices one to explore the next 'room' referred to by Polly Park as the ·Main Garden (Park. 1988), adjacent to the back part of the house (photograph 5). This garden. one of the first to be created in the yard, is surrounded by a fairly high, white, brick wall and dominated by a dramatic, wavy, free standing, 6m long, mosaic wall and free-form pool with a single fountain of water at one end. The wall is covered with triangular pieces of Italian glass tile ranging from white, lavender and blue to deep purple colours. After a course in mosaic making, Polly Park designed and created the wall based on Niemeyer' s chapel in Belo Horizonte. The blue and white mosaic colours are carried through to the flowering colours from tubs of Petunias and blue flowering V inca spp.. This is in contrast to the other gardens where generally few flowers are found. From a terrace, which takes up approximately one third of the area of this garden. sight of the Romanelli sculpture may be caught through a simple iron gateway. Near the terrace and surrounding a Box Elder, is an abstract shape of raised garden bed (photograph 6) containing ½nca spp, Lamium and Pilea urticacea Other plants include: Cortaderia spp., Ma.gnolia grandi.iora and Tetrapanax papyriferus.. Two potted Laurus nobilis (Bay Trees) trees are pruned in a dome shape ret1ecring the curved mosaic wall (photograph 7). Behind the seating terrace, a carved St Francis of Assisi figure rests in a niche of the house's wall. Another focus is a replica of a Brazilian Chapel figure which compliments the curvaceous pattern and mood of the rest of the garden. Another garden remains mostly hidden along one side of the house and separated from the Main Garden by an intricate marble fence (photograph 8). Within this Indian garden, a formal beauty sought by Polly Park has been captured. The focus is an Indian dancing girl located in a· niche above a small, raised pool and fountain. The base floor of the garden is predominantly white quartz with black stones forming symmetrical scroll shapes. The black stones alone took around three months for Polly Park to lay. Many of the artefacts bought from other countries have their own intriguing story. Most of them display skills and arts that are still or were once employed by different cultures. For example, the marble statue that stands at the centre of the Parterre Garden, bought by the Parks twenty years ago in Florence, is an old and valuable artefact carved by Romanelli whose works have been collected in a museum. Another artefact, made in India in response to a request by the Parks, represents the entryway to the Taj Mahal mausoleum (approx. 60 x 90 cm). It has been recessed in the wall of the Indian Garden. The ancient art of carving and setting semi-precious stone into marble is finely displayed in this piece where the inlaid stone fits so perfectly that the slightest bump or crack cannot be felt. There are a number of other interesting artefacts which demonstrate ancient skills and the cultures, religions and materials of their origin. -I· BACKGROUND: Mr and Mrs Park, originally from Pennsylvania, U.S.A. have srudied;-Wrltten and lectured· on many garden styles of the world and have travelled extensively to do their research. They have also studied many cultures and religions to explore the background to the formation of these various garden styles. Polly Park was a member of the Garden Committee of the National Trust of NSW. They moved to their present house in Canberra in 1970 where the present gardens transformed what was once a 'sea of dead grass' (Parks, 1988). Each year around a couple of thousand visitors view the gardens primarily between the months of September and April. One of the latest gardens created by the Parks is the Chinese Garden. This garden was created after much research on China's history, culture and gardens and a number of visits to gardens in Southern China, including private gardens created by · poets, philosophers and artists which dated as far back as the 10th century. From some of these gardens the Parks observed a rejection of the Confucian order of the time to the Taoist philosophy which promoted a looser style that sought to recreate the more natural areas such as forests, mountains and caves. This style has also been employed by the Parks in their miniature Chinese Garden where there has been meticulous attention to detail. This garden has been highly commended by the Chinese ambassador. Another garden recently designed by Polly Park is the front garden of the Canadian High Commission. Polly Park has been influenced by a number of famous designers. American landscape architect Thomas Church has been a major influence on Mrs Park's design philosophy. She has attended a number of his lectures and studied his writings intensely. One of his ideas used in the gardens is the criss-crossing ivy. In the formation of the Main Garden Polly Park was strongly influenced by the works and thoughts of the great Roberto Burle Marx who personally escorted her to a number of his abstract gardens on one of her visits to Brazil. She has also been influenced by the writings of Russell Page, author of The Education of a Gardener (1962), who she has also met in London. · The gardens are greatly valued by the community. Many people visit them each year: Requests to use the gardens come from landscape architecture and horticulture schools from Canberra, Sydney and Melbourne. on a regular basis while students from as far away as Western Australia have also visited .. Up to one thousand students visit each year. They are included in the Open Garden Scheme and are open for Aoriade. 5 Members from the Women's International Club. consisting of a number of embassy wives, have shown much interest in learning more about various garden styles of the world and_j1ttend- -regular lectures by Polly Park on the history of garden design. In a multi-cultural nation it is fitting to house in the nations capital, a demonstration of classical garden designs for countries such as Italy, Brazil, China, Japan and India. Also the Parks' gardens provide opportunity for many to explore garden styles with which they are unfamiliar. The gardens are much appreciated by visitors from other countries and have been used by embassy officials for entertaining. The Parks have been frequently complimented on their garden. In the 1994 Aug/Sept issue of Australia Vogue Living, the writer, an English garden designer, wrote a very complimentary four page article on the Park's garden in which he stated Canberra was •1ucky indeed to have the Parks and their garden." The television show: "Good Morning Australia", has also had a five minute segment on the Park's garden. The reporter (John Stower) stated that their garden was "one of Australia' s best ... " ANALYSIS AGAINST THE CRITERIA SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2 OF THE LtNJJ (PLANNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL) ACT1991: Criterion (i}: A place which demonstrates a high degree of technical and/or creative achievement, by showing qualities of innovation, or departure or representing a new achievement of its time. The Parks' garden demonstrates high degree of innovation, creativity and skill. Many details have required considerable skill both from specialists in different countries and the Parks themselves. These details do not stand out on their own. rather they are complemented by and enhanced by the creative selection and placement of plant material and artefacts. The Parks have used much innovation to adapt a number of garden styles to fit the climate, location and space available. Their creativity is also evident in the way they have managed to employ a number of styles and ideas without disunifying or overcrowding the area. These carefully thought out, representative garden styles in such a small area of land are a significant and rare achievement. 6 Criterion (ill: A place which exhibits outstanding.~esign or aesthetic qualities valued by the community or a cultural group. ·- - . --- . -. - The Parks' gardens are valued for their design by the general community and by teachers and students of design. as evidenced by the fact that they are regularly visited by landscape architecture students and students of horticulture to study the aesthetics of classical gardens. Criterion (iii): A place which demonstrates a distinctive way of life, taste, traditions, religion, land use , custom, process, design or function which is no longer practised, is in danger of being lost, or is of exceptional interest. The gardens are of exceptional interest because they represent the tradition, tastes, and in most cases the religious associations of the English Romantic tradition which is prevalent in Australia at present. They assist in broadening understanding of other garden design traditions. . Criterion (iv): A place which is highly valued by the community or a cultural group for reasons of strong or special religious, spiritual, cultural, educational or social associations. The spiritual values of the different garden styles is reflected in the design of these gardens. The Japanese Garden is occasionally used for meditation by Buddhists. The Parks promote a greater appreciation and awareness of classical garden styles by educating people in garden design and the reasoning and philosophies behind it. Criterion (xi): A place which demonstrates a likelihood of providing information which will contribute significantly to a wider understanding of natural or cultural history, by virtue of its use as a research site, t.eaching site, type locality or benchmark site. The Parks' gardens are highly educative in that the styles are rarely seen in Australi~ esµecially to such a high degree of creativity and authenticity. They are visited regularly by architectural design and horticultural students. n n tAM mm; 7 STATEMENT OF SIGNIFlCANCE: In the Garden City, Canberra is a leading example in garden des!gn_._. The- Parks.1. gardens are such an example. 'Boxford' is a leading example ofgarden design in the Garden City, Canberra. The series of gardens _represent most of the major classical garden styles of both western and eastern countries. These are easily accessible for enjoyment, appreciation and education. Their eight garden styles highlight the influence of famous landscape designers/ architects, other cultures and religions upon garden design and are fine representatives of them. Polly Park. a recognised designer of and lecturer on gardens has created a set of gardens that are significant for social and aesthetic reasons. CONSERVATION POLICY: The eight distinctive gardens found at 'Boxford' should be conserved m their current state as closely as possible. SPECIFIC REQUIREI\11ENTS: A detailed conservation plan is required which inludes all of the gardens on the block. This should be prepared in consultation with the Parks. The plan will ensure the continued maintenance and integrity of the eight gardens. A detailed recording of the gardens is advisable and should include photographic and video records. While the present owners are in occupation of the gardens and the present design philosophy of the gardens continue, the Parks should continue to maintain the garden as they wish. Monetary assistance may be required for conservation to -continue especially as the occupants age. The vegetable garden and glass house areas to the back of the property, bordered by the fences and walls of other gardens, should be included in the conservation area as they are integral to the working of the whole garden. When replacement of unhealthy plants occur they should be replaced with the same species if possible. MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS: The owners/designers of the property should note any new management or design decisions. A continual record of maintenance and changes is required. R REFERENCES: Davis, Margaret, 1977. The Small Garden. Thomas Nelson, Melqoume. Dixon, Trisha, April, 1993. Your Garden, 'See the World', pp 46-49 Evans, Julian Treyer. Australia Vogue Livini, Aug/Sept 1994. Editor Ilsa Konrads, Pub. Conde Nasty Publications Pty. Ltd., Greenwich, N.S. W. Litchfield, Joanna, 1994. Pools and Gardens. 'Beneath the Sheltering Sky' (pp. 70- 71) Southdown Press, Melbourne. Vol 46 No 4. Federal Publishing Co., Alexandra, N.S. W. Loxton, Howard, 1991. The Garden. Thames & Hudson Pty., England. Page, Russell, 1962. The Education of a Gardener. London, Collins. Park, Polly, 1988. The World in My Garden. Kangaroo Press Pty. Ltd., Kenthurst, N.S.W. Patrick. J, 1986. The Australian Garden Designs & Plants for Today. Thomas Nelson, Melbourne. Television Segments: 'Good Morning Australia,' 1991. 'Burkes Backyard', 1990. PREPARED BY: Judy Baskin and Anna Lucas on behalf of the Australian Garden History Society. I'~• •QQI: rin .1-.1 1. ... 1 Appendix! Plant List The plants in the Park garden are chosen as architectural elements in the design. Using a different analogy Polly Park uses a limited palette, unlike the palette of plan~ used in Romantic gardens. TREES Deciduous Acer sp. A. palmatum 'Atrolineare' Betula pendula · Silver Birch Comussp. C. florida alba Prunus sp. P. serrulata 'Mt Fuji' Trees Evergreen Chamaecyparis sp. C. obtusa 'nana1 C. obtusa 'Watchii' Citrus sp. C. auranteum 'Myrtifolia' Eucalyptus sp. Juniperus sp. J. horizontalis J. procumbens 'Nana' Magnolia grandiflora Bull Bay Pinus radiata Monterey Pine Thuja sp. O.IMBERS Hederasp. H. canariensis Var. Canary Islands Ivy H. 'Boston ivy' SHRUBS Buxus sempervirens 'Suffruticosa' Camellia sp. C. japonica Daphne odora Grevillea juniperina 'Molonglo' Hebe amplexicaulis Veronica Juniperus x media 1Pfitzerana1 . ( formerly J. chinensis) Pfitzer Juniper - Nerium oleander Raphiolepis u.mbellata Yeddo Hawthorn Rhododendron ~p. R. kurume 1Kirin1 Azalea Sarcococca ruscifolia Sweet Box Tetrapanax papyriferus Rice-paper Plant Viburnum tinus FERNS Dic.ksonia antarctica Tree Fem Polystichu.m setosum Shield Fem HERBS Thymussp. Thyme PERENNIALS Anthemis nobilis Chamomile Pilea cadieri Aluminium Plant Vinca minor Periwinkle ANNUALS Petunia hybrida sp. WATER PLANTS Cyperus papyrus Papyrus Nymphaea Water lily Iris kaempheri Japanese Iris GRASSES Bambusasp. Bamboo Cortaderia selloana Pampas Grass Mondo Grass 11 n IA ~I 1001; -- fleOM ~tr(CATlOl-1 pout'( N t\1' 0~ /'(\., ,-e lJST (\Ji do,-; A ) 9 ,.,~, 6, ASSESSING SIGNIFICANCE 6 .1 Places and objects having aesthetic, historic, scientific, or social significance or other special value for generations future as well as for the present community should be Classified by the Trust. 6.2 Assessing significance involves applying criteria or to a place object. A broad set of criteria applicable to the assessing significance of all types of places and objects part form of this policy (Attachment 5); each expert Committee may develop more specific and detailed criteria within this broad set of criteria. 6. 3 The process of assessing significance is described in the Guidelines to the Burra Charter: Cultural Significance these guidelines and may be used by the expert Committees to guide their deliberations in assessing significance. 6.4 A statement of significance must be prepared for each or place object proposed by an expert Committee for inclusion the Register. on Guid.elines on the form and content of the Statement of Significance form Attachment 6. 7. STEPS IN THE LISTING OF A PLACE OR OBJECT 7 .1 The steps in the listing of a place or object on the Register are: a. nomination b. creation of a file c. assessment of its significance by one or more of the expert committees d. submission of the Classification Report with recommendations the of the expert committee/s to the Conservation Standing Committee e. decision by Conservation Standing Committee. 7 .2 Subsequent to its inclusion on the Register the following procedures will be undertaken: noting of the CSC's decision by Trust Council advice to the nominator, owner (where known), the Local Government Authority, and other organisations and individuals as appropriate. 7.3 A place or object may be nominated for the Trust's Register by any person or organisation. Receipt of a nomination not oblige does the Trust to consider that place or object, or assess its significance. 7 ,4 Each nomination received will be noted, allocated a unique number and a file established on that place or object. 7. 5 Assessment of the significance of such nominations occur will on the initiative of one or more expert committees, Trust Council (and its committees), or the Assistant Administrator (Conservation). ,, pr1Jniiu to the' fi,rurr ~"f rt j1' (ic' ,:r.::l,WJ• Ji.. _-J.1·.::J,...-:a.J~ .r ON CRITERIA FOR ASSESSMENT fOR INCLUSION THE HISTORIC BUILDINGS REGISTER A building/structure/work or object should: spiritual, symbolic, cultural, A. be imporhmt for reasons of arti5t-ic,. religious, educational or social associations. of a way of life, acti.\-ity custcm, R. represent or be~"\ extraordinary example process or ftmction; accomplishment in the history C. demonstrate creative or technical, scientific • of construction or ~eulement; proccse or been influential b the development of style, t~chnology, D. have design ti?chniques, aesthetic theories, arcMtectural construction to user philosophy, or demonstrates new and in..-,,ovative solutions requirements; or essentfal!y ir.tact example of a E. be a represent.atiYe, ext:aordinary, rare building type; pa.ttems of occupancy, functions . .F. demonstrate changing sequence of styles, or sequence of usage over time; or figures, caltural G. deinonstrate an association with an important figure group or event; of architectural style, be a representative or extraordinary example H. wurk; · construction technology, or of the practitioners decoration or use of a I. demonstrate typical or outstandin.g craftsmanship, particular material; J. be of considerable age. fa determining if a nominated Any of the above criteria may be taken into account significance for the Slate of Victoria. building, structure, object or work is of heritage may also~ relevant in particular cases. These criteria are nut exhausl:ive. Other crihuia 13 Queensland Heritage No. 9, 1992 provisions of this Act. (2) A certified copy of an entry in the Heritage Register is admissible as evidence in legal proceedings and, in the absence of proof to the contrary, is to be taken as proof of the entry and of its contents. PART 4--REGISTRATION OF PLACES Criteria for entry in the Register 23.(1) A place may be entered in the Heritage Register if it is of cultural heritage significance and satisfies 1 or more of the following criteria- (a) the place is important in demonstrating the evolution or pattern of Queensland's history_; (b) the place demonstrates rare, uncommon or endangered aspects of Queensland's cultural heritage; (c) the place has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of Queensland's history; (d) the place is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a particular class of cultural places; (e) the place is important in exhibiting particular aesthetic characteristics valued by the community or a particular cultural group; (f) the place is important in demonstrating a high degree of creative or technical achievement at a particular period;. (g) the place has a strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group for social, cultural or spiritual reasons; (h) the place has a special association with the life or work of a particular person, group or organisation of importance in Queensland's history. (2) A place is not to be excluded from the Heritage Register on the ground that places with similar characteristics have already been entered in ·----'"--- In dcterrnining classification uf huilding:s. regard is paid 10 the degree in which they posses~ unP. 01· more of the folluwing characteristics:- Hh1torlcal: The scene of great P.vents in the development of the nation; association · with famous persons or family: dP.nlUnstration of a way of life of a past period. Architectural: 1-:xcellence of dtsign and craftmanship of the period and style; extent of original workmam;hip and material; rarity of type: the work of an imponant architect, architt:ctural significance from an historical point of view: in gt:neral \•,·hat mav. be .termed the 'inner content' of a building; state of preservation. Site of Building: Beauty and authenticity oi landscape: integration with urban or natural environment. • · Educational value: Consideration i:-. given to the educational value to the community of the building being clus$ifit.!d . ... ,- .....·•"!'···~--.;-••-·- .- ...... -- ..... ------' . - • I >EFINI l'IONS t"ltlTERlA &. TIIR[Sl 101.')S - Tasmania creative or technical His1ori1~ Cultural Heritage Bill achievement; 1994 (g) it ha., strong or spcciol Definition meaning for any grnup ur community because uf social. "historic cultural heritage cultural t,r spirilua] significance", in relation to a associations; place, mcam significnncc to nn)· · group or community in relation (h) ii has a special to the aesthetic, archaeological, association with the life or work architectural. cultural. his of a person. group or torical, scientific, social or organization that was important technical value of the pince; in Tasmania's histo1y." Criteria South Australia 11 16-(l)A plac.e of historic Heritage Act 1993 cultural herita~e :si~nifi~Mcc may be entered in the Heritage Criteria RegiMer H: in the opinion of the r.ouncil, it meets one or more "Heritage Value of the following criteria: - I G. A plac.c is of heritage (a) it is important in- value if it satisfies one or more demonstrating Lhe evolution <.lr of Lhe following critcria:- pt1ttern of T:,~m,iniA'~ hi~t ory; (a) it demonstrates 1111- (b) il dc.:111011~11 tilts rare. ponant aspcc.ts of 1hc: evolution uncommon or endangered or pattern of the State's history; aspects of Tasmania's heritage; or (c) it has potential to yield {b) it has rare. uncommon infom,ation that v.111 contribute or emlangtm~d qualilit:s Lhttl HI c to an understanding of of cultural significance; or - Tasmania's hist<.>ry; (c) it m;iy yield informi:11inn (d) it is important as a that will contribute to an represemativc in dcmonstra1ing undtlrshmding of Lhc Slctlt:':; the characteristics of a broader history, including ils natural class of cultural places; history; or (e) it is important in (d) it is an outsumding exhibiting panicular aesthetic representative of a panicular characteristics Yalucd by any class of places of cultural group or community; . significance; or (f) it is important in (e) ii demonstrates a high demonstrating a high degree of degree of creative, aestheric or C,,) Jll!\1 FNVIIHlNMFNT/\1. ~TRA11"11F~ - -. NUlvlER..I<;AL CC>l:>ES -· ------BUILT ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE LANDSCAPE & CONSERVATION ·--.., COMMITI'EE OLD CODE OLD CODE 1 Architectural or constructional merit or interest 1 Environmental importance 2 Association with prominent persons 2 SociaVcommunity asset 3 Environmental importance, incl. streetscape 3 Historical significance 4 Historical incl. industrial, archaeological & 4 Associations: prominent events, persons, eras social significance 5 Esteem or sentiment within its community s Scientific importance 6 Archaeological importance NEW CODE NEW CODE 20 Architectural/technical accomplishment 0 Presence of endangered species 21 Demonstration of a way of life; custom; 1 Scientific importance process• or function ,,,,. 22 Hi_itorical significance: of development* or 2 Educational importance cultural phases; important figure/s ,- 23 Environmental importance, townscape or 3 Social importance landscape value; high degree or unity; setting ,- 24 Scarcity value: a particularly fine (or unique) 4 Aesthetic importance example ~ ds -ro,,c..,,,_ /·,.,, _,?..,A..r,;...J.:...:, (g) Garden 6 Recreational importance (G) Group 7 Diversity of species & / or communities (f) facade 8 "Naturalness" 9 Rarity NQIE: • Archaeological advice will be sought 10 Fragility 12 Position in an ecological/geographic unit QUTERJ.A. FOR ENTRY JN JllE J3I::Gi$TER Nature of Sig11ift'ca11ce 1, AESTHETIC VALUE Criterion 1. it is significant itt c:dtfl1itillg p~1·£h-w'ar t~cstlictic characteristics valued l,y t.he comn11mit:y. 1.1 Importanc-P tn a c:r,mmunity for aesthetic charactetisUcs. 1.2 lmport,rncC' for it-: c:rP..ativc, design or artistic cxc 1.3 lmporta.ncI\Stratcd by A landmark quality or having impact on important vistas or otherwise cont-ibuling to lhcsdent:ifled aesthetic q\lt\lltiP~ n( the culturo I· environs or U,c- na turai landscape within which it is located. I · l.4 Jr. the case o( an historic precinct, Importance for thr? aesthc!k cha rac:t , 2. HISTORJC VALUE CriLC?rion 2. If i~ sig11ifir:a11l i11 the ,•vol11tio11 or paltt?m of the history of Wt?sf.crn Ausf.utlia, \2.1- lmpurtancc for thC! density or djvcr.;ily or cullural !"l~aturc-s illu~trulins; llw ~Hunan occupalicm and cvolutio11 u( 1lae Jc,calily, rci;ion or the S!ilto, . 2.2 Importance In relation tu an cvc,:L, ph,,sc or o.:tivity o( hir.te>rk impurt,mC\• in thr locality, the region or the Slate. 2.3 lmportlncc (or close as~oclallon wilh an individual or individuals whc1i;<' lifo, work.~ or activities have been slgnHll:ant williin the hi~tory of lhc rn1liC1n, :,t,lt.;- or rcgicm. 2.4 lmpor\AnC!? as ftf1 cxntnplc of tcdu,il.:al, \'.1e.-iLivc, drsi~n M nrlbti.: c-xn:llcl\cc, Innovation or achicvcment in a particular pcri<,d. 3. SCIENTIFIC VALUE Criterion 3A It has ,fomcmst1·a/Jlc poti!11ti11l to yir.Jd i11fcm1rnfio11 that will r.ontr;Jmt.,~ tu u11 1111,frr~tmzrlitrg of tT1c 11nt.uml 01· r.11/t11rai hist.ory of 1--Vrsft?m Auslnilia. t1 lmporlirnc-e fr,r inrormMion c\mlrivu1in1~ lo"' wicln undcirst,rnding .,, 11.1:un,1 or cultutal hi:HOiY by virtue of j\_,; u.,l' a~., fl)!-tian:h sit('. tt•achini~ ~ill:', typ~ localil:,1, rr.fc:rcncc or lwn::hrnark sitr.. 3.2 lmpnrr,inc-r ror its po1cn1ial 10 yi('(J ininrmaticm rnnlributin1; lo«> wider undcrstandinj:; o( the hi~tory o( human tl(:cupalion of llw locality, rl!!~ion or the Stall'. Crilcrion 3H lt ;_,. sig11ific1rnt in dc!111011stmU11g a J,ig/1 tlr.grc•ti of tech11ical i1111011nffo11 o,· ad1it'!i.•1!111tw t: 4. SOCIA I. VA LUE Criterion 4 It ;,., .<;ignifiamt through r~ssoc1atin11 with a ccm11m1111ty or r11/l.11ml g1·oup in \A/estr.n, A ustmlia for social, c11lf.umi, cd11cafio11al or spirUual n!usons. U . Jmp()rtancc i,s a plaC1.' high!}' v~luc!d hy a C"Ommunily or cultural group for ri:-asc.1n~ i.>i social, cullurill; rcliy,luus, ~pirilu&ll, ac:;thctic or 1:ducational :1i;i:od3'iiol\.ti·. 4.2 Importance II\ co111rihu11ng to a t:tJ111111u11:tf II H~n.,;r \1{ pince. Dcg1·ea of Signifir.anr.c 5. RARITY Criterion 5 Jf. demo11sf1"at.cs ran?, w1commo11 or e11tla11g1?rcd as1mcts of t/11~ c111!1-1rnl Jimilagr of \N1?stu11 Australia. ~.:.! lmpoJ1anc1: i11 uc11,onslratin,-; o di$lincliva w.\y o( lifo, c'\11:lom. prncc):;:, l.=ind-u.s1•, (unction or dl-sign no longer practiccd irv or I" danger of bcin;; lust froin, or of <'XCcptlum:I i1\l\'l't:i.l tc.•, the lc,colity, r~gion ()f lhu Stal<' 6. REPRESENTATlVENESS ; Crilcrion 6 n is significrmt 111 dc111011sf.rati11g tlw clu~nict,!ri.r;t.ics of a das.e. of cultural places or cmvirom11e111.s in the St.a fr. 6.1 lrnporlancC! in demonstrating the princip11l charAch?ri!itioi o( a rani~''. of l,mcHa:npc-i: <.)r environment<:, 1hr. allribulcs of which id<'t\lify it as being charucl\•rii;tk r,f it~ das~. ti.2 lmpl)rlancl.! in da1w.mr.1r11ling the princi1)al ch.iraclcristic of llw rilnf,l' ,>i huinan acllvilir.s (iadudi,,g wey o( Iii<.•, philo5ophy, cui;tl,m, pr<.1ct•s!:, l;,nd-us,:,, func:tinn, .. dc11isn or tuchniquu) in th,. ,>nvirmm,cnt c-,f the locality, rc~iun or tll<' ~li1t<· • Condition, Integrity a11d Aullu.mticif)/ 1 Condition refc?rs to the cuminl s:a!,~ o( thC' place in r~lillion tc, cac:h of 1h1? \'dltic-s for whi1.li thal placl! h.ls l'X?Cn assessed. Condition rcn~clc; th<.' C\JmulilUW t•lll'<"I.,; ,,r management nnd cnvimnmcnt11l cvcnL". lntt'~rity is a mcasurc or the llkt'ly long•tC'rm vi:1bili1y ur ~u$lalnabili1y <1f tht• v,liut•i. i1fonlificd, i.,r •h~ ability oi the'! place IC> rci.loni iti;c-lf or l'l' rl.'i;torrd, and the timc fram(! for any n:storalivc process. Aulh<'ntichy rcfors lo the cxtr.nl t.-> which 1hc fabric is in iii. origin.ii slat,•.· Because ii is important tlusl the Register be crcdiblr it ii. dr:-irab){' that plnn•s in thal J 1'laccs C'ntcrcd in the Rc1iii;tor shC\11lri Al!.o have a high dcttrc~ o( au!hi:-nlidly although it will ~ )>OS.\lblc to include places which cxhihit evolution of use and c:on.'>cqucnl c!,i1:11;i:- where thi!- i~ h1111\oniou~ with th,: orisinal de,ign end miilPri~I.~ a Historic Value or been A place may have historic value because it has influ~mced, or because it influenced in the past, by a figure, event, phase or activity or technology of provides an illustration ,::,f the lifestyle, culture, architecture the past . .0 Aesthetic Value value being A place having some t::-eauty in the eyes of the beholder, such influenced by form, scale, colour and texture. O Scientific Value importance of The scientific or research value of a place will depend upon the and on the the data involved, on its rarity. quality or representativeness. degree to which the place may contribute further substantial information. a Social Value a focus of Social value embraces the qualities for which a place has become or minority spiritual, political, natic-nal or other cultural sentiment to a majority group. rarity, representativeness, NQa: Factors modifying significance include integrity, age, size or unique location. . STATcMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE: ...... .. ··············-····················· ·········· ...... ········ ...... ········ ··················· ...... ~--······· ····················· .. ···························· ...... •I lllllltl 1111 11111•111111111111111111• 111111111111•1111111111111 ••••1111 II ll1t•l ■ 111111111111I II tl•11lt111111111 II I •11111 ••••••••ttlllttllltttt •• 111• ················ ······ ...... ·············· ······· ...... ··········· ...... ······················ ...... •• ••••••·•••·•·· •••••·•• •··•·•·······• •.•.•• •·••·•··•• ···••111· ...... •···•··•••··•••• •···•• ••·•• ·••···•••• •·•·••••••••···•••••···••• .. ·············· ...... ····· .. ············ ...... ······· ...... ············ ········ ...... ················•················· ... . ··········••····•················· ... , ...... ·············· ·······•·········· .... ······ ...... ········ ...... ·············· ...... ·············;···· .... ·············· ···················· ...... , .... ·········· ...... ················ ...... , ...... •••••••••• ...... •••••••••••••• ...... ·••4••·· ...... •••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••• ...... •••••••••••• ...... , ...... ······ ...... ·········· ...... ······ ...... ········ ······················ ...... ············ ...... ~~~r"' 7err~foij I ~ 0 Ac.+ L99l. \-{etL-t V~RT 3 - HERI~AGE ASSESSMENT CRIT?R!A lF.l. ES'J.'A?.I,ISHMENT OF HERITAGI:: ASSEf.SMENT CRITERIA ( l) As soon as practic~hle after the commencement: of t.h!s Act: and from t:ime to time as the occasion or the Min.ist:P.r regui.res, the Council shall prepare draft heritage assessment criteria to be used by it in assessing whecher a place or object has heritage significance. ( 2) The Minister may at: any tin1e regulre the Council to prepa~e or consider revising heritage assessment criteria ~ither generally or in relation to a particular class of places or objects. (3) In preparing draft heritage criteria, the objectives of the Council should be to ensure 48 tar as practicable that, by the application of the criteria, places and objects - (a) of significance in the evolution and pattern of the Territoty's natu~al or cult~ral history; (b) possessing rare, er.dangered or uncommon azpects of the Territory's nGturAl or cultural history; (c) demonstrating the prime characteristics of a class of the Territory's heritage places or objects; {d) of signlficdnce for their etrong auociation with the life or works of a notable person or persons associated with the Territory; ( e) possessing technical, design or aesthetic qualitie~ of significance; (f) of significance because of special association with a Territory community for social, cultural or spirit~al reasons; or , · ( g) of sic;·ni ficance for their potential to yield informatior:i. which wlll contribute to a be1:t.er understanding of Terri~ory heritage, aL·e most: likely to be idenLified. 9 12 W~at is the Heritage Actl Ho'!V is a place nominated for the Regis!er? The Heritage Act 1993 gives the community • fl\ the opportunity to conserve OlJr built heritage ,_,: · The majority of nomi"lations come from a relati~~ in the ~ain _to non-Aboriginal. hislory. · · .... ~. .•: heritage consultant in the course of a survey. Abor:grnal heritage 1s protected under · .:;1 ';_ Systematic surveys of the State's built h~ritage separate legislation by the Department of ·· •. have been underway since 1980~ The State Aboriginal Affairs. ·· ~: Regional Heritage Survey Program &,ides -.;.,·· , .,•_", South Australia into fourteen regions based in , The Act protects places of aesthetic, histor:c, ·--it part on local g_overnment boi.;nuaries as well architectural, sdentific or social significance. as on popular regional perception. For example a place may reflect important :lf,,;·--:. aspects of the evolution of past events such as . /{ Individuals can also r:ominate places for ti1e nineteenth century copper mining in Burra;..or :r Register. A nomination of a place ior the a place may· have special a~sociations with •:.- Register should be accompanied by as much the life or work of a significant person, for . ; evidence as possible about its significance . -- ,, instance Edmund Wright House. These ~- •. ' The Branch will send out a nomination iorm places are of cultural significance for the State -~·· upon request. Criteria for heritage lis:irig C(Jn because they hold meaning for our society. be found in the Heritage:Act 1993 anJ.; leaflet expanding on these is also available from the Branch. What does it mean to be the owner of a place in the State Heritage Register?· '· Any place·entered in the Register remains the property of \he owner. The public does not _tl.C. F gain any right.of access to the place. HERITAGE Al~T 1993 8 Ht!ritage Act 1993 r· PART4 REGISTRATION OF PLACES DIVISION 1-CRITERIA FOR REGISTRATION Heritage value 16. A place ,s of hernage value if tl satisfies one or more ot che .-0110.....-,ng cr11c,;2 {a) 11 demons1ra1es ,mponan: aspects of the evolut1cn or pauern or the ~ta1e·-:; h,scory. c11 (bJ 11 l1;i, rd1:: uncrnnmcm or endangerc-:1 qualll1cs 1ha1 are of L,il111r d ,1gn1,1c:a11cc ur (CJ II may yield 1nforma[10n 1hat will cont r1bu1c 10 an unders1ar1<.l11ii;. ,1i 1he S1:;1c:: , h1q, ,1 \ including 11~ na:urai history or id} 11 .~ an outst&nd,ng reprcscn1a11ve of a parucular cl.~s, 1)i pla.:c:-, ,it cult1i1,.• s1gnif1cance or (e} 11 dcmo11:>ua1cs a l11gh degree of crca11vc. aes1he11c or 1l".chn1Cctl .1Ctompl1s:1rnc111 ,If :•• an ou1s1and1ng repre~e1na11·-·c of parc,cu:ar cons1ruc11on 1e,::-hn;ques or dcs 1g 1 characier,sucs. or ([) 11 has strong cultural or sp,rnua! assoc,attons for the con1rnu111ty or a groq'> w11h 1n 11 or (gl II h:i~. a special associ.111or. w11l1 the I1fc or work of a person or organ1sa1ion or ,Hi •~"'""' ;Jr 111•.1,·,111 .II ,111p<1r1~111..t·